Skip to main content

Full text of "Rugby"

See other formats


HANDBOOKS   TO 
THE  GREAT   PUBLIC   SCHOOLS 


RUGBY 


GEORGE   BELL  &   SONS 
LONDON:  YORK  ST.,  COVEN r  GARDEN 

NEW  YORK  :  66,  FIFTH  AVENUE,  AND 
BOMBAY  :  53,  ESPLANADE  ROAD 
CAMBRIDGE:  DEIGHTON,  BELL  &  CO. 


E.  If.  Speight. 


DR.    ARNOLD. 
From  a  Portrait  by  G,  Richmond.   K.A. 


RUGBY 


BY 


H.  C.  BRADBY,   B.A. 


ASSISTANT    MASTER    AT    RUGBY   SCHOOL 


WITH  FORTY-FOUR  ILLUSTRATIONS,  CHIEFLY  FROM  PHOTOGRAPHS 


LONDON 

GEORGE    BELL   AND   SONS 
igoo 


<;HISWICK  PRESS  :  CHARLES  WHITTINGHAM  AND  co. 

TOOKS  COURT,  CHANCERY   LANE,  LONDON. 


PREFACE 

THERE  is  nothing  new  in  this  little  book,  which 
simply  aims  at  giving  in  a  convenient  form  in- 
formation about  the  School.  I  have  endeavoured  to 
make  it  as  complete  and  accurate  as  possible,  but  I 
have  no  doubt  that  there  are  omissions  and  mistakes, 
and  I  shall  be  very  grateful  to  any  reader  who  will 
point  out  such  to  me. 

Those  who  wish  to  make  fuller  acquaintance  with 
the  history  of  the  School  may  be  referred  to  the  two 
standard  works  which  have  supplied  the  materials  for 
the  short  sketch  in  this  book,  viz.,  "  Rugby,  the  School 
and  Neighbourhood,"  collected  and  arranged  from  the 
writings  of  the  late  M.  H.  Bloxam,  O.R.,  F.S.A.,  by 
the  Rev.  W.  H.  Payne-Smith,  M.A.  (1889),  and  "A 
History  of  Rugby  School,"  by  W.  H.  D.  Rouse,  M.A. 
(1898). 

My  best  thanks  are  due  to  the  Rev.  A.  T.  Michell, 
Mr.  Morris  Davies,  Mr.  A.  J.  Lawrence,  and  other  Old 
Rugbeians  for  helping  me  with  much  information ;  also 
to  the  Old  Rugbeian  Society  for  the  use  of  the  map 
on  p.  91,  and  to  Messrs.  E.  H.  Speight  and  G.  A.  Dean 
for  the  use  of  many  photographs. 


Vll 


CONTENTS 

CHAP.  PAGE 

I.  HISTORY  OF  THE  SCHOOL 3 

II.  SCHOOL  BUILDINGS  AND  GROUNDS    ...      85 

III.  THE  WORK  OF  THE  SCHOOL       .        .        .        .155 

IV.  SOCIETIES,  GAMES,  AND  OTHER  INTERESTS       .     177 

TIME  TABLE 227 

INDEX 229 


IX 


LIST   OF    ILLUSTRATIONS 

PAGE 

DR.  ARNOLD frontispiece 

RUGBY  SCHOOL.  ENTRANCE  FROM  THE  HIGH  STREET  2 

HIGH  STREET  AND  ENTRANCE  TO  SCHOOL  ...  3 

BROWNSOVER  PARSONAGE 5 

RUGBY  SCHOOL  IN  1809.  ENTRANCE  TO  THE  HALL  .  u 

OLD  SCHOOL  HOUSE .-33 

T.  JAMES,  S.T.P 37 

THE  ISLAND  AS  IT  WAS,  SHOWING  MOAT      ...  47 

SCHOOL  BUILDINGS,  SHOWING  OLD  CHAPEL         .        .  51 

SCHOOL  BUILDINGS  FROM  HILLMORTON  ROAD     .        .  53 

SCHOOL  BUILDINGS,  SHOWING  OLD  CHAPEL  (1870)      .  57 
SCHOOL  HOUSE  ENTRANCE  IN  1816       .        .                .60 

ENTRANCE  TO  SCHOOL  HOUSE 61 

OLD  CHAPEL,  WEST  END 65 

OLD  SCHOOL  BUILDINGS  FROM  THE  CLOSE  ...  84 

THE  THREE  TREES 89 

MAP  TO  ILLUSTRATE  SUCCESSIVE  ADDITIONS  TO  CLOSE 
FROM    ORIGINAL   SURVEYS    OF    1750,    1843,  AND 

1886 91 

THE  ISLAND  AND  OLD  PAVILION 95 

SCHOOL  HOUSE  IN  1816 101 

OLD  QUADRANGLE,  NORTH-EAST  CORNER     .        .        .103 

WINDOW  IN  OLD  LIBRARY 105 

OLD  QUADRANGLE,  SOUTH-EAST  CORNER      .        .        .107 

OLD  BIG  SCHOOI 1 1 1 

xi 


LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS 

PAGE 

NEW  QUADRANGLE 114 

OLD  CHAPEL,  WEST  END .117 

CHAPEL,  SHOWING  NEW  WEST  END       .        .        .        .119 

CHAPEL,  LOOKING  EAST 123 

EAST  WINDOW  OF  CHAPEL     .        .        .        .  .126 

SO-CALLED  "PRESENTATION"  WINDOW.        .        .        .129 

CHAPEL,  NEW  WEST  END 134 

NEW  BIGSIDE,  BATH,  AND  GYMNASIUM         .        .        .139 

STATUE  OF  THOMAS  HUGHES 142 

TEMPLE  READING  ROOM.        .        .        .  .        .143 

ART  MUSEUM    .        .        . 147 

NEW  BIG  SCHOOL 149 

REV.  H.  A.  JAMES,  D.D.,  PRESENT  HEAD  MASTER     .     154 
STUDY  OF  HEAD  OF  SCHOOL  HOUSE     .        .        .        .157 

GOING  INTO  CHAPEL 165 

SCHOOL  BUILDINGS,  BEFORE  THE  TREES  FELL     .       .176 

SCHOOL  RIFLE  CORPS 183 

A  SCRUMMAGE  ON  OLD  BIGSIDE 193 

OLD  BIGSIDE  AND  SCHOOL  BUILDINGS  ....     199 

OLD  BIGSIDE     .        .        .     • 207 

A   STEEPLECHASE      213 

SKETCH-MAP     OF     THE     SCHOOL     BUILDINGS     AND 

BOARDING  HOUSES  en,/ 


xn 


*  l 


Si     .2 


II 


Photo.  E.  H.  Speight. 

HICH    STREET   AND    ENTRANCE    TO    SCHOOL. 


RUGBY 

CHAPTER     I 

HISTORY   OF   THE   SCHOOL 

RUGBY  SCHOOL  was  founded  in  the  year  1567, 
in  accordance  with  the  will  of  Lawrence  Sheriffe, 
"  citizen  and  grocer  of  London."  The  exact  date  of 
the  founder's  birth  is  not  known,  but  it  must  have  been 
between  five  and  ten  years  after  Henry  VIII.  had 
ascended  the  throne,  for  in  1541  he  had  finished  his 
apprenticeship  and  was  admitted  to  the  freedom  of 
the  Grocers'  Company.  The  place  of  his  birth  has 
been  in  dispute,  and  the  honour  has  been  claimed  not 
only  for  Rugby  itself,  but  also  for  the  little  village  of 

3 


Lawrence  Sheriffe  RUGBY  [CHAP.    I 

Brownsover,  some  two  miles  distant  on  the  other  side 
of  the  Avon.  Tradition  has  fixed  on  an  old  house  in 
the  latter  place  as  the  scene  of  his  birth,  but  it  can 
hardly  be  doubted  that  tradition  is  in  this  instance 
wrong,  for  a  certain  petition  drawn  up  in  1641  by 
inhabitants  of  Rugby,  definitely  speaks  of  Rugby  as 
the  place  "  where  hee  [Lawrence  Sheriffe]  was  borne." 
Indirect  evidence  also  points  to  the  same  conclusion, 
for,  on  the  one  hand,  it  is  asserted  that  the  house  in 
question  is  of  a  much  later  period,  and,  on  the  other, 
supposing  it  to  be  the  same  as,  or  on  the  site  of, 
Lawrence  Sheriffe's  house  in  Brownsover,  it  is  most 
unlikely  that  he  was  born  there,  for  it  was  only 
bought  by  him  in  1562,  and  at  the  time  of  his  birth 
belonged  to  the  monastery  at  Leicester.  Moreover, 
as  has  been  pointed  out,  Rugby  and  Brownsover  were 
equally  unimportant  hamlets  in  Lawrence  Sheriffe's 
time,  and  his  choice  of  the  former  as  the  site  of  the 
School  and  Almshouses  tends  to  confirm  the  opinion 
that  it  was  his  birthplace.  From  Rugby,  then,  Law- 
rence Sheriffe  was  sent  to  seek  his  fortune  in  London, 
and,  after  having  served  his  apprenticeship,  was,  in 
1541,  admitted  to  the  freedom  of  the  Grocers' 
Company. 

He  lived  in  London  for  the  rest  of  his  life,  and 
enough  is  known  of  his  career  to  show  that  hejpros- 
pered  in  his  trade,  and  that  he  was,  like  John  Gilpin,  a 
"citizen of  credit  and  renown."  His  life  was  no  doubt 
uneventful,  like  that  of  many  another  industrious  and 
peaceful  citizen,  but  an  interesting  incident,  fortunately 
preserved  to  memory  in  Fox's  "  Book  of  Martyrs," 

4 


CHAP.    I]  HISTORY  Lawrence  Sheriffe 

shows  that  in  the  troubled  period  through  which  he 
lived  he  was  no  time-server,  but  stood  up  for  his 
opinions  with  a  loyalty,  courage,  and  shrewd  sense 
which  are  pleasant  to  think  of. 

During  the  reign  of  Edward  VI.  he  had  become  one 
of  the  tradesmen  by  appointment  to  the  Princess  Eliza- 


G.  A.   Dean. 
HROW.VSOVEK    I1  ARSON  A<  IK. 

beth,  and  supplied  her  household  with  spices, and  it  was 
in  her  defence  that  he  gave  proof  of  his  good  qualities ; 
in  1554,  the  first  year  of  Mary's  reign,  Elizabeth  had 
been  sent  to  the  Tower  under  charge  of  complicity  in 
the  unsuccessful  rebellion  of  Sir  Thomas  Wyatt,  and 
though  she  had  been  released  in  default  of  any  con- 
vincing testimony  against  her,  devotion  to  her  was  by 

5 


Lawrence  Sheriffe  RUGBY  [CHAP.    I 

no  means  a  sentiment  likely  to  lead  to  the  favour  of 
those  in  authority.  Under  these  circumstances,  Law- 
rence Sheriffe  happened  one  morning  to  pay  a  visit  to 
the  "  Rose  Tavern,"  not  far  from  where  he  lived  in 
Newgate  Street,  and  there  heard  a  certain  Robert 
Farrer,  a  haberdasher  from  the  neighbourhood,  with 
whom  he  was  on  friendly  terms,  talking  wildly  against 
the  Princess,  saying  that  "  that  jill  had  been  one  of 
the  chief  doers  of  this  rebellion  of  Wyatt,  and  before 
all  be  done,  she,  and  all  the  hereticks  her  partakers, 
shall  well  understand  it.  Some  of  them  hope  that  she 
shall  have  the  crown,  but  she,  and  they  I  trust  that  so 
hope,  shall  hop  headless  or  be  fried  with  faggots, 
before  she  come  to  it."  Lawrence  Sheriffe  could  not 
put  up  with  this,  and  replied,  "  Farrer,  I  have  loved 
thee  as  a  neighbour,  and  have  had  a  good  opinion  of 
thee,  but  hearing  of  thee  that  I  now  hear  I  defy  thee, 
and  tell  thee  I  am  her  grace's  sworn  servant,  and  she 
is  a  princess,  and  the  daughter  of  a  noble  king,  and  it 
ill  becometh  thee  to  call  her  a  jill ;  and  for  thy  so 
saying,  I  say  thou  art  a  knave,  and  I  will  complain  on 
thee."  Farrer  refused  to  retract  his  words,  and  accord- 
ingly Lawrence  Sheriffe,  taking  with  him  an  honest 
neighbour,  brought  his  complaint  before  certain  com.- 
missioners  who  were  sitting  at  the  time  at  the  house  of 
Bonner,  Bishop  of  London.  As  might  have  been 
expected,  the  commissioners  threw  cold  water  on  his 
complaint:  "Perad  venture,"  said  Bonner,  "you  took 
him  worse  than  he  meant,"  while  another  commissioner 
affirmed  that  "  there  is  not  a  better  Catholick  than 
Farrer,  nor  an  honester  man,  in  the  City  of  London." 

6 


CHAP.   I]  HISTORY  Lawrence  Sheriffe 

Lawrence  Sheriffe,  however,  was  not  to  be  so  easily 
suppressed,  and,  after  proclaiming  Elizabeth  as  his 
gracious  lady  and  mistress,  shrewdly  brought  forward 
an  argument  which  the  commissioners  could  not  treat 
so  scornfully,  namely,  that  at  the  Court  he  had  seen 
the  Lord  Cardinal  Pole  and  King  Philip  do  obeisance 
to  the  princess  on  bended  knee.  "  And  then  methinketh 
it  were  too  much  to  suffer  such  a  varlet,  as  he  is,  to  call 
her  a  jill,  and  to  wish  them  to  hop  headless  that  shall 
wish  her  grace  to  enjoy  the  possession  of  the  crown, 
when  God  shall  send  it  her  as  the  right  of  her 
inheritance."  Bonner  caught  at  these  last  words : 
"  Yea,  stay  there,"  quoth  Bonner,  "  when  God  sendeth 
it  unto  her,  let  her  enjoy  it.  But  truly,"  said  he,  "the 
man  that  spake  the  words  you  have  reported  meant 
nothing  against  the  Lady  Elizabeth,  your  mistress, 
and  no  more  do  we.  But  he,  like  an  honest  and 
zealous  man,  feareth  the  alteration  of  religion,  which 
every  good  man  ought  to  fear  :  and  therefore,"  said 
Bonner, "good  man,  go  your  ways  home,  and  report  well 
of  us  toward  your  mistress,  and  we  will  send  for  Farrer 
and  rebuke  him  for  his  rash  and  indiscreet'  words,  and 
we  trust  he  will  not  do  the  like  again."  So  Lawrence 
Sheriffe  was  sent  off,  content,  no  doubt,  that  his 
strategy  had  wrung  as  much  as  this  from  such  an 
unsympathetic  tribunal. 

This  is  the  only  glimpse  that  we  get  of  the  personal 
character  of  Lawrence  Sheriffe  :  it  is  hardly  to  be 
doubted  in  which  direction  his  sympathies  lay  in  the 
religious  controversies  of  the  time,  but  probably  he 
was  far  too  moderate  in  his  opinions  to  be  the  object 

7 


Lawrence  Sheriffe  RUGBY  [CHAP.    I 

of  any  molestation  ;  but  although  his  championship  of 
Elizabeth  in  her  darkest  hour  does  not  seem  to  have 
affected  his  prosperity,  he  profited  no  doubt  by  his 
loyalty  to  her  when  she  ascended  the  throne,  for  the 
year  after  that  event  he  received  a  grant  of  arms  from 
the  Heralds'  College.  In  1559  this  was  not  an  empty 
honour,  nor  were  Lawrence  Sheriffe's  arms,  so  familiar 
to  all  Rugbeians  as  the  arms  adopted  by  the  school 
which  he  founded,  derived  from  some  fabulous  ancestor, 
but  a  new  coat  of  arms,  bearing  reference  to  his  calling. 
They  are  as  follows  : 

Azure,  on  a  fesse  engrailed  between  three  griffins' 
heads,  erased,  or,  a  fleur-de-lis  of  the  first,  between  two 
roses  gules.  Crest,  a  lion's  paw,  erased,  or,  holding  a 
bunch  of  dates,  the  fruit  of  the  first  in  the  pods  argent, 
the  stalks  and  leaves  proper. 

The  griffins,  legendary  guardians  of  the  treasures 
of  the  East,  are  appropriate  to  the  arms  of  one  whose 
"  argosies  with  portly  sail  "  brought  back  the  spices  of 
the  East.  They  appear  also  in  the  arms  of  the  Grocers' 
Company.  The  lion's  paw  which  holds  the  dates 
would  also'  seem  to  point  to  the  dangers  of  the  trade, 
while  the  fleur-de-lis  and  the  Tudor  roses  may  well  be 
the  result  of  his  faithful  service  to  Elizabeth. 

Little  more  remains  to  be  said  about  the  life  of 
Lawrence  Sheriffe,  but  his  continued  prosperity  is 
attested  by  the  following  facts  :  in  1562  he  exchanged 
New  Year's  Gifts  with  the  Queen,  receiving  "one  gilt 
salt  with  a  cover  weighing  7  oz.,"  in  return  for  "  a  sugar 
loaf,  a  box  of  ginger,  a  box  of  nutmegs,  and  a  pound 
of  cinnamon " ;  about  the  same  time  he  is  found 

8 


CHAP.    l]  HISTORY  Lawrence  Sheriffe 

speculating  in  landed  property,  in  company  with  a 
somewhat  mysterious  Thomas  Reve,  and  in  1566  he 
was  elected  to  be  Vice- Warden  of  the  Grocers'  Com- 
pany. In  the  following  year  he  fell  ill,  and  "being 
sick  in  body,  but  of  good  and  perfect  remembrance, 
thanked  be  God,"  he  drew  up  on  the  two  and  twentieth 
day  of  July  the  will,  in  which  he  made  those  provisions 
for  the  foundation  of  a  Schoolhouse  and  Almshouse 
in  Rugby,  which  have  caused  the  perpetuation  of  his 
name  and  fame.  What  his  illness  was  is  not  known, 
but  he  recovered  for  a  time  and  came  down  to  Rugby, 
perhaps,  as  has  been  suggested,  on  the  "  graye  ambling 
nagge "  which  he  bequeathed  to  his  wife :  here  he 
busied  himself  no  doubt  with  the  scheme  that  must 
have  been  so  much  in  his  mind,  and  here,  on  the  3ist 
of  August,  he  added  a  codicil  to  his  will,  making  an 
alteration  which  was  destined  to  be  of  immense  im- 
portance to  the  school.  Soon  after  executing  this 
codicil,  he  returned  to  London  and  died :  the  exact  date 
of  his  death  is  not  known,  and  for  many  years  it  was 
supposed  that,  in  accordance  with  the  provision  of  his 
will,  his  body  was,  as  he  wished,  "  decently  buried 
within  the  parish  church  of  St.  Andrew,  in  Rugby, 
near  the  bodies  of  my  father  and  mother,  and  a  fair 
stone  laid  upon  my  grave,  with  a  title  thereon  de- 
claring the  day  of  my  decease  and  so  forth."  For 
some  reason,  however,  his  wishes  were  not  complied 
with,  and  it  was  discovered  in  1864  by  Mr.  Bloxam, 
that  his  body  had  been  laid  to  rest  in  the  Grey  Friars 
Church,  or  Christchurch,  Newgate  Street,  the  street  in 
which  he  lived.  Though  the  church  was  destroyed  in 

9 


Lawrence  Sheriffe  RUGBY  [CHAP.   I 

the  Great  Fire  of  London,  the  old  registers  fortunately 
escaped,  and  contain  the  following  entry  : 

"  September,  1 567.  The  xvi.  Daye  was  buryed  Mr. 
Lawrence  Shyryfe." 

Though  not  buried  in  the  place  of  his  choice,  the 
bones  of  Lawrence  Sheriffe  lie  among  those  of  a 
goodly  company.  The  Grey  Friars'  church  had  been 
a  favourite  burying-place  in  mediaeval  times,  and  had 
contained  the  tombs  of  three  queens  :  it  had,  however, 
been  ruthlessly  despoiled  at  the  Reformation,  and 
"  nine  alabaster  tombs  and  seven  score  tombs  of 
marble  "  had  been  pulled  down  and  sold  by  a  gold- 
smith and  alderman  of  London.  The  <;  fayre  stone," 
which  we  may  hope  was  placed  over  Lawrence 
Sheriffe's  grave,  must  have  perished  in  the  Great  Fire, 
which  destroyed  all  but  a  portion  of  the  cloisters  ; 
but  among  the  many  interests  which  cluster  round 
the  church  built  on  the  ruins  of  the  old  one,  not  the 
least  to  all  Rugbeians  comes  from  the  thought  that  it 
is  the  resting-place  of  the  founder  of  their  school. 

It  may  be  noted  that  Founder's  Day  at  Rugby  is 
kept  on  a  date  (October  20)  which  has  no  known 
connection  with  the  life  of  the  founder.  We  have 
seen  that  the  days  of  his  birth  and  death  are  unknown, 
and  that  the  day  of  his  interment  was  only  discovered 
in  1864.  October  20  was  fixed  upon  at  a  time  when 
the  school  year  was  divided  into  two  halves,  ap- 
parently as  forming  a  suitable  break  in  the  middle  of 
the  second  half-year.  When  this  date  was  fixed  on, 
and  how  long  Founder's  Day  has  been  celebrated,  we 
do  not  know,  but  it  was  at  any  rate  before  Mr.  Bloxam 

10 


<  .5 

K  •: 

'-  2 

5  p 

rt 

p  5 

*"  o 


u    ^J 

t/)    J3 

o 


Founder's  Day  IU'(,i;Y  [CIIAI'.    I 

entered  the  school  in  1813.  At  that  time  it  was  kept 
as  a  whole  holiday,  except  that  the  school  had  to 
assemble  in  the  morning  in  the  great  schoolroom  to 
hear  a  Latin  essay  commemorative  of  the  founder 
delivered  by  the  head  foundationer,  the  essay  itself 
having  been  previously  written  by  one  of  the  masters. 
At  the  present  time  the  day  is  marked  only  by  a 
special  service  in  the  morning  (when  the  lessons  are 
read  by  the  two  head  foundationers),  and  by  a  half- 
holiday,  but  it  seems  likely  that  in  the  near  future 
measures  will  be  adopted  for  making  it  more  of  a 
special  occasion  in  the  school  year. 

The  debt  owed  by  the  school  to  its  founder  is  also 
kept  before  it  by  the  constant  use  of  a  special  collect, 
the  origin  of  which  does  not  appear  to  be  ascertain- 
able,  but  which  was  certainly  used  in  1821,  when  the 
first  chapel  was  consecrated.  It  runs-  as  follows  : 

"We  give  Thee  most  humble  and  hearty  thanks,  O  most 
merciful  Father,  for  our  Founder  Lawrence  Sheriffe,  and  for  all 
our  Governors  and  Benefactors  by  whose  benefit  this  whole 
school  is  brought  up  to  Godliness  and  good  learning:  and  we 
humbly  beseech  Thee  to  give  us  grace  to  use  these  Thy  blessings 
to  the  glory  of  Thy  Holy  Name,  that  we  may  answer  the  good 
intent  of  our  religious  Founder,  and  become  profitable  members 
of  the  Church  and  Commonwealth,  and  at  last  be  partakers  of 
Thy  Heavenly  Kingdom,  through  our  Lord  and  Saviour  Jesus 
Christ.  Amen." 

The  provisions  for  the  Charity  which  Lawrence 
Sheriffe  founded  are  contained  in  his  will,  and  a  docu- 
ment appended  to  the  will,  called  the  Intent,  in  which 
he  sets  forth  the  details  of  his  scheme.  He  had  taken 


(HAP.    I]  HISTORY  Foundation 

the  first  steps  during  his  lifetime,  and  had  (as  Mr. 
Rouse  has  lately  shown)  built  a  large  house,  which  he 
calls  his  Mansion  House,  on  the  site  of  some  cottages 
which  he  had  purchased  and  pulled  down.  This 
Mansion  House  was  to  be  the  residence  of  the  master 
of  the  school,  and  was  situated  on  the  north  side  of 
what  is  now  Church  Street,  opposite  the  parish  church 
of  St.  Andrew,  just  to  the  east  of  the  present  alms- 
houses.  He  directs  in  his  Intent  that  a  "fair  and 
convenient  school  house  "  should  be  built  near  to  this 
Mansion  House  ;  also  "  four  meet  and  distinct  lodgings 
for  four  poor  men."  These  four  poor  men  were  to  be 
called  the  almsmen  of  Lawrence  Sheriffe,  of  London, 
grocer,  and  two  of  them  were  to  be  chosen  from 
among  the  inhabitants  of  Rugby,  two  from  among 
those  of  Brownsover.  In  like  manner  the  school, 
which  was  to  be  called  the  Free  School  of  Lawrence 
Sheriffe,  of  London,  Grocer,  was  "  to  serve  chiefly  for 
the  children  of  Rugby  and  Brownsover,  and  next  for 
such  as  be  of  other  places  thereunto  adjoining."  An 
honest,  discreet,  and  learned  man,  a  Master  of  Arts  if 
possible,  was  to  be  chosen  and  appointed  to  teach 
grammar,  freely,  in  the  school.  The  master  was  to 
receive  a  salary  of  £12  per  annum,  equivalent  in 
modern  times  to  about  £180,  and  was  to  live  in  the 
Mansion  House  without  being  charged  either  for  rent 
or  repairs.  The  almsmen  were  of  course  to  have  free 
lodging,  and  jd.  a  week  for  maintenance,  equivalent 
to  about  Ss.  gd.  at  the  present  time. 

To  carry  out  this  scheme  he  chose  two  dear  friends, 
as  he  calls  them  :  George  Harrison,  of  London,  gen- 

13 


Endowment  RUC1UY  [CHAP.    I 

tleman,  and  Barnard  Field,  citizen  and  grocer,  of 
London  ;  the  property  which  was  to  supply  the 
wherewithal  was  made  over  to  them  and  to  their  heirs 
for  ever,  that  they  might  use  it  for  the  specified  pur- 
poses. This  property  was  as  follows  : 

1.  The  Mansion  House  and  land  in  Rugby. 

2.  The  house  and  land  at  Brownsover,  which  have 
been  mentioned  before  as  belonging  originally  to  the 
Monastery  at  Leicester  :   Lawrence  Sherifife's   sister, 
Bridget,  and  her  husband,  John  Howkins,  were  to  be 
tenants  of  this  property  during  their  lifetime  at  an 
annual  rent  of  £16.  i^s.  ^.d.y  and  on  their  death  their 
descendants  were  to  be  preferred  as  tenants  to  any 
other  person. 

3.  A  third  part  of  a  field  of  twenty-four  acres,  near 
London.     This  field   was   called  Conduit  Close,  and 
had  been  purchased  by  Lawrence  Sheriffe  in  1560  for 
£3 20.     This   is    occupied   nowadays   by   the   houses 
round    Lamb's    Conduit    Street   and  Great   Ormond 
Street,  which  intersect  about   in    the   middle  of  the 
property  :  it  is  close  to  the  Foundling  Hospital. 

It  was  with  this  piece  of  land  that  the  codicil  dealt, 
which  was  added  by  Lawrence  Sheriffe  on  his  last 
visit  to  Rugby,  a  few  weeks  before  his  death.  He 
had  in  his  will  left  a  legacy  of  £100  for  the  school, 
but  by  his  codicil  he  revoked  the  legacy  and  left  the 
land  instead.  The  importance  of  this  codicil  is 
obvious,  for  Conduit  Close  has  been  long  in  the  heart 
of  London,  and  the  third  part,  which  in  1567  brought 
in  about  £6  or  .£8  a  year,  yields  now  £5,700.  The 
alteration  made  the  fortune  of  the  school. 

H 


CHAP.    I]  HISTORY  The  Trust 

4.  A  sum  of  £50  (  =  circa  £750)  was  left  to  provide 
for  the  building  of  the  schoolhouse  and  almshouses. 

Such  were  the  provisions  of  the  will  and  intent,  but 
it  was  many  a  long  year  before  these  provisions  were 
freed  from  attack  and  the  school  enjoyed  its  own 
without  molestation.  Its  history  during  the  first 
century  of  its  existence  is  one  long  struggle  against 
injustice,  due  to  the  shameful  dishonesty  of  the  tenants 
of  the  Trust,  and  the  no  less  shameful  slackness  and 
indifference  of  the  trustees.  It  was  most  unfortunate 
that  the  provisions  of  the  Trust  gave  any  loophole 
for  dishonesty  :  had  there  been  more  careful  arrange- 
ments for  the  holding  of  the  Trust  property  by  a 
sufficiently  large  and  renewable  body  of  trustees  the 
difficulties  would  probably  never  have  arisen  ;  as  it 
was,  the  heirs  of  Barnard  Field  (George  Harrison 
seems  to  have  dropped  out  from  the  first)  yielded  to 
the  temptation  to  try  to  evade  the  conditions  of  the 
Trust  and  make  the  Conduit  Close  property  their 
own,  while  successive  Howkinses  attempted  to  do  the 
same  with  the  Brownsover  land. 

The  real  troubles  began  as  early  as  1580,  but  even 
from  the  very  first  the  founder's  intentions  were  not 
carried  out  as  they  should  have  been.  The  four  alms- 
men, indeed,  were  selected  without  delay  and  installed 
in  the  Mansion  House,  and  this  was  not  an  unreason- 
able arrangement,  as  there  could  be  no  school  or 
schoolmaster  until  the  schoolhouse  was  built.  Ob- 
viously, however,  the  building  of  this  schoolhouse  and 
of  the  almshouses  should  have  been  immediately  pro- 
ceeded with ;  as  it  was,  the  schoolhouse  was  not  finished 

15 


The  Trust  RUGBY  [CHAP.    I 

till  seven  years  after  the  founder's  death,  and  when 
the  first  master,  Edward  Rolston,  of  Christ's  College, 
Cambridge,  was  installed  in  the  Mansion  House,  and 
for  many  years  after,  no  attempt  had  been  made  to 
begin  the  almshouses.  All  that  was  clone  was  to  block 
up  the  doors  of  the  almsmen's  rooms  opening  into  the 
house  and  to  provide  them  with  separate  access  from 
the  outside.  Thus,  at  the  outset,  rooms  which  should 
have  been  at  the  service  of  the  master,  and  which 
might  perhaps  have  been  used  for  boarders,  were  filled 
by  the  almsmen.  It  was  not  as  if  the  schoolhouse  was 
a  very  elaborate  building  requiring  years  to  finish  :  it 
was  a  large  plain  room,  built  like  the  Mansion  House 
itself,  of  bricks  and  timber,  with  windows  glazed  in 
small  leaded  panes,  and  a  thatched  roof,  in  the  pic- 
turesque style  still  constantly  met  with  in  old  houses 
in  the  neighbourhood.  The  money  for  the  building 
was  provided,  and  there  is  no  apparent  reason  for  the 
delay  ;  it  would  seem  that  for  some  reason  or  other 
Harrison  left  things  to  Field,  and  that  Field  was  busy 
with  his  own  concerns,  for  we  know  that  he  was  en- 
gaged with  other  merchants  soon  after  Lawrence 
Sheriffe's  death  in  attempting  to  get  satisfaction  from 
the  King  of  Barbary,  who  had  appropriated  certain 
shiploads  of  cloth  sent  into  his  dominions,  and  a  few 
years  later  he  had  similar  trouble  with  the  King  of 
Spain. 

Whatever  may  have  been  the  cause  of  the  delay, 
seven  years  or  so  after  the  founder's  death  the  school 
was  started ;  but  before  many  years  there  was  serious 
trouble.  In  1580,  probably,  Rolston  had  been  suc- 

16 


CHAP.    I]  HISTORY  Troubles 

ceeded  by  a  young  Warwickshire  man,  Richard  Seele, 
of  Trinity  College,  Oxford,  and  it  is  to  be  feared  that 
the  first  Oxonian  master  was  no  credit  to  his  university, 
for  after  a  short  tenure  of  office  he  was  forcibly  ejected. 
The  deed  was  done  by  a  leading  county  magnate, 
Edward  Boughton,  of  Cawston  Hall,  who  "  with  divers 
others  in  his  company  .  .  .  made  a  forcible  entry  into 
the  school  of  Rugby  and  from  thence  removed  with 
strong  hand  and  displaced  Richard  Seele."  One  can 
imagine  the  stir  made  in  the  village,  and  the  excite- 
ment in  the  schoolhouse  when  in  strode  Boughton 
and  his  followers  and  turned  out  the  expostulating 
dominie  ;  it  is  not  every  day  that  the  wielder  of  the 
rod  finds  the  tables  so  suddenly  turned  on  him  ! 

The  story  has  come  down  to  us  through  a  petition, 
which  was  presented  by  some  inhabitants  of  Rugby  to 
the  Privy  Council  against  this  Edward  Boughton  :  it 
was  indeed  a  high-handed  proceeding,  and,  at  first 
sight,  one's  sympathies  go  out  to  Seele  ;  but  further 
consideration  makes  it  very  doubtful  whether  he  is 
deserving  of  sympathy.  Boughton  did  not  act 
apparently  on  his  own  initiative,  but  on  that  of  the 
trustee,  Barnard  Field ;  for  the  petition,  which  is  very 
violent  in  tone,  accuses  him  amongst  other  things  of 
being  in  league  with  papists,  and  namely  with  one 
Barnard  Field.  Now  Field  had  appointed  Seele,  and 
there  can  be  no  reason  for  supposing  that  he  would 
have  been  anxious  to  get  rid  of  him,  if  he  had  not 
shown  himself  unworthy  of  his  position  ;  this  view  is 
further  confirmed  by  the  fact  that  Boughton  is  also 
accused  of  being  a  "boulsterer  and  mayntainer  of  evell 

17  c 


Litigation  RUdltt  [CHAP.    I 

men  and  evell  causes  in  the  cuntriewhearehe  dwellethe, 
namelie  of  Nicholas  Greenhell  and  others":  but  this 
Nicholas. Greenhill,  who  was  appointed  by  Field  when 
he  had  got  rid  of  Seele,  seems,  from  the  little  that  is 
known  of  him,  to  have  been  a  good  sort  of  man  ;  at 
any  rate  he  made  several  little  improvements  in  the 
building  at  his  own  expense,  during  the  four  and 
twenty  years  that  he  was  master,  bequeathed  to  the 
school  the  various  fixtures  which  he  had  put  in,  and 
did  what  he  could  to  prevent  the  misuse  of  the  Trust 
property.  Very  likely  Boughton  was  an  overbearing 
person,  and  his  methods  were  certainly  irregular,  but 
Mr.  Rouse  has  not  unreasonably  conjectured  that  the 
prime  mover  in  this  petition  may  have  been  Howkins, 
grandson  of  Lawrence  Sheriffe,  who  perhaps  found 
in  Seele  no  obstacle  to  dishonest  dealings  with  the 
Brownsover  property. 

And  now  we  enter  upon  the  long  period  of  litigation 
which  lasted  off  and  on  right  up  to  the  year  1667, 
exactly  a  century  after  the  Founder's  death.  It  arose, 
as  we  have  said,  from  the  dishonesty  of  the  heirs  of 
Barnard  Field,  beginning  with  his  grandson  Barnard 
Dakyn,  who  held  the  third  part  of  Conduit  Close  on 
trust,  and  of  the  Howkinses,  the  tenants  of  Brownsover 
parsonage  :  later  on  the  Conduit  Close  land  also  got 
into  the  hands  of  the  Howkinses.  The  object  of  all 
these  people  was  to  establish  a  claim  to  the  Trust 
property  as  their  own  personal  property,  subject  only 
to  the  rent  charge  fixed  upon  it  at  the  time  of  the 
Founder's  death  ;  but  whenever  they  could,  they  with- 
held even  this.  It  is  true  that  the  will  of  Lawrence 

18 


CHAP.    l]  HISTORY  Chancery  Commission 

Sheriffe  makes  no  provisions  for  the  rise  in  value  of 
the  property,  probably  he  did  not  think  of  it,  but  it 
is  obvious  that  his  intention  was,  that  the  property 
should  belong  to  the  Trust,  not  to  the  tenants,  and 
this  being  so,  the  increase  in  value  would  be  to  the 
advantage  not  of  the  tenants,  but  of  the  school  and 
almshouses  which  the  property  was  to  support.  This 
principle  always  guided  the  legal  decisions  which 
marked  the  course  of  litigation,  and  the  fact  that  the 
strife  was  so  long  continued  shows  once  more  the 
truth  of  the  old  saying  that  possession  is  nine-tenths 
of  the  law,  and  is  a  speaking  commentary  on  the  gross 
negligence  of  the  trustees  who  were  from  time  to  time 
appointed.  The  three  most  important  dates  in  the 
period,  are  those  of  the  three  Chancery  Commissions 
which  were  appointed  in  1602,  1614,  and  1653,  to  settle 
the  business. 

Before  1602,  Barnard  Dakyn  had  had  the  audacity 
to  sell  the  Conduit  Close  property  for  £120,  in  spite 
of  the  fact  that  Greenhill  (who  was  still  Master)  had 
an  action  pending  against  him  for  recovery  of  certain 
moneys  unlawfully  detained  ;  the  Commission,  how- 
ever, was  not  brought  about  by  Greenhill,  but  by 
Anthony  Howkins  of  Brownsover,  who  sympathized, 
no  doubt,  with  Dakyn's  action,  and  hoped  to  get  rid 
once  for  all  of  the  claims  of  the  master.  He  was  unde- 
ceived, for  the  Commission  did  all  that  Greenhill  could 
desire :  it  cancelled  the  sale  made  by  Dakyn,  appointed 
twelve  Warwickshire  gentlemen  as  trustees,  in  whom 
all  the  school  property  was  vested,  made  arrangements 
for  filling  up  vacancies  among  those  trustees,  ordered 

19 


Chancery  Commission  RUGBY  [CHAP.    I 

the  building  of  almshouses,  and  settled  the  payments 
to  be  made  to  master  and  almsmen. 

But  now  comes  the  disappointing  part.  So  inert 
were  these  trustees  that,  in  spite  of  the  decision  of  the 
Commission,  the  enemies  of  the  school  still  triumphed, 
showing  a  pertinacity  worthy  of  a  better  cause  ;  after 
twelve  years  of  claiming  and  counter-claiming,  the 
result  was  a  second  Chancery  Commission,  which  met 
in  1614  at  Hixhall,  in  Middlesex,  Augustine  Rolfe,  or 
Rolph,  being  master  of  the  school  at  the  time.  This 
Commission  ended  by  confirming  the  decree  of  the 
first,  and  ordering  payment  of  the  arrears  of  rent 
which  the  tenant  of  Conduit  Close  had  refused  to  pay: 
this  tenant  was  a  certain  Rose  Wood,  and  the  property 
had  come  to  her  from  her  first  husband,  John  Vincent, 
who  had  bought  it  from  Dakyn  :  it  will  be  remem- 
bered that  the  first  Commission  had  ordered  the  sale 
to  be  cancelled,  but  this  had  not  been  done  :  the  second 
Commission  failed  equally  to  get  the  better  of  the 
strategems  of  Rose  Wood,  for  when  a  forty  years'  lease 
of  the  property  was  granted  to  one  Henry  Clerke,  at 
the  rent  of  ten  pounds,  an  absurdly  small  rent  con- 
sidering that  the  first  Commission  had  estimated  it  as 
worth  double  that  amount,  straightway  the  lady 
appeared  on  the  scene  again  and  obtained  the  transfer 
of  the  lease  to  herself. 

Nor  did  this  second  Commission  lead  to  more  satis- 
factory results  in  other  ways.  The  trustees  were  as 
neglectful  as  ever,  and  the  unfortunate  master  was  left 
to  fight  his  battle  alone  as  best  he  might ;  consequently, 
we  find  Wilgent  Greene,  Rolfe's  successor,  after  vainly 

20 


CHAP.    I]  HISTORY  Dark  Days 

protesting  against  the  new  lease  of  Conduit  Close, 
coming  to  an  agreement  on  his  own  account  with  Rose 
Wood,  by  which,  needless  to  say,  the  Trust  was  de- 
frauded. We  may  also  notice  that  not  even  a  protest 
had  been  raised,  when  about  i6i2the  grasping  Anthony 
Howkins  had  himself  been  forced  by  Edward  Boughton 
the  younger,  who  must  have  inherited  his  father's  spirit, 
to  alienate  the  tithes  and  part  of  the  glebe  land  at 
Brownsover  for  a  yearly  payment  of  £28  i?s.  6d.,  a 
thing  which  he  had  of  course  no  right  to  do. 

Such  being  the  spirit  of  the  trustees,  it  was  natural 
that  things  should  go  from  bad  to  worse,  and  the 
darkest  days  of  the  school  were  during  the  period  of 
the  great  Civil  War.  In  1641,  the  year  before  the  war 
broke  out,  Greene  died,  and  there  was  a  great  to-do 
about  his  successor.  The  inhabitants  of  Rugby  had 
got  it  into  their  heads,  and  the  indolence  of  the  trustees 
had  no  doubt  fostered  the  idea,  that  they  had  the  right 
to  choose  the  schoolmasters  :  so  when  Greene  died, 
they  held  a  meeting  and  chose  a  Rugby  man,  Edward 
Clerke  :  they  submitted  their  choice  to  the  surviving 
trustees  and  the  heirs  of  those  that  were  dead  (the 
provision  for  keeping  up  the  number  by  a  system 
of  co-option  had  been  neglected),  and  a  majority  of 
these  appears  to  have  agreed  to  the  choice  ;  but  there 
was  some  dispute,  and  the  matter  was  referred  to  the 
Lord  Keeper,  who  ordered  that  Clerke  should  have 
the  place.  However,  Sir  Roger  Fielding,  one  of  the 
dissentient  trustees,  was  not  to  be  beaten  :  his  prefer 
was  the  vicar  of  Long  Itchington,  near  Rugby,  Raphael 
Pearce  by  name,  and  so  strenuously  did  he  canvass 

21 


Dark  Days  RUGBY  [CHAP.    I 

the  county  people  in  his  behalf  that  he  succeeded 
somehow  in  upsetting  the  previous  arrangements,  and 
Edward  Clerke  had  to  retire  from  his  post  in  favour 
of  his  rival.  The  joy  of  the  unfortunate  Pearce,  who 
was  poor  and  had  doubtless  hoped  that  his  new  position 
would  bring  better  times  to  himself  and  his  large 
family,  must  have  been  short-lived.  War  broke  out,  and 
in  the  troubled  times  that  ensued,  the  best  right  was 
the  right  of  the  strongest :  the  tenants  of  the  Trust 
property  were  not  slow  to  take  advantage  of  the  cir- 
cumstances, and  the  Howkinses  refused  to  pay  their 
rent ;  the  tenants  of  Conduit  Close  did  likewise, 
alleging  that  the  land  had  been  damaged  by  breast- 
works drawn  across  it,  although  the  damage  did  not 
affect  so  much  as  one  acre. 

Poor  Pearce  must  have  wished  himself  back  in 
Long  Itchington,  for,  as  is  said  in  a  petition  drawn  up 
later  on  behalf  of  his  wife,  he  "  became  in  extreme 
want  and  exceeding  poore,  having  nothing  many  times 
wherewith  to  provide  bread  for  himselfe  his  wife  and 
children,  which  caused  a  wonderfull  weakness  in  his 
body.  Which  same  weakness,  for  want  of  sufficient 
dyet,  growing  more  and  more  upon  him,  it  brought 
him  at  last  to  his  much  lamented  death." 

Such  was  the  fate  of  this  "  so  able  honest  and  painfull 
a  Schoole  Master,"  most  unfortunate  of  all  those  who 
have  presided  over  Lawrence  Sheriffe's  foundation. 
His  death  took  place  in  1651,  but  some  months  before 
it  he  had  given  up  his  post  in  despair,  and  for  a  while 
there  was  no  teaching  of  grammar  freely  in  the  now 
dilapidated  school-house.  Hitherto  the  work  had  gone 

22 


CHAP.  I]  HISTORY  Brighter  Prospers 

on  steadily  in  spite  of  all  troubles;  as  early  as  1621 
there  is  direct  evidence  of  a  boy  from  the  school  passing 
on  to  Cambridge:  direct  evidence  is  apparently  hard  to 
procure,  for  at  this  time  only  four  Cambridge  colleges, 
and  none  at  Oxford,  give  information  as  to  previous 
education  in  their  entrance  registers,  but  as  six  Rug- 
beians  were  entered  at  three  of  these  four  Cambridge 
colleges  between  the  years  1621  and  1642,  we  may 
reasonably  suppose  that  other  scholars  went  elsewhere, 
and  that  the  masters  of  the  school  did  not  shape  their 
conduct  on  that  of  the  trustees. 

The  year  1651,  then,  stands  as  the  lowest  point  in 
the  school  history.  On  the  "  ffowerth  "  day  of  Decem- 
ber in  that  year  Lord  Leigh,  the  sole  surviving  trustee, 
appointed  Peter  VVhitehead  as  master,  and  two  years 
later  yet  another  Chancery  Commission  was  appointed. 
This  Commission  quashed  the  claim  of  the  Howkins 
family  (who  now  held  both  the  Conduit  Close  and 
Brownsover  properties)  to  pay  only  the  rent  prescribed 
in  Lawrence  Sheriffe's  time,  and  ordered  them  to  pax- 
arrears.  .  Once  more  they  began  their  old  tactics  of 
appeal  and  evasion,  but  at  last  they  were  worsted,  and 
on  November  26,  1667,  the  Lord  Keeper  confirmed  the 
decree.  That  settled  the  matter,  and  it  is  exceedingly- 
satisfactory  to  learn  not  only  that  Mrs.  Pcarce  and 
Mrs.  VVhitehead  gradually  received  the  unpaid  salaries 
of  their  husbands,  but  that  an  obstinate  Howkins  was 
prosecuted  and  put  into  prison  and  not  released  till  he 
had  paid  his  debts.  One  can  imagine  the  master 
quoting  his  "  pcde  Poena  claudo  "  with  particular  gusto 
when  that  happy  event  took  place  !  From  this  time 

23 


Brighter  Prospers  RUCHY  [CHAP.    I 

onward  the  school,  amidst  all  its  ups  and  downs,  is 
free  from  the  enemies  who  threatened  its  very  exist- 
ence, and  the  good  results  of  this  relief  were  soon 
manifested. 

Whitehead  had  been  succeeded  in  1660  by  John 
Allen,  who  died  ten  years  later.  The  next  master, 
Knightly  Harrison,  is  interesting  as  having  been  the 
first  Old  Rugbeian  to  hold  the  post,  unless  indeed 
Edward  Clerke,  who  was  deposed  in  favour  of  Pearce, 
was  educated  in  the  school  of  his  native  place,  which 
may  well  have  been  the  case.  Harrison  resigned  after 
five  years,  and  was  succeeded  in  1675  by  Robert  Ash- 
bridge,  who  is  notable  for  having  begun  the  School 
Register.  We  have  seen  that  from  early  times  boys 
were  sent  up  from  the  school  to  the  University,  and 
the  register  shows  clearly  that,  though  of  course  quite 
small,  it  was  not  a  mere  village  school,  but  that  a  num- 
ber of  boys  came  as  boarders  from  the  neighbourhood. 
Even  had  there  been  no  register  at  the  time  this  might 
have  been  deduced  from  the  fact  that,  in  the  master- 
ship of  Ashbridge,  another  storey  was  added  over  the 
schoolroom.  Ashbridge  only  stayed  six  years,  and 
Leonard  Jeacockes,  who  was  appointed  in  his  place, 
had  a  sad  career,  tt  is  clear  that  some  special  cir- 
cumstances caused  his  failure,  for  he  started  with  a 
capital  entry  of  twenty  boys  in  1682,  five  of  whom 
must  have  been  boarders,  while  in  the  following  year 
there  are  only  two  names  recorded  ;  in  1684  only  one, 
and  then  for  two  years  there  is  a  complete  blank.  It  is 
also  noticeable  that  a  good  many  boys  who  must  have 
left  the  School  during  this  period  were  re-admitted 

24 


CHAP.    I]  HISTORY  Holyoake 

in  1688.  What  then  were  the  special  circumstances 
which  caused  this  temporary  collapse?  It  has  been 
recently  conjectured  by  the  Rev.  A.  T.  Michell,  that 
the  explanation  may  be  found  in  the  occurrence  of 
an  epidemic  in  the  town.  He  has  shown  that  the 
normal  death-rate  of  Rugby  at  the  time  was  about  20 
per  annum  :  in  1680  it  rose  to  42,  and  in  the  following 
year  it  was  37  ;  then  after  a  lull  of  three  years  it  rose 
again  in  1685  and  the  two  succeeding  years  to  50, 
40,  and  49.  This  would  amply  account  for  the  cessa- 
tion of  entries  in  1685,  but  it  does  not  clear  up  the 
sudden  drop  in  1683,  the  middle  of  the  three  years' 
lull  which  followed  the  first  outbreak,  after  the  good 
entry  in  the  previous  year.  Mr.  Michell  has  pointed 
out  in  this  connection  that  severe  outbreaks  of  small- 
pox in  Rugby  in  1710  and  1733  apparently  made 
little  or  no  difference  in  the  register,  and  it  seems 
probable  on  the  whole  that  there  was  some  additional 
reason  for  the  collapse.  Possibly  Jeacockes's  health 
may  have  given  way  as  early  as  1683,  or  he  may  have 
done  something  to  make  himself  unpopular  with  his 
neighbours:  however  this  may  be,  he  died  in  1687, 
when  only  thirty-three  years  of  age. 

And  now  we  come  to  the  first  great  name  among 
the  Masters  of  Rugby,  Henry  Holyoake,  De  Sacra 
Quercu,  as  he  calls  himself  with  a  pleasing  fancy  which 
enlists  our  sympathy  at  once.  He  was  of  a  Warwick- 
shire family  who  had  strongly  espoused  the  Royalist 
cause.  His  grandfather,  while  incumbent  of  Southam, 
near  Rugby,  had  had  his  house  pillaged  by  some 
Parliamentary  troops,  who  found  in  it  "a  drum  and 

25 


Holyoake  RUC'.UY  [CHAP.    I 

several  arms  "  ;  his  father,  a  most  versatile  man,  when 
Chaplain  of  Queen's  College,  Oxford,  had  commanded 
a  company  of  foot,  mostly  composed  of  undergraduates, 
with  such  success  that  he  was  made  a  Doctor  of 
Divinity  !  He  had  made  his  living  by  the  practice  of 
medicine  during  the  Commonwealth,  and  had  spent  his 
spare  time  in  compiling  a  large  English-Latin  and 
Latin-English  Dictionary.  His  son  came  to  the 
school  under  interesting  circumstances  :  he  was  one 
of  the  Chaplains  at  Magdalen  College,  Oxford,  when 
James  II.  made  his  famous  attempt  to  Romanize  that 
foundation.  Holyoake  was  amongst  the  many  mem- 
bers who  resigned  in  protest  against  the  arbitrary  ex- 
pulsion of  Fellows,  and  though  afterwards  restored  he 
chose  to  remain  at  Rugby,  where  he  had  been  appointed 
as  master,  and  resigned  the  chaplaincy  soon  after. 

He  presided  over  Rugby  school  with  conspicuous 
success  for  the  long  period  of  forty-three  years,  a 
record  unbroken  as  yet,  and  likely  to  remain  so. 
During  these  years,  630  boys  were  admitted  to  the 
school,  and  the  large  proportion  of  non-foundationers 
(nearly  five  to  one)  shows  that  the  fame  of  the  school 
was  spreading,  and  that  it  formed  at  this  time  a  strong 
connection  among  the  leading  families  in  Warwick- 
shire and  the  neighbouring  counties.  The  numbers 
in  the  school  at  any  one  period  have  been  variously 
estimated  ;  it  depends  of  course  on  what  number  of 
years  is  taken  as  the  average  length  of  a  school  gene- 
ration :  putting  it  at  six  years,  as  Mr.  Rouse  has  done, 
for  boys  came  very  young  in  those  days,  the  numbers 
must  have  reached  upwards  of  ninety. 

26 


CHAP.    I]  HISTORY  Holyoake 

If  this  estimate  is  correct,  it  is  evident  that  Holyoake 
must  have  had  assistant  masters  to  help  him  in  the 
teaching.  The  Commission  of  1653  had  contemplated 
this  necessity,  and  had  provided  that  in  such  a  case, 
the  trustees  should  "  find  or  enjoin  the  Schoolmaster 
to  provide  an  usher,"  who  was  to  be  paid  such  salary 
as  they  thought  fit,  out  of  the  overplus  of  the  rents  ; 
there  is,  however,  no  evidence  that  this  had  yet  been 
done.  The  names  of  three  of  Holyoake's  assistants 
are  known,  and  they  probably  helped  him  not  only  in 
the  school,  but  in  the  livings  which  the  trustees 
allowed  him,  as  a  special  mark  of  their  high  esteem 
for  him,  to  hold.  Pluralism  was  not  yet  in  disrepute, 
and  it  doubtless  did  not  seem  unfitting  to  anyone  that 
Holyoake,  while  master,  held  successively  the  livings 
of  Bourton-on-Dunsmore,  Bilton,  and  Harborough. 

It  is  quite  likely,  too,  that  his  assistant  took  in 
boarders  :  it  is  true  that,  as  Holyoake  was  a  bachelor, 
he  must  have  had  a  good  deal  of  room  in  his  house, 
and  that  fresh  rooms  were  added  over  the  schoolroom, 
but,  considering  the  proportion  of  boarders,  there 
could  hardly  have  been  accommodation  for  them  all 
on  the  school  premises. 

The  great  occasion  of  the  school  year  was  Speech 
Day,  which  took  place  in  August.  It  was  called  Trustee 
Day  in  early  times,  and  apparently  the  institution 
grew  up  from  the  ceremonies  at  the  most  important 
and  best  attended  of  the  quarterly  meetings  of  the 
trustees,  which  took  place  in  that  month  :  it  would  be 
only  natural  that  on  such  an  occasion  the  trustees 
should  be  given  the  opportunity  of  judging  the  pro- 


Holyoake  RUdl'.V  [CHAI1.    I 

ficiency  of  the  scholars :  the  custom,  however,  of 
strewing  the  schoolroom  with  rushes  may  have  been 
derived  from  festivals  of  the  same  sort  in  earlier  times. 
There  still  exist  Latin  and  English  compositions  of 
Speech  Days  in  Holyoake's  time.  Themes  have 
changed,  and  the  domestic  history  of  trustees  no 
longer  forms  the  burden  of  our  soiig  on  such  occasions, 
but  in  their  general  character  time  leaves  little  trace  on 
Speech  Days. 

For  forty-three  years  Holyoake  lived  among  his 
boys  and  his  books,  and  died  in  1731,  full  of  years  and 
honour  :  his  will,  with  its  many  legacies  and  remissions 
of  outstanding  debts,  bears  witness  to  his  kindly 
disposition  ;  his  relations,  his  executor,  his  servant 
and  the  poor  are  all  remembered  ;  so  also  is  the 
daughter  of  "  Mrs.  Harris,  the  tripe  woman,"  who  re- 
ceives thirty  pounds,  in  memory,  perhaps,  of  savoury 
dishes  !  To  the  school  he  bequeathed  the  portraits  of 
his  grandfather  and  father,  by  whose  side  he  was 
buried  in  St.  Mary's,  Warwick,  and  also  his  books, 
which  were  carefully  preserved  till  they  disappeared 
mysteriously  from  the  Clock  Tower  some  thirty  or 
forty  years  ago.  One  or  two  of  them  with  Holyoake's 
name  have  been  found  among  the  volumes  in  the 
Library,  but  as  no  list  of  them  survives,  it  is  impossible 
to  trace  those  which  have  no  such  distinguishing 
mark. 

Some  examples  survive  of  Holyoake's  letters  to 
parents,  which  show  his  character  as  a  man  and  a 
schoolmaster  in  so  pleasant  a  light,  and  bring  him  so 
vividly  before  us,  that  they  deserve  quotation.  The 

28 


CHAP.   I]  HISTORY  Holyoake 

two  first  were  communicated  to  "  The  Meteor  "  of  May 
20,  1899,  by  the  Rev.  A.  T.  Michell,  through  the 
kindness  of  the  possessor. 

"  1702,  December  16.     Rev.  Mr.  Holyoake,  from  Rugby, 
to  Sir  Justinian  I  sham,  Bart. 

"  Your  two  young  gentlemen  went  to  Lamport  on  Friday  last, 
healthfull  and  well.  I  am  happy  that  I  can  say  they  both  con- 
tinue very  hopefull,  and  are  like  to  prove  extraordinary  scholars. 
Mr.  John  (besides  his  judgment  in  Greek  and  Latin  Authors) 
shews  great  parts  and  ingenuity  in  his  Compositions,  both  in 
Prose  and  Verse,  with  solid  sense  and  substantial  Latin  ;  and  I 
beleeve  will  have  a  peculiar  Genius  to  Horace's  measures,  whom 
he  has  sometimes  happily  imitated  in  Odes  on  occasionall  sub- 
jects. Mr.  Edmund  has  also  made  very  great  improvements  : 
He  renders  his  Authors  naturally  and  with  good  command  : 
writes  judicous  latin  ;  composes  a  short  Epigram  not  without  its 
acumen  in  the  close,  and  has  a  very  good  foundation  in  Greek, 
of  which  he  gives  no  mean  Account.  Their  Morals  also  bear 
proportion  with  their  learning,  their  behaviour  being  always 
civil  and  decently  modest,  and  their  recreations  innocent." 

"  *703»  Jufy  23-     The  same  to  the  same. 

"As  I  have  always  done  the  young  Gentlemen  justice  in 
giving  their  good  characters,  so  I  think  it  as  necessary  to  give 
you  information  when  they  do  amisse.  On  Wednesday  last  they 
both  took  a  ramble,  and  wand'red  about  four  or  five  miles  from 
home  in  order  to  have  gone  farther :  I  sent  two  messengers  after 
'em,  and  desired  my  Brother  Blake  to  take  a  Horse  to  go  in 
quest  of  'em,  who  found  'em,  and  brought  'em  back  in  the 
evening.  The  offence  taken  was  as  follows  :  In  the  morning 
looking  by  chance  upon  Mr.  Edmund,  I  saw  him  busy  in  cutting 
and  mangling  the  covers  of  his  new  Lexicon,  for  which  I  re- 
prov'd  him,  and  gave  him  a  gentle  correction  upon  the  Hand. 
Mr.  John  I  also  corrected  in  the  same  manner  for  his  verses, 
which  were  intolerably  bad,  both  in  the  measure  of  the  sense 
and  quantity  :  upon  this  they  took  their  journey :  and  I  don't 

29 


Holyoake  RUdBY  [CHAP.    I 

know  in  what  respect  I  have  given  them  the  least  provocation 
besides  since  their  return.  I  design'd,  Sir,  if  this  had  not  hap- 
pen'd,  to  have  inform'd  You,  that  since  Whitsuntide  they  have 
strangely  falPn  from  their  former  diligence  and  good  humour, 
especially  Mr.  John,  who  has  not  compos'd  me  one  Exercise  well 
since  He  came  last  to  Schole  :  but  has  rather  lost  than  gained 
ground.  Tis  pity,  Sir,  the  wheel  should  run  back  :  that  they 
who  were  of  so  great  hopes,  should  frustrate  at  last  the  expect- 
ations of  their  parents  and  Master.  If  you  please  to  do  me 
the  favour  to  write  a  chiding  line  or  two  to  each  of 'em,  we'll 
hope  the  good  effects.  I  have  not  punish'd  'em  for  this  their 
fault,  but  make  this  complaint  their  punishment,  knowing  that 
your  frown  will  produce  much  greater  effects  than  all  the 
Master's  Rods  can  do." 

It  is  satisfactory  to  find  that  both  boys  turned  out 
well,  and  gained  Fellowships  at  Oxford.  The  third 
letter  is  quoted  by  Mr.  Bloxam,  and  belongs  to  the 
year  1726  : 

"  Kind  Sr,"  he  writes  to  a  Mr.  Ward,  '•'  Your  young  Gentleman 
is  very  hopeful.  At  first  indeed  I  believe  he  thought  of  nothing 
but  Liberty,  but  he  soon  applyed  himself  to  busines,  and  moves 
with  promising  success;  for  He  had  lately  discovered  a  pretty 
Emulation  of  not  being  outrivaled  by  any  of  his  Equals,  which 
Inclination  t'will  be  my  busines  to  cherish  :  I  have  as  t'were 
just  tasked  Him  and  accordingly  Sr  you'l  find  him  at  present 
raw  and  unpolished  yet  I  question  not,  but  he'l  soon  make  a 
mo.re  considerable  figure." 

•  After  a  short  interregnum,  during  which  the  school 
was  carried  on  by  Joseph  Hodgkinson,  an  old  Rug- 
beian,  and  doubtless  an  assistant  master  at  the  time, 
another  old  Rugbeian,  John  Plomer,  was  elected  to  the 
vacant  place.  Plomer  had  been  an  usher  under  his 
predecessor,  and  in  that  capacity  had  done  well,  but 
as  a  head  master  he  was  not  successful :  during  his 

30 


CHAP.    l]  HISTORY  Change  of  Site 

eleven  years  of  rule  the  numbers  in  the  school  went 
do\vn  very  much.  He  resigned  in  1742,  and  after  him 
comes  a  succession  of  four  masters  from  Queen's 
College,  Oxford.  The  first  of  these,  Thomas  Crossfield, 
would  seem  to  have  been  an  exceptionally  able  man. 
Such  a  reputation  had  he  as  a  scholar  and  a  teacher, 
that  in  his  first  year  there  were  no  fewer  than  fifty- 
three  entries ;  and  his  fame  must  have  been  widespread, 
for  only  two  of  these  were  foundationers,  and  of  the 
remainder  only  half  were  from  the  neighbouring 
counties.  But  before  his  abilities  had  time  to  display 
themselves  in  the  new  sphere  he  died,  in  his  thirty- 
third  year.  He  was  succeeded  by  his  friend,  William 
Knail.  In  Knail's  time  a  great  event  in  the  school 
history  took  place :  the  change  of  site.  For  many 
years  the  school  buildings  had  been  very  ricketty  : 
again  and  again  they  had  been  patched  up,  and  bills 
for  repairs  had  formed  no  small  item  in  the  school 
expenses,  till  in  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century 
the  architect  appointed  to  survey  them  found  that 
repairs  were  no  longer  possible  :  the  old  roof  would 
stand  no  more  tinkering,  and  its  removal  was  expected 
to  cause  the  general  collapse  of  the  walls.  There 
seems  to  have  been  no  thought  of  rebuilding  on  the 
old  site ;  this  would  have  made  the  continuation  of 
the  school  during  the  operations  very  difficult,  and, 
besides,  in  the  old  premises  there  was  no  playground  : 
like  the  Idle  Apprentice,  the  boys  had  used  the 
churchyard  for  their  games. 

The  first  idea  was  to  purchase  a  newly-built  house 
and  ground  close  by  the  school,  on  the  west  side.    The 

31 


Change  of  Site  RUGBY  [CHAP.    I 

house  still  stands — the  large  red-brick  house  with 
Corinthian  pilasters,  covered  now  with  creepers,  on 
the  north  side  of  the  Market  Place.  The  negotiations 
fell  through  for  some  reason  or  other;  most  fortunately, 
for  on  that  site  there  would  have  been  no  room  for 
expansion.  The  house  finally  fixed  upon  was  the 
large  Manor  House  of  the  village,  standing  where 
the  present  schoolhouse  stands,  on  the  south  side  of 
the  town.  This  house  was  a  good-sized  building, 
some  hundred  years  old,  perhaps,  at  the  time  of  its 
purchase  ;  it  formed  three  sides  of  a  square,  the  open 
side  facing  on  the  Hillmorton  Road.  To  the  west  of 
it,  where  the  School  House  hall  now  is,  was  built  the 
new  schoolroom,  of  which  some  account  is  given  in 
another  place  (see  p.  100).  With  the  house  were 
purchased  some  adjacent  fields  and  farm  buildings, 
the  whole  property  covering  some  eight  acres  of 
ground,  and  costing  £1,000.  The  money  for  the 
purchase  and  the  new  building,  £1,800  in  all,  was 
raised  by  a  mortgage  on  the  Conduit  Close  property. 
This  property  had  been  steadily  growing  in  value,  but 
it  was  let  out  on  a  long  building  lease,  which  did  not 
fall  in  till  1780,  and  in  1748  the  income  of  the  Founda- 
tion did  not  amount  to  more  than  £116  ?s.  6d.  To 
enable  the  Trustees  to  make  this  mortgage,  an  act  of 
Parliament  was  necessary,  and  this  was  passed  in  1748, 
through  the  influence  of  Sir  Thomas  Cave,  one  of  the 
Trustees,  member  for  the  county  of  Leicester.  Cave 
was  himself  an  old  Rugbeian,  and  speaks  of  the  school 
in  one  of  his  letters  as  "  that  Seminary  to  which  I  am 
indebted  for  whatever  little  Talent  I  am  master  of," 

32 


CHAP.    I] 


HISTORY 


Change  of  Site 


and  he  devoted  himself  to  its  service  with  praiseworthy 
energy. 

So  in  1750  the  school  went  over  to  the  new  premises, 
but  in  its  new  home  it  was  not,  at  first,  particularly 
fortunate  in  its  directors.  Knail  resigned  in  175 1,  and 
is  remembered  chiefly  through  some  words  of  an  old 


OLD    SCHOOL    HOUSE. 

From  Kadclyffe's  "  Memorials." 

pupil,  who,  speaking  of  the  original  buildings,  says 
"  I  have  said  many  a  lesson  in  a  small  room,  into  which 
the  Doctor  occasionally  called  some  boys,  and  in 
which  he  smoked  many  a  pipe,  the  fragrance  of  which 
was  abundantly  retained  in  the  blue  cloth  hangings 
with  which  it  was  fitted  up."  His  successor,  Joseph 
Richmond,  only  stayed  four  years,  and  is  remarkable 
only  for  the  blank  in  the  register  under  his  name : 

33  D 


New  Constitution  RUGBY  [CHAP.    I 

doubtless  there  were  not  many  entries  to  be  recorded, 
but  one  cannot  believe  that  there  were  none !  The 
next  master,  the  last  of  the  four  Queen's  men,  was 
Stanley  Burrough,  who  had  been  an  assistant  master : 
he  remained  at  Rugby  twenty- three  years,  but  he  made 
no  particular  mark  in  the  place,  though  the  school  was 
fairly  prosperous,  and  a  few  of  his  pupils  attained  dis- 
tinction in  after  life.  It  was  during  his  mastership, 
however,  that  a  gallery  for  the  use  of  the  school  was 
erected  in  the  Parish  Church,  and  for  the  first  time  the 
school  attended  services  on  a  Sunday  in  one  body. 
Though  not  distinguished  in  other  ways,  his  reign  is 
marked  by  a  most  important  act,  passed  in  1777,  by 
which  a  new  constitution  was  given  to  the  school. 
This  act  was  made  necessary  by  the  approaching 
termination  of  the  lease  of  the  Conduit  Close  property. 
On  the  expiration  of  that  lease,  the  Trustees  looked 
forward  to  an  annual  income  of  over  two  thousand 
pounds,  but  ready  money  was  needed  at  once  to  pay 
off  the  debt  on  the  new  buildings  and  premises,  which 
amounted  to  six  thousand  pounds,  and  also  to  improve 
the  trust  property.  Accordingly  the  act  sanctioned 
the  raising  of  a  sum  not  exceeding  ;£  10,000,  by  sales, 
fines,  or  mortgage,  and  appended  to  it  was  a  schedule 
"  containing  Rules,  Orders,  and  Observations,  for  the 
good  government  of  Rugby  School  and  Charity."  By 
this  schedule  it  was  laid  down  that  Burrough  was  to 
be  "  continued,"  so  long  as  he  should  behave  well  ;  the 
boys  were  to  be  taught  grammar,  Latin  and  Greek, 
and  one  or  more  Ushers  were  to  be  appointed  by  the 
Trustees  to  assist  the  masters  in  this,  and  to  hear  the 

34 


(  HAT.    l]  HISTORY  New  Constitution 

boys  under  twelve  say  their  Catechism  once  a  fortnight : 
a  special  master  was  to  be  appointed  to  teach  writing 
and  arithmetic,  but  head  masters  and  assistants  alike 
were  for  the  future  to  be  removable  at  the  will  and 
pleasure  of  the  trustees,  who  were  enabled,  if  they  liked, 
to  grant  pensions  to  them  out  of  the  Trust  funds. 
The  foundation  was  extended  to  within  five  measured 
miles  of  Rugby  (this  was  extended  to  ten  miles  by 
the  trustees  in  1780),  and  in  addition  to  his  salary 
(£63  6s.  %d.  and  a  sum  not  exceeding  £50)  the  head 
master  was  to  have  a  capitation  fee  of  £$  on  every 
foundationer :  the  foundationers  were  to  attend  Sunday 
services,  and  were  to  be  examined  in  the  hearing  of 
the  trustees  at  the  quarterly  meetings.  Regulations 
were  made  with  respect  to  the  alms  houses,  the  Clerk 
to  the  trustees,  and  a  Receiver  of  the  rents  of  the 
Middlesex  estate :  a  fire-engine  was  to  be  bought  for 
the  use  of  the  school  and  town,  and  finally,  eight 
exhibitions  to  Oxford  or  Cambridge  were  established, 
of  the  value  of  £40,  tenable  for  seven  years. 

Burrough,  who  still  enjoyed  a  freehold  appointment, 
resigned  in  1778,  and  was  succeeded  by  one  of  the 
most  distinguished  of  Rugby  head  masters,  and  the 
first  to  bear  that  title,  Thomas  James,  an  Etonian  and 
Fellow  of  King's,  commonly  spoken  of  in  Rugby  at 
the  present  day  as  James  the  First.  Under  him,  the 
school  took  its  position  as  one  of  the  leading  English 
public  schools,  and  the  numbers  increased  rapidly : 
the  year  after  he  came  there  were  only  eighty  boys ; 
eleven  years  later,  in  1790,  there  were  240.  His  face, 
as  depicted  in  his  portrait,  is  very  attractive,  with 

35 


Thomas  James  RUGBY  [CHAP.   I 

its  long  aquiline  nose,  arched  eyebrows,  and  firm  but 
pleasant  mouth  which  speaks  the  character  of  the 
man.  His  mental  abilities  were  of  no  mean  order, 
but  his  success  was  due  not  so  much  to  his  capacities 
as  a  scholar  and  a  mathematician,  but  to  his  abundant 
energy,  which  displayed  itself  in  the  organization  of 
the  school  down  to  the  minutest  details :  in  this 
organization  he  had  little  foundation  to  work  on,  for 
none  of  his  predecessors  had  been  called  upon  to 
govern  anything  like  such  a  large  number  of  boys, 
and  it  says  much  for  the  merit  of  his  work  that, 
through  the  manifold  changes  that  have  been  made 
during  the  last  century,  much  of  it  remains  intact. 
The  system  which  he  introduced  was  based  on  the 
Eton  system,  under  which  he  had  been  educated. 
The  school  was  divided  into  six  forms  ;  the  Sixth  was 
the  highest,  and  (like  the  Fifth)  has  survived  as  a  name, 
though  the  reason  for  it  has  passed  away.  The  rout- 
ine of  work  for  all  forms  was  most  carefully  arranged. 
It  consisted  mainly  of  translation  from  Latin  and 
Greek  authors,  and  composition  in  these  languages, 
'  but  it  was  not  exclusively  classical :  Bible  History 
alternating  with  the  Histories  of  Rome  and  England, 
modern  geography,  and  Milton,  all  find  a  place  in 
the  regular  curriculum  of  the  Sixth  and  Fifth,  while 
modern  languages  and  mathematics,  which  latter  study 
James  hirnself  greatly  loved,  although  they  were 
"  extras,"  were  encouraged. 

James's  arrangement  of  school  hours  has  in  the  main 
survived,  the  principle  being  that  on  whole  school 
days  there  should  be  five  lessons,  one  before  breakfast, 

36 


T.    JAMES,    S.T.  P. 

Scholae  Rugbeiensis  Magister. 

Engraved  by  Matthew  Haughton,  1792,  from  a  Painting  by 
G.   Engleheart. 


Thomas  James  RlCl'.Y  [CHAP.    I 

prepared  overnight,  two  before  dinner,  and  two  more 
in  the  afternoon,  and  it  is  from  this  period  that  the 
three  half-holidays  on  Tuesday,  Thursday  and  Satur- 
day are  inherited,  though  at  this  time  the  Thursday 
half-holiday  was  not  a  regular  one,  but  only  given  in 
honour  of  specially  good  work  done  by  some  member 
of  the  Sixth,  "  play  for  So-and-So  "  being  the  formula 
under  which  the  good  news  was  announced.  The 
forms  were  very  large,  six  masters  being  considered  a 
reasonable  number  for  a  school  of  200  boys,  and 
James  introduced  the  Eton  tutorial  system.  Every 
boy  who  wanted  private  tuition  paid  four  guineas  a 
year,  and  in  return  received  help  in  preparing  his 
lessons  :  a  boy  was  not  compelled  to  have  a  tutor,  but 
most  boys  did,  and  some  such  help  must  have  been 
very  necessary  in  days  before  dictionaries  and  school 
editions  had  paved  the  paths  of  learning  :  the  system, 
too,  helped  to  eke  out  the  pittance  received  by  the 
assistant  masters,  whose  official  salary  was  as  a  rule 
only  £60  :  this  was  indeed  supplemented  by  additional 
grants  from  the  trustees  or  from  James  himself,  who 
was  always  ready  with  his  purse  to  further  the  interests 
of  the  school,  but  the  whole  did  not  amount  to  more 
than  ;£ioo,  and  it  is  a  further  testimony  to  the  character 
of  the  head  master  that  he  was  able  on  these  terms  to 
attract  such  men  as  the  two  Sleaths,  afterwards  head 
masters  respectively  of  Repton  and  St.  Paul's,  Innes, 
head  master  of  Warwick  School,  Philip  Homer,  re- 
nowned as  a  Greek  scholar,  and  Richard  Bloxam,  him- 
self an  Old  Rugbeian,  and  father  of  the  well-known 
antiquary.  The  income  of  the  head  master  amounted 

33 


CHAT.  l]  HISTORY  Thomas  James 

to  nearly  eleven  hundred  pounds,  in  addition  to  his 
house  and  grounds,  which  he  held  rent  free.  The 
bulk  of  this  came  from  school  .fees,  the  official  salary 
remaining  at  £113  6s.  &/.,  but  a  curious  item  was 
furnished  by  a  custom  which  prevailed  among  parents 
of  sending  a  guinea  at  Christmas  "  to  enable  him  to 
engage  able  scholars  and  respectable  gentlemen  ;"  this 
guinea  was,  later  on,  added  to  the  head  master's  tuition 
fee.  These  Christmas  presents  amounted  in  one  year 
to  £167,  but  they  did  not  cover  by  £100  the  expenses 
incurred  in  supplementing  the  salaries  of  assistants. 

Besides  arranging  the  routine  of  work  for  all  in  the 
school,  James  drew  up  a  book  of  sumptuary  laws, 
which  affords  much  interesting  information  :  several 
of  the  minor  regulations  have  been  handed  down  to 
posterity,  such  as  the  system  of  tradesmen's  notes,  for- 
bidding tradesmen  to  supply  boys  on  credit,  unless  a 
note,  signed  by  the  boarding-house  keeper,  is  brought 
for  the  article  required  ;  if  a  tradesman  breaks  this 
rule  he  is  put  out  of  bounds.  Again,  he  introduced 
special  paper  on  which  "  impositions "  were  to  be 
written  out,  imposed  fines  for  books  lost  or  left  about, 
and  required  the  bookseller  to  write  the  boy's  name  in 
every  book  sold.  Weekly  allowances  of  money  were 
introduced,  rising  from  yl.  in  the  lowest  form  to  a 
shilling  in  the  Sixth,  and  in  lieu  of  prizes,  which  did 
not  then  exist,  a  stimulus  to  the  diligent  was  given  by 
the  system  of"  merit  money";  anyone  in  a  form  who 
was  "sent  up  for  good,"  as  it  was  called,  at  the  end  of 
the  week  had  his  allowance  doubled. 

Such  regulations  would  seem  to  be  those  of  a  peace- 
39 


Thomas  James  RUGBY  [CHAP.   I 

ful  and  well-ordered  community,  and  indeed,  accord- 
ing to  the  standards  of  the  time,  James  was  a  strong 
disciplinarian.  But  in  this  respect  standards  have 
altered  enormously  :  the  head  mastership  of  a  public 
school  is  no  sinecure  now,  but  it  is  easy  work  compared 
with  the  struggle  imposed  on  James  in  his  efforts  to 
maintain  control  over  the  turbulent  young  scamps 
committed  to  his  care.  The  boarding  house  system 
of  the  time  differed  widely  from  that  of  the  present 
day,  by  which  all  boarding  houses  are  under  the  care 
of  masters  responsible  for  the  well-being  and  conduct 
of  their  inmates  :  it  is  true  that  some  masters  besides 
the  head  master  took  in  boarders,  but  numbers  of 
boys  lodged  with  townspeople ;  these  houses  were 
called  by  the  Eton  name,  "  dames'  houses,"  though 
the  keeper  was  generally  a  man. 

But  what  made  discipline  still  more  difficult  was 
that  there  was  as  yet  but  little  idea  of  trusting  the 
upper  boys  with  the  maintenance  of  it.  There  were 
indeed  "  praepostors "  as  they  were  called,  and  these 
had  many  privileges,  chief  amongst  them  that  of  fag- 
ging their  juniors  ;  they  made  full  use  of  this  privilege 
and  demanded  services  undreamt  of  by  the  modern 
fag ;  besides  acting  as  bootblack,  water  carrier,  and 
general  servant,  the  unfortunate  fag  might  be  called 
upon  on  winter  evenings  to  perform  the  functions  of  a 
warming  pan,  and  early  on  a  summer  morning  he 
might  have  to  speed  across  country  to  take  up  some 
night-line  set  by  his  master,  for  fishing  was  one  of  the 
principal  amusements  of  the  time.  But  the  praepostor 
had  little  thought  of  doing  service  in  return  for  the 

40 


CHAP.   I]  HISTORY  Thomas  James 

service  he  exacted  ;  and  his  relations  with  the  head 
master  were  those  of  a  genial  antagonist,  bearing  no 
malice  when  defeated,  but  ready  to  seize  any  oppor- 
tunity of  stealing  a  march,  and  delighted  when  a 
stratagem  succeeded.  Moreover  the  masters  were  few ; 
some  of  them  had  to  attend  to  curacies  which  they 
were  allowed  to  hold  in  order  to  make  a  living,  and 
outside  the  form  room  things  were  apparently  left  to 
the  head  master.  Under  such  conditions  it  is  not  to 
be  wondered  at  that  James  found  his  task  no  easy 
one.  He  endeavoured,  as  he  says,  to  govern  more  by 
4C  principles  of  justice,  and  what  I  call  among  the  boys 
(my  only  law)  the  Eternal  Rule  of  Right  and  Wrong 
.  .  .  than  by  the  terror  of  the  Rod  ;  though  I  have 
established  that  on  all  becoming  occasions  (in  my 
own  opinion)  from  boys  of  six  years  old  to  boys  of 
eighteen,  or  even  more  than  eighteen  years  of  age." 
His  impartial  justice  and  avoidance  of  all  underhand 
methods  won  the  respect  of  his  pupils  ;  where  his 
system  failed  was  in  not  awakening  the  sense  of  respon- 
sibility among  the  praepostors,  and  we  consequently 
find  him  remarking  in  a  letter  that  "  a  head  master's 
house  may  always  be  expected  to  prove  a  hot-bed  of 
rebellion,  because  he  will  have  a  larger  number  of  big  , 
boys  there."  In  like  manner  we  read  of  incidents  which 
in  modern  times  would  be  quite  incompatible  with  the 
maintenance  of  any  authority.  On  one  occasion,  for 
instance,  a  young  donkey  was  tied  up  to  his  desk  in 
school ;  he  had  influence  enough  to  be  able  to  treat 
the  incident  lightly,  and  merely  remarked,  "Take  him 
down,  but  pray  don't  hurt  the  young  doctor,"  but  in 

41 


Thomas  James  RUGBY  [CHAP.    I 

his  war  of  wits  with  his  greatest  pupil,  Walter  Savage 
Landor,  the  two  met,  as  it  were,  upon  an  equality  ;  it 
must  have  been  hard  to  preserve  dignity  when  met, 
as  James  was  on  one  occasion  when  he  knocked  at 
Landor's  study  door,  with  nothing  but  the  reply,  "  Get 
thee  hence,  Satan,"  and  it  was  for  writing  scurrilous 
verses  in  the  head  master's  album  that  that  strange 
genius  had  finally  to  be  removed.  It  is  strange,  too,  to 
hear  of  boys  getting  hold  of  his  horses  and  laming 
them  over  fences,  and  to  read  of  the  junketings  that 
took  place  at  the  end  of  the  half  year.  Means  of  loco- 
motion were  very  scanty  in  those  days,  and  it  took  a 
week  or  more  to  get  rid  of  all  the  boys,  and  as  much 
to  collect  them  again.  "  A  sort  of  saturnalia,"  writes 
an  old  pupil  in  his  reminiscences,  "  followed  the 
speeches"  (they  were  then  held  in  June,  at  the  end 
of  the  half  year).  "  The  last  few  days  of  the  half- 
year  were  spent  in  all  kinds  of  riotous  excesses.  Xo 
lessons  were  expected  to  be  done,  excepting  after  a 
manner  chosen  by  the  boys— that  is  to  say,  anyhow  ; 
and  half  the  windows  of  the  school  were  broken,  to  be 
paid  for  by  the  parents,  for  the  benefit  of  the  Rugby 
glaziers.  Then  the  closing  scene  may  scarcely  be 
credible.  What  is  called  a  feast,  or  supper,  was  given 
at  each  boarding-house,  and  punch  ad  libitum  was  the 
order  of  the  night." 

It  is  never  safe  to  omit  the  necessary  grain  of  salt 
in  reading  an  old  boy's  account  of  his  deeds  at  school, 
especially  if  they  tend  to  establishing  his  character  as 
a  "wild  young  spark":  the  same  writer,  at  any  rate, 
met  with  his  reward  often  enough  to  have  his  mind 

42 


CHAP.    I]  HISTORY  Thomas  James 

impressed  with  the  fact  that  James,  "although  a  small 
man,  had  a  very  powerful  arm  "  ;  but  the  nature  and 
extent  of  the  discipline  maintained  is  made  clear 
enough,  and  the  difficulty  of  establishing  even  as 
much  as  this  is  shown  by  the  rebellions  which  occurred 
on  three  successive  occasions  at  the  end  of  the  century. 
The  only  one  of  these  of  which  an  account  has  been 
handed  down  took  place  under  James's  successor,  and 
will  be  described  in  its  place,  but  one  of  the  two  which 
James  had  to  deal  with  was  serious  enough  to  provoke 
a  special  meeting  of  the  Trustees  (Nov.,  1786),  at  which 
they  expressed  their  unanimous  determination  to 
support  the  head  master's  authority,  and  their  hope 
that  he  would  not  hesitate  to  expel  every  boy  who 
should  presume  to  dispute  it. 

Sixteen  years  of  such  labour,  lightened  only  by  the 
half  yearly  holiday  of  one  month  (cut  short  by  the 
period  during  which  the  boys  gradually  dispersed) 
were  as  much  as  James's  health  could  stand  :  his 
nimbleness  of  wit,  energy,  and  determination,  were 
combined  with  a  highly-strung  nervous  system  which 
gave  way  before  the  strain,  and  in  1794  he  resigned. 
Soon  afterwards  he  was  made  a  prebendary  of 
Worcester  cathedral  :  he  recovered  his  health  and 
spirits,  but  died  in  1804,  in  his  fifty-sixth  year.  He 
was  buried  at  Worcester,  but  a  monument  (vide  p.  122) 
was  erected  to  him  in  the  school  chapel  when  it  was 
built,  and  the  surplus  of  the  money  collected  among 
his  old  pupils  for  the  purpose  was  used  to  found  a 
prize  for  Greek  verse,  a  subject  which  he  introduced 
into  the  school  curriculum. 

43 


Henry  Ingles  RUGBY  [CHAP.    I 

James  was  succeeded  by  another  Etonian  and 
Fellow  of  King's,  Henry  Ingles,  who  well  sustained 
the  credit  of  the  school  during  his  twelve  years  of 
mastership.  The  numbers  indeed  fell  by  about  fifty, 
but  numbers  are  not  always  a  sure  indication  of  the 
efficiency  of  a  school.  He  was  a  gloomy  man,  sad- 
dened by  a  terrible  shock  he  had  received  when  he  had 
suddenly  and  unexpectedly  met  men  carrying  home 
the  body  of  his  eldest  son,  who  had  been  accidentally 
drowned  :  it  is  related  of  him  that,  when  one  of  the 
masters  told  him  of  the  victory  of  Trafalgar,  and 
added,  "  But  I  am  sorry  to  say,  sir,  Lord  Nelson  is 
dead,"  he  replied,  "And  I  wish  I  were  dead  also."  He 
made  few  changes  in  the  school,  but  it  is  worth  re- 
membering that  he  abolished  the  Christmas  present 
guinea,  and  introduced  the  system  of  having  outside 
examiners  for  the  exhibitions.  He  also  attempted  to 
make  arrangements  for  every  boy  to  have  a  separate 
study  (the  study  system  had  been  introduced  by  his 
predecessor),  and  it  is  noticeable  that  he  thought  the 
care  of  a  boarding-house  "  incompatible  with  the 
general  duties  of  the  school,"  and  wished  to  reduce 
the  numbers  in  the  School  House  (then  only  twenty- 
two)  to  six  or  seven  ;  doubtless,  too,  he  took  his  share 
in  furthering  the  great  re-building  scheme  carried  out 
under  his  successor,  but  his  reign  is  chiefly  marked  by 
the  great  rebellion  of  1797.  It  took  place  in  November, 
a  month  which  James,  too,  had  found  a  rebellious  one, 
probably  owing  to  the  excitement  of  the  great  horse 
fair  which  was  held  then.  The  "  Black  Tiger,"  as 
Ingles  was  significantly  called,  was  walking  down  the 

44 


CHAP.   I]  HISTORY  The  Rebellion 

town  one  day  when  he  heard  sounds  of  firing  as  he 
passed  Gascoigne's,  one  of  the  "  dames'  houses  "  ;  he 
walked  into  the  yard  and  found  a  boy  named  Astley 
amusing  himself  by  firing  cork  bullets  at  the  study- 
windows.  He  asked  him  where  he  got  the  gunpowder, 
and  Astley  gave  the  name  of  a  grocer  called  Rowell  : 
but  Rowell,  who  had  entered  the  powder  in  his  books 
as  tea,  denied  the  charge,  and  the  head  master,  setting 
greater  value  on  his  word  than  on  that  of  the  boy, 
flogged  Astley  as  a  liar.  Not  unnaturally  the  School 
was  very  much  incensed,  and  wreaked  its  vengeance 
on  Rowell's  windows,  whereupon  Dr.  Ingles  gave 
out  that  the  damage  should  be  paid  for  by  the  Fifth 
and  Sixth  Forms.  A  round  robin  was  drawn  up  in 
answer,  in  which  they  refused  to  do  so,  and  forestalling 
the  vigorous  measures  which  were  sure  to  follow,  at 
fourth  lesson  on  Friday  they  blew  open  the  door  of 
the  head  master's  school  with  a  petard.  On  the 
following  day,  Saturday,  after  second  lesson,  the 
mutineers  got  hold  of  the  school  bell  and  proceeded  to 
ring  a  loud  alarum  on  it,  by  way  of  formally  declaring 
war,  while  fags  were  sent  round  to  all  the  boarding- 
houses  to  gather  the  clans.  They  then  blocked  up 
the  passage  by  which  the  Doctor  came  from  the 
School  House  to  the  big  school-room,  and  this  done 
they  broke  all  the  windows,  and  dragging  out  the 
benches,  wainscoting,  and  head  master's  books,  they 
made  a  bonfire  of  them  in  the  Close,  to  the  delight  of 
the  spectators  who  lined  the  Dunchurch  Road.  Ingles 
did  not  venture  to  appear  on  the  scene  ;  he  sent  at 
once  for  the  masters,  but  they  were  all  taking  advan- 

45 


The  Rebellion  RUdUY  [CHAP.    I 

tage  of  the  Saturday  holiday  ;  two  were  fishing  in  the 
Avon,  another  was  shooting  rabbits  near  Brinklow  ; 
none  of  them  were  to  be  found  ;  so  the  doctor  fell  back 
on  a  recruiting  party  who  happened  to  be  in  Rugby 
at  the  time,  and  posted  the  sergeant  before  the  School 
House  to  guard  the  position  with  fixed  bayonet.  It  was 
reserved  for  Mr.  Butlin,  banker  and  J.P.,  to  quell  the 
disturbance.  He  negotiated  with  the  horse-dealers, 
who,  armed  with  their  long  whips,  formed  no  con- 
temptible force,  and  at  the  head  of  these  and  the  rest 
of  the  recruiting  party,  he  marched  into  the  Close. 
The  rebels  left  their  bonfire  and  retired  to  the  Island 
(see  p.  93),  a  real  island  at  that  time,  surrounded  by  a 
moat  too  broad  for  any  but  a  good  jumper  to  clear, 
and  from  four  to  six  feet  deep  ;  it  was  crossed  on  the 
west  side  by  a  small  drawbridge  ;  the  mutineers  drew 
this  up,  but  Butlin's  strategy  was  too  much  for  them  ; 
wrhile  he  was  reading  the  Riot  Act  and  holding  the 
attention  of  the  boys,  the  drovers  waded  across  the 
moat  behind  them  and  the  position  was  lost.  Stern 
was  the  vengeance  of  the  head  master ;  several  of  the 
ringleaders  were  expelled  on  the  spot,  amongst  them 
a  future  bishop  and  a  future  general,  but  it  is  on  record 
that  these  could  look  back  on  the  event  with  greater 
equanimity  than  those  who  were  assigned  to  the  chas- 
tisement of  the  rod. 

Ingles  resigned  in  1806,  and  the  choice  of  the 
trustees  fell  on  John  Wooll,  a  Balliol  man.  The 
choice  was  a  good  one,  although  they  had  an  oppor- 
tunity of  making  a  still  better,  for  among  the  candi- 
dates was  Samuel  Butler,  James's  favourite  pupil,  who 


o 

5s 


J-  Wooll  RUGBY  [CHAP.    I 

as  head  master  of  Shrewsbury  became  the  most 
famous  master  of  his  time.  The  schedule  of  1777 
ordained  that,  ceteris  paribus,  preference  should  be 
given  to  an  old  Rugbeian,  and  the  only  reason  sug- 
gested for  the  rejection  of  Butler  is  that  the  trustees 
were  frightened  by  the  rumoured  severity  of  his  dis- 
cipline. Though  Wooll  was  not  endowed  with  the 
powers  that  Butler  possessed,  he  proved  in  many 
ways  a  good  master,  and  seems  to  have  been  looked 
upon  with  affection  by  his  pupils.  "  I  really  regret 
him,"  writes  one  of  these,  the  great  actor  Macready  ; 
"  he  was  kind,  most  hospitable,  ready  to  enjoy  and 
delighted  to  look  upon  enjoyment,  in  short,  of  a  most 
benevolent  disposition.  He  had  little  or  no  preten- 
sions to  profound  learning,  but  he  was  a  thoroughly 
good-natured,  kind-hearted  man."  The  numbers  in 
the  school  were  well  maintained  during  Wooll's  mas- 
tership, though  they  fell  off  at  the  end  of  his  time, 
and  reached  in  one  period  as  many  as  381,  nor  did  its 
reputation  for  scholarship  suffer. 

But  something  more  than  benevolence,  or  the 
strictest  maintenance  of  discipline  according  to  the 
prevailing  methods,  was  wanted  to  deal  with  the  evils 
which  existed  in  public  schools  ;  the  best  friends  of 
the  system  would  be  far  from  denying  that  in  our  own 
day  it  is  free  from  imperfections  and  from  great 
dangers,  but  before  Wooll's  successor,  Thomas  Arnold, 
entered  on  his  work,  its  possibilities  for  good  were 
unrevealed.  One  of  the  most  crying  evils  was  the 
bullying.  Macready,  for  instance,  was  lodged  in  the 
boarding  house  of  his  cousin,  Mr.  Birch,  one  of  the 


CHAP.    I]  HISTORY  Bullying 

masters  ;  he  writes  of  him  in  after  life  as  "  the  friend 
of  my  life,  my  relation,  my  tutor,  my  benefactor — 
God  bless  him."  Nor  was  he  ill-adapted  for  school 
life;  he 'always  retained  the  warmest  affection  for 
"  dear  old  Rugby,"  yet  his  first  year  was  made 
wretched  by  bullying.  "  This  system  of  bullying," 
he  writes,  "  seemed  to  have  banished  humanity  from 
most  of  the  boys  above  me,  or  rather  of  those  between 
me  and  the  highest  forms.  I  was  fag  to  a  young 
man  of  the  name  of  Ridge,  an  Irishman,  who  was  a 
very  harsh  task-master ;  and  I  was  made  so  un- 
comfortable in  the  Common  Hall,  that,  but  for  the 
refuge  of  my  own  snug  bedroom,  I  should  have  been 
almost  despondent.  .  .  .  From  the  bullying  endured, 
the  first  year  of  my  term  was  real  misery." 

In  like  manner  Bloxam  tells  us  of  a  "  barbarous 
custom,"  which  was  indeed  abolished  by  Dr.  Wooll. 
When  a  boy  got  his  remove  from  a  form  he  was 
welcomed  to  his  new  form  by  various  kinds  of 
torture  ;  on  getting  out  of  the  lowest  form  into  the 
second  form  he  was  "  chaired,"  t'.e.y  hoisted  up  and 
pinched  till  he  shrieked  with  pain.  In  another  form 
the  torture  was  called  "  buffetting,"  the  new-comer 
having  to  run  the  gauntlet  up  and  down  the  great 
school  room  while  he  was  buffetted  with  handkerchiefs 
tied  into  what  were  called  Westminster  knots,  and  the 
same  writer  remembers,  as  a  small  boy,  being  released 
for  a  short  time  with  the  rest  of  the  set  by  the  writing 
master  in  order  to  watch  a  "  buffetting."  This  does  not 
sound  so  formidable,  especially  as  body  armour  in 
the  shape  of  book-covers  might  be  arranged  to 

49  E 


Bullying  RUGBY  [CHAP.    I 

afford  some  protection,  but  against  the  "  clodding  " 
in  the  Fifth  form  no  defence  prevailed.  For  this 
process  clods  of  clay  were  gathered  by  fags  from 
the  banks  of  the  pool  in  the  Close  ;  these  were  made 
into  balls,  dried,  and  hurled  at  the  sufferer  as  he 
ran  "the  gauntlet  along  the  sheds.  Another  thing 
which  must  have  pressed  hard  on  the  weak  was  the 
prevalence  of  fighting  ;  as  a  means  of  settling  quarrels 
it  has  many  advantages,  and  athletic  youngsters  like 
Landor  no  doubt  enjoyed  it,  but  it  was  another  thing 
when  the  unfortunate  new  boys  (and  they  came  very 
young  in  those  days)  were  picked  out  and  set  at  each 
other  by  their  seniors.  Some  of  them,  however,  throve 
on  it ;  one  young  man  aged  eight  and  a  half  years 
reported  to  a  horrified  family  servant  who  had  been 
sent  three  weeks  after  the  beginning  of  the  half  to  see 
how  he  was  going  on,  that  he  had  already  fought  four 
battles  and  received  three  floggings  ;  for  Wooll  did  not 
forget  Solomon's  precept,  and  we  read  of  one  occasion 
when  in  the  extraordinarily  short  space  of  fifteen 
minutes  he  flogged  the  whole  of  a  form  of  thirty-eight 
boys,  who  had  thought  fit  to  put  a  stop  to  a  lesson  by 
the  simple  expedient  of  going  away. 

Reforms  were,  indeed,  urgently  needed,  and  unless 
we  realize  how  very  imperfect  education  was  at  Rugby 
and  elsewhere  we  shall  fail  to  estimate  Arnold's  work 
at  its  true  value.  It  would,  however,  be  a  mistake  to 
paint  the  picture  too  black,  and  the  affection  which 
was  inspired  by  their  school  in  many  Rugbeians  shows 
that  there  was  in  it  much  that  was  good  ;  had  it  not 
been  so  indeed  Arnold  would  never  have  succeeded. 

50 


fl 
*! 

J/5       O 

rt  t! 
I  * 
I  ? 


Thomas  Arnold  RUGBY  [CHAP.    I 

The  chief  event  of  W coil's  reign  was  the  building 
of  the  new  School  House  and  school  rooms  ;  a  de- 
scription of  these  will  be  found  in  another  section, 
but  it  may  be  mentioned  here  that  the  money  for  the 
building  came  from  the  surplus  income  which  had 
been  increasing  for  many  years  with  the  increase  in 
value  of  the  London  property,  and  had  accumulated 
till  it  had  reached  the  large  sum  of  ^"40,000.  It  was 
well  that  the  surplus  was  large,  for  so  massive  was  the 
construction  of  these  new  buildings  that,  without  in- 
cluding the  chapel,  which  cost  between  seven  and  eight 
thousand,  they  ran  away  with  ,£35,000.  The  School 
House  and  schools  were  begun  in  1809  and  took  six 
years  to  complete.  It  must  .have  been  a  worrying 
six  years  for  teachers  and  taught,  as  the  lessons  went 
forward  to  the  sound  of  hammer  and  saw  ;  how  they 
ever  managed  to  keep  the  school  work  going  as 
usual  is  a  marvel,  but  somehow  or  the  other  it  was 
done.  When  the  buildings  were  finished  in  1816 
attention  was  turned  to  the  Close,  and  the  divisions 
between  the  fields  were  levelled,  to  its  great  improve- 
ment as  a  playing  ground.  Finally,  in  1819  the 
chapel  was  begun,  and  consecrated  in  1821.  Hitherto 
the  school  had  worshipped  in  the  parish  church, 
though  the  Big  School  had  been  used  since  its 
erection. 

In  the  second  half-year  of  1828  Thomas  Arnold 
took  over  the  reins  of  government  from  Wooll,  and 
the  fourteen  years  during  which  he  held  them  form 
one  of  the  most  important  epochs  in  the  history  of  the 
school  and  of  English  education  in  general.  He  is 

52 


2  J 

3  I 


V)      ~w 

II 


II 

U 


Thomas  Arnold  KU(H5Y  [CHAP.    I 

perhaps  the  most  famous  of  schoolmasters ;  everyone 
has  heard  of  him ;  at  Rugby  his  name  is  still  on  all 
lips;  our  cousins  from  beyond  the  seas  come  to  visit 
his  grave  and  his  study.  Why  is  it  ?  What  did  he 
do  ?  The  answer  to  these  questions  is  amply  given  in 
two  books  of  two  of  his  best  known  pupils,  his  life  by 
Dean  Stanley  and  "  Tom  Brown's  Schooldays  "  by 
T.  Hughes.  It  may  be  as  well,  however,  to  try  yet 
again  in  a  few  words  to  give  some  idea  of  the  facts, 
as  even  now  misunderstandings  still  arise.  For  in- 
stance, we  find  the  latest  historian  of  Winchester 
(Mr.  Leach)  writing  that  Arnold  "  consciously  and 
avowedly  reformed  Rugby  after  the  fashion  of  Win- 
chester." Now  whatever  we  owe  to  Winchester  for 
having  helped  to  mould  Arnold,  this  of  course  was 
not  the  case.  It  is  true  that  in  a  few  details  Arnold 
introduced  changes  which  were  due  to  his  memories  of 
his  old  school,  but  in  the  main  he  preserved  the  old 
school  constitution  ;  this  constitution  was  doubtless 
similar  to  that  of  Winchester,  but  its  descent  was  not 
from  Winchester  through  Arnold,  but  from  Eton 
through  James.  Moreover,  the  reforms  which  Arnold 
made,  which  changed  the  whole  character  of  public 
school  institutions  without  destroying  them,  were 
due  not  to  the  influence  of  what  had  been  or  was 
anywhere  else,  but  simply  and  solely  to  the  intense 
zeal  with  which  he  carried  into  practice  his  own  ideas 
of  right  and  wrong.  It  is  only  fair  to  Mr.  Leach  to  say 
that  he  seems  to  recognize  this  on  a  subsequent  page, 
where  he  nai'vely  says,  "  Arnold's  real  greatness  as  a 
schoolmaster  did  not  lie  in  the  introduction  of  any  novel 
54 


(HAP.    I]  HISTORY  Thomas  Arnold 

ideas  or  practices,  not  even  in  the  bringing  of  Rugby 
into  closer  harmony  with  Winchester  ideas  and  prac- 
tices, so  much  as  in  his  extraordinary  enthusiasm  and 
intellectual  courage,  and  the  way  in  which  he  inspired 
others  with  the  same  enthusiasm  and  courage." 

What  Arnold  did  for  public  schools  was  to  alter 
and  expand,  to  a  degree  which  amounted  to  a  revolu- 
tion, the  aims  and  objects  which  these  institutions  set 
before  themselves.  Before  his  time  the  avowed  object 
of  the  public  schools  was  to  impart  learning  ;  systems 
and  discipline  were  subservient  to  this  end,  and  though 
incidentally  they  had  other  effects,  their  main  object 
was  to  render  learning  possible  and  effective  ;  if  this 
object  was  attained  their  work  was  done,  and  they 
were  judged  by  their  success  or  failure  in  this  respect. 

Arnold  took  a  much  broader  view  of  the  objects  of 
education  ;  while  deeply  impressed  with  the  import- 
ance of  learning,  he  realized  that  it  was  only  a  part  of 
education,  and  that  the  great  end  and  aim  of  educa- 
tion was  the  formation  of  character.  This  was  the 
great  object  which  was  to  dominate  all  others  :  to 
this  end  learning  and  everything  else  must  be  sub- 
servient. The  ideal  which  he  set  before  himself  was 
to  train  boys  to  become  not  merely  scholars  but 
Christian  gentlemen. 

But,  like  most  men  who  have  done  great  things  for 
the  world,  Arnold  was  not  only  an  idealist,  but  a  most 
practical  man  as  well.  In  the  public  school  system 
at  Rugby  he  found  to  his  hand  an  instrument  which, 
however  imperfect,  was  capable  of  serving  his  ends  ; 
he  did  not  therefore  attempt  to  revolutionize  ;  he  ac- 

55 


Thomas  Arnold  UUCiHY  [CHAP.    I 

cepted  the  system  as  a  whole,  rejecting  some  parts 
and  developing  others,  with  the  object  of  creating 
conditions  under  which  a  boy's  character  could  grow 
on  right  lines.  We  may  mention  a  few  points  to  illus- 
trate the  way  in  which  he  worked. 

He  accepted  the  two  great  features  of  English 
public  schools,  the  liberty  allowed  to  all,  and  the 
power  exercised  by  the  senior  over  the  junior  boys, 
but  he  bent  all  his  energies  to  bring  it  about  that  the 
liberty  should  not  be  mere  licence,  and  that  the  power 
should  be  exercised  for  good  and  not  for  evil,  as  had 
been  too  often  the  case.  The  power  he  vested  in  the 
hands  of  the  Sixth  Form  only,  having,  as  Stanley 
says,  "  a  strong  belief  in  the  general  union  of  moral 
and  intellectual  excellence  ; "  the  liberty  he  curtailed 
but  little,  but,  on  the  other  hand,  he  freely  exercised 
the  right  of  sending  away  those  who,  even  if  they  had 
not  committed  any  flagrant  evil,  showed  themselves 
unfit  to  make  proper  use  of  their  privileges  ;  on  this 
point  he  was  very  emphatic,  and  his  opinion  is  well 
worth  notice  at  a  time  when  the  justice  of  superannua- 
tion rules  is  often  called  in  question  ;  "  till  a  man  learn 
that  the  first,  second  and  third  duty  of  a  schoolmaster 
is  to  get  rid  of  unpromising  subjects,  a  great  public 
school,"  he  said,  "  will  never  be  what  it  might  be  and 
what  it  ought  to  be." 

Secondly,  he  introduced  very  necessary  reforms  as 
regards  the  status  of  assistant  masters.  "  From  the 
first,"  to  quote  Stanley  again,  "  he  maintained  that 
the  school  business  was  to  occupy  their  main  and  un- 
divided interest.  The  practice,  which  owing  to  their 

56 


Thomas  Arnold  RUGBY  [CHAP.    I 

lower  salaries  had  before  prevailed,  of  uniting  some 
parochial  cure  with  their  school  duties,  was  entirely 
abolished,  and  the  boarding  houses  as  they  respec- 
tively became  vacant  he  placed  exclusively  under  their 
care."  Hitherto  "dames'  houses"  had  still  survived. 
An  increase  in  school  fees  had  also  enabled  him  to 
raise  the  salaries  of  his  assistants,  so  that  he  felt 
himself  justified  in  every  way  in  making  the  demand 
that  his  assistants  should  give  their  whole  time  and 
energies  to  their  school  work. 

Thirdly,  he  laboured  strenuously  to  make  the  direct 
religious  teaching  effective.  This  he  did,  not  by  mul- 
tiplying services,  nor  by  attempting  to  force  young 
minds  into  a  fixed  mould  of  piety,  but  by  using  the 
opportunities  which  the  pulpit  afforded  for  imparting 
something  of  the  fiery  zeal  for  right  which  consumed 
him,  for  presenting  forcibly  and  directly  to  the  minds 
of  his  hearers  the  practical  effects  which  religion  ought 
to  have  upon  their  daily  life  at  school,  and  for  stimu- 
lating in  them  the  quality  of  moral  thoughtfulness 
which  he  prized  so  much. 

Such  were  the  main  points  of  his  system.  In 
carrying  it  out  he  had  to  meet  with  the  storm  of 
abuse  and  opposition  that  so  often  is  the  lot  of  great 
reformers.  Perhaps,  had  he  been  content  to  concern 
himself  with  the  school  only,  people  might  have  let 
him  alone  ;  had  he  done  so,  he  would  not  have  been 
Arnold.  His  heart  and  mind  were  too  full  of  passion- 
ate desire  for  reforms  in  Church  and  State  for  him  to 
stand  aloof;  the  education  of  boys  in  the  small 
society  of  school  was  successful  to  him  only  if  they 

58 


CHAP.    l]  HISTORY  Thomas  Arnold 

learned  there  how  to  play  a  true  part  in  the  larger 
societies  wherein  they  were  destined  to  move.  And  so 
it  came  about  that  the  man  whose  great  aim  in  life 
was  to  help  to  make  English  boys  and  men  Christians 
in  practice  and  not  only  in  name,  was  accused  of  laxity 
of  religion,  and  that  his  educational  system  was  the 
object  of  bitter  attack.  But  he  was  "  ever  a  fighter," 
a  magnificent  fighter,  with  no  arrogance  and  the 
broadest  sympathies,  but  inflexible  in  the  main- 
tenance of  what  he  thought  right,  and  in  the  end 
he  triumphed  over  all  opposition.  With  the  better 
sort  of  boys  he  soon  succeeded  ;  no  boy  worth  any- 
thing could  resist  the  influence  of  a  man  so  trans- 
parently sincere,  in  whose  zeal  for  religion  there  was 
such  a  complete  and  refreshing  absence  of  humbug  or 
of  mere  conventionality,  a  man  who  was  not  afraid  of 
anybody.  The  trustees,  too,  in  spite  of  the  dislike 
with  which  many  of  them  regarded  his  public  views, 
did  not  fail  to  recognize  the  good  work  which  he  was 
doing  at  the  school;  even  in  July,  1836,  when  a  resolu- 
tion of  censure  was  brought  forward,  which  Stanley 
says  "  would  probably  have  occasioned  his  resignation 
had  it  not  been  lost,"  there  was  no  criticism  of  his 
school  work  ;  "  they  did  all  I  wanted,"  writes  Arnold 
at  the  time,  "  about  the  school."  They  could,  indeed, 
hardly  have  done  otherwise  in  face  of  a  special  reso- 
lution of  confidence  in  him  which  they  had  passed  in 
the  previous  March.  Last  of  all  the  popular  prejudice 
against  him  died  away,  and  in  1841,  the  year  before 
his  death,  when  he  was  elected  Regius  Professor  of 
Modern  History  at  Oxford,  he  was  beginning  to 

59 


Thomas  Arnold 


RUG  15 V  [CHAP.    I 

the    place   which    he 


occupy    in    general    estimation 
deserved. 

The  question  remains  to  be  asked,  how  far  did  Arnold 
succeed  in  realizing  his  ideals  of  school  life?  What 
permanent  results  did  he  leave?  He  would  have  been 


SCHOOL    HOUSE    ENTRANCE   IN    l8l6. 

From  Ackerman's  "Public  Schools." 

the  last  to  affirm  that  his  ideals  had  been  completely 
realized,  or  that  he  was  satisfied  :  he  had  no  blind  self- 
satisfied  faith  in  the  public  school  system:  "experience," 
he  writes  to  a  friend  in  1835,  "seems  to  point  out  no  one 
plan  of  education  as  decidedly  the  best,  it  only  says, 
I  think,  that  public  education  is  the  best  when  it 
answers  ...  a  very  good  private  tutor  would  tempt 

60 


CHAP.    I] 


HISTORY 


Thomas  Arnold 


one  to  try  private  education,  or  a  very  good  public 
school,  with  connections  among  the  boys  at  it,  might 
induce  one  to  venture  upon  public.  Still  there  is 
much  chance  in  the  matter  ;  for  a  school  may  change 
its  character  greatly,  even  with  the  same  master,  by 


riwto. 


ENTRANCE   TO    SCHOOL    HOUSE. 


the  prevalence  of  a  good  or  bad  set  of  boys,  and  this  no 
caution  can  guard  against."  Again  he  writes,  in  1840, 
to  an  old  pupil,  "  I  have  many  delightful  proofs  that 
those  who  have  been  here,  have  found  at  any  rate  no 
such  evil  as  to  prevent  them  serving  God  in  after  life  ; 
and  some,  I  trust,  have  derived  good  from  Rugby. 
But  the  evil  is  great  and  abounding,  I  well  know  ;  and 

61 


Thomas  Arnold  RUGBY  [CHAP.    I 

it   is  very   fearful   to   think   that  it  may  to  some  be 
irreparable  ruin." 

What  the  dangers  of  the  system  were  is  obvious  to 
all  readers  of  Tom  Brown  ;  it  depended  so  largely  on 
the  character  of  the  Sixth  that  when  the  Sixth  were 
weak  all  sorts  of  abuses  crept  in.  But  Arnold's 
greatness  and  his  success  lay  in  the  fact  that  he  did 
inspire  a  very  large  proportion  of  boys  placed  in 
authority  with  something  of  his  own  spirit  of  duty, 
and  that  in  the  minds  even  of  boys  who  did  not  come 
into  personal  contact  with  him,  he  implanted  a  feeling 
of  their  responsibility  as  members  of  a  great  society. 
In  this  way  he  did  succeed  in  showing  what  a  public 
school,  in  spite  of  its  imperfections,  "  might,"  to  use 
his  own  phrase,  "  and  ought  to  be."  He  did  succeed 
in  rousing  people  to  the  fact  that  the  aim  of  edu- 
cation was  not  merely  to  stimulate  the  intellectual 
faculties  but  the  moral  faculties  as  well,  that  the  great 
object  to  be  pursued  was  the  formation  of  character. 
In  this  he  was  a  pioneer,  and  his  example  soon  had 
great  results.  "  A  most  singular  and  striking  change 
has  come  upon  our  public  schools,"  wrote  Dr.  Moberley, 
head  master  of  Winchester,  to  Dean  Stanley  soon  after 
Arnold's  death,  "  a  change  too  great  for  any  person  to 
appreciate  adequately,  who  has  not  known  them  in 
both  these  times.  This  change  is  undoubtedly  part  of 
a  general  improvement  of  our  generation  in  respect  of 
piety  and  reverence,  but  I  am  sure  that  to  Dr. 
Arnold's  personal  earnest  simplicity  of  purpose, 
strength  of  character,  power  of  influence,  and  piety, 
which  none  who  ever  came  near  him  could  mistake  or 

62 


CHAP,  i]  HISTORY'  A.  c.  Tait 

question,  the  carrying  of  this  improvement  into  our 
schools  is  mainly  attributable.  He  was  the  first." 
What  he  left,  then,  was  not  a  cut-and-dried  mechanical 
system,  but  a  great  example.  The  public  school 
system  remains  much  as  he  left  it :  some  evils,  such 
as  drinking  and  the  grosser  forms  of  bullying,  have 
been  practically  stamped  out ;  but  the  dangers  of  mis- 
use of  liberty  and  power  must  always  go  along  with 
the  advantages  of  the  right  use  of  them,  and  the  spirit 
which  animated  Arnold  is  still  the  only  thing  which 
can  avert  the  dangers  and  bring  out  the  advantages. 

Arnold  was  succeeded  by  A.  C.  Tait,  afterwards 
Archbishop  of  Canterbury  ;  it  was  no  easy  task  to  fill 
the  place  vacated  by  the  sudden  death  of  a  man  whose 
influence  was  so  great,  and  Tait,  with  all  his  good 
qualities,  was  not  an  Arnold.  "  Tait  was  certainly  by 
no  means  a  born  schoolmaster,"  says  one  authority; 
"  as  the  head  master  of  a  public  school  he  was  hardly 
a  success,"  writes  another  ;  but  the  standard  by  which 
he  was  judged  was  an  exceptional  one,  and  if  in  follow- 
ing up  Arnold's  work  Tait  did  not  give  evidence  of 
the  exceptional  powers  which  his  predecessor  had 
shown,  he  nevertheless  accomplished  much  good  work 
by  his  quiet  unflagging  industry,  and  after  a  terrible 
illness  in  1848,  the  affection,  which  he  inspired  in 
large  numbers  of  his  pupils,  became  enthusiastic. 
The  chief  alteration  that  was  made  in  the  school 
during  his  time  was  in  point  of  numbers ;  Arnold 
had  endeavoured  to  restrict  the  number  of  boys  in 
the  school,  and  had  persuaded  the  trustees  in  1830  to 
limit  the  number  of  non-foundationers  to  260  :  he  had 

63 


E.  M.  Goulburn  RUGBY  [CHAP,   I 

not  found  it  possible  to  keep  to  that  limit,  but  now 
the  restriction  was  entirely  removed,  and  the  numbers 
rose  till  they  reached  close  upon  500.  Tait's  health 
was  much  shaken  by  his  illness,  and  in  1850  he  re- 
signed, on  being  made  Dean  of  Carlisle. 

E.  M.  Goulburn,  afterwards  Dean  of  Norwich,  was 
chosen  as  his  successor  ;  he  was  not  in  sympathy  with 
the  tendencies  of  thought  which  had  become  charac- 
teristic of  the  place,  and  the  control  of  a  large  school 
was  not  so  congenial  to  his  tastes  as  the  parochial 
work  to  which  he  returned  after  eight  years  at  Rugby, 
but  he  maintained  in  the  school  a  high  standard  of 
efficiency.  The  numerous  Scholarships  gained  at  the 
Universities  bear  witness  to  the  excellence  of  the 
teaching,  while  his  successor,  Dr.  Temple,  has  given 
striking  testimony  to  the  deep  religious  impression 
that  he  had  made  upon  the  whole  school,  and  especially 
on  the  Sixth  Form.  "  I  do  not  know,"  he  said,  when 
unveiling  the  Goulburn  Memorial  window  in  the 
Chapel,  "  that  I  ever  witnessed  so  striking  and  so 
permanent  a  work  as  that  which  he  had  done  ;  and  I 
learnt  to  look  upon  him  more  and  more  as  one  of  the 
salt  of  the  earth,  who  served  the  Lord  there,  and  \vho 
made  all  those  who  were  then  with  him  feel  his 
goodness." 

Goulburn  resigned  in  1858,  and  for  the  next  eleven 
years  the  school  flourished  under  the  vigorous  govern- 
ment of  the  present  Archbishop  of  Canterbury,  who 
as  Chairman  of  the  Governing  Body  still  maintains  an 
intimate  connection  with  Rugby. 

Two  events  at  the  end  of  his  time  must  be  recorded  : 


OLD   CHAPEL,    WEST    END. 

From  Radclyffc's  "  Memorials." 


New  Statutes  RUGBY  [CHAP.   I 

(i)  the  Tercentenary  of  the  School  in  1867,  to  com- 
memorate which  the  New  Buildings  were  begun.  The 
work  was  continued  for  the  next  twenty  years,  but 
there  is  no  need  to  say  anything  about  it  here,  as  the 
buildings  are  dealt  with  in  another  section  ;  (2)  the 
Public  Schools'  Acts  of  1868  and  1872,  under  which 
the  constitution  of  the  School  was  entirely  changed. 
The  management  of  the  School  was  taken  from  the 
trustees  and  put  into  the  hands  of  a  governing  body 
of  twelve  members,  and  a  scheme  was  passed  by  which 
the  trustees  transferred  to  the  governing  body,  the 
School  House,  School  Buildings,  and  Close,  and  also 
the  net  yearly  income  of  the  charity,  subject  to  certain 
deductions.  The  governing  body,  empowered  by  the 
Acts  of  Parliament,  proceeded  to  make  statutes  for 
the  regulation  of  the  School.  The  most  important  of 
these,  which  was  not  carried  through  without  con- 
siderable opposition,  was  that  by  which  the  nature  of 
the  Foundationerships  was  altered  :  the  old  privileges 
were  confined  to  residents  in  or  within  five  miles  of 
Rugby  at  the  time  of  the  passing  of  the  Act  of  1868; 
for  the  future,  the  privileges  were  connected  with 
previous  attendance  at  a  subordinate  school,  called  the 
Lower  School  of  Lawrence  Sheriffe,  at  which  the  in- 
struction was  to  be  "  such  as  may  be  suitable  for  boys 
intended  for  commercial  and  other  similar  occupa- 
tions, and  also  may  qualify  them  for  admission  into 
the  Higher  School."  The  system  under  which  major 
and  minor  foundationers  are  elected  from  the  sub- 
ordinate school  is  described  elsewhere.  The  Lower 
School  was  opened  on  May  27th,  1878,  under  the  mas- 

66 


CHAP.    I]  HISTORY  Old  Rugbeians 

tership  of  Mr.  H.  T.  Rhoades  (O.R.).  The  appoint- 
ment is  in  the  hands  of  the  head  master  of  the  great 
school,  subject  to  the  sanction  of  the  governing  body. 
Dr.  Temple  was  succeeded,  in  1870,  by  H.  Hayman, 
who  resigned  after  four  years.  It  is  well  known  that 
this  was  not  a  flourishing  period  in  the  fortunes  of  the 
school,  but  the  time  has  not  yet  come  when  the  details 
of  the  trouble  can  be  sketched  without  offence  :  suffice 
it  to  say  in  conclusion  that  under  T.  W.  Jex-Blake, 
now  Dean  of  Wells,  himself  an  Old  Rugbeian  boy 
and  master,  the  school  fully  regained  its  prestige,  and 
that  through  his  energy  and  generosity  its  building- 
equipment  was,  when  he  resigned  in  1887,  practically 
complete,  while  under  his  successor,  J.  Percival,  now 
Bishop  of  Hereford,  Rugby  was  guided  by  the  strong 
hand  of  a  great  head  master.  A  new  boarding  house 
was  built  in  1893,  during  his  mastership,  and  the  pre- 
sent head  master,  H.  A.  James,  directs  a  school  of 
nearly  600  boys,  vigorous  descendant  of  the  Free 
Grammar  School  of  Lawrence  Sheriffs. 


DISTINGUISHED  OLD  RUGBEIANS. 

No  sketch  of  the  history  of  the  school,  however 
slight,  would  be  complete  without  mention  of  the  most 
famous  of  those  who  have  received  their  education 
there.  Places  of  education  have  a  calm  way  of  claim- 
ing credit  for  the  achievements  of  all  their  sons,  what- 
ever their  mutual  relations  may  have  been  ;  does  not 
Oxford,  for  instance,  feel  a  personal,  if  diffident  pride 
in  Shelley's  fame?  It  is  a  comfortable  doctrine,  even 


Old  Rugbeians  RUGBY  [CHAP.   I 

if,  like  many  others,  it  does  not  always  tally  with  the 
facts,  and  we  will  make  no  apologies  for  accepting  it : 
we  know  that  many  of  those  whom  we  mention  re- 
cognized a  debt  to  Rugby  and  paid  it  in  affection  ;  let 
us  assume  it  to  have  been  their  own  fault  if  this  was 
not  the  case  with  all. 

To  begin  with  statesmen:  the  governing  class  has 
in  the  main  been  very  faithful  to  Eton,  but  Rugby 
has  supplied  some  well-known  names.  It  is  curious 
that  while  no  Rugbeian  has  attained  the  dignity  of 
Prime  Minister  in  England  the  school  has  supplied 
one  to  France :  this  was  W.  H.  Waddington  (entered 
1841),  who  in  the  course  of  his  brilliant  career  presided 
in  1878  over  one  of  the  many  short-lived  ministries  of 
the  Third  Republic  ;  before  this  he  had  held  the  port- 
folios of  Public  Instruction  and  Foreign  Affairs,  and 
had  represented  France  at  the  Congress  of  Berlin. 
Subsequently  as  Ambassador  to  England  ( 1883 — 1 892) 
he  did  his  utmost  to  maintain  good  relations  between 
the  two  countries.  In  1877,  while  Waddington  was  at 
the  Quai  D'Orsay,  and  another  Old  Rugbeian,  F.  O. 
Adams  (ent.  1840),  was  Chief  Secretary  at  the  British 
Embassy  in  Paris,  Lord  Derby  (ent.  1840)  was  con- 
trolling the  English  Foreign  Office.  At  different 
periods  the  same  statesman  held  office,  twice  as 
Colonial,  once  as  Indian  Secretary.  Roundell  Palmer 
(ent.  1823),  afterwards  Lord  Selborne  and  Lord 
Chancellor,  can  only  be  half  counted,  for  he  left  in 
the  Fifth  to  go  to  Winchester  ;  but  there  are  two  Irish 
Secretaries,  E.  J.  Walhouse,  afterwards  Lord  Hatherton 
(ent.  1806),  who  held  office. in  1833,  and  E.  Horsman 

68 


CHAP,    I]  HISTORY  Old  Rugbeians 

(ent.  1819),  who,  after  being  a  Lord  of  the  Treasury 
in  1840-1,  was  Secretary  for  Ireland  in  1855-7.  ^T°r 
should  we  forget  S.  R.  Lushington  (ent  178 5), Governor 
of  Madras  from  1830-4,  Sir  Charles  Bagot  (ent  1790), 
who  ended  a  long  diplomatic  career  as  Governor- 
General  of  Canada  ;  W.  P.  Adam  (ent.  1835),  Minister 
of  Public  Works  in  1873,  and  F.  J.  Halliday  (ent. 
1814),  who  was  Lieutenant-Governor  of  Bengal  during 
the  Indian  Mutiny  and  Vice-President  of  Council  for 
India  in  1877.  At  the  present  day  there  are  many 
Rugbeians  who  have  done  and  are  doing  good  service 
to  the  state,  both  in  Parliament  and  the  Civil  Service. 
There  is  Lord  Cross  (ent.  1836),  who  has  twice  been 
Home  Secretary,  once  Secretary  for  India,  and  is 
now  Lord  Privy  Seal  ;  Sir  Richard  Temple  (ent. 
1839),  who  has  been  Lieutenant-Governor  of  Bengal, 
Governor  of  Bombay,  and  a  prominent  figure  in 
Parliament ;  Sir  H.  Drummond  Wolff  (ent.  1843),  who 
entered  the  Foreign  Office  at  seventeen,  and  has 
identified  his  name  with  the  Eastern  Question,  both  in 
Parliament,  when  he  was  a  member  of  the  famous 
"  Fourth  Party,"  and  in  diplomatic  service  at  Constan- 
tinople and  elsewhere  ;  the  Right  Hon.  G.  J.  Goschen 
(ent.  1845),  wno  m  a  l°ng  and  distinguished  parlia- 
mentary career  has  twice  been  First  Lord  of  the 
Admiralty  and  once  Chancellor  of  the  Exchequer  ;  Sir 
James  Fergusson  (ent.  1845),  who  was  wounded  at 
Inkerman,  and  has  been  Governor  of  South  Australia, 
New  Zealand,  and  Bombay,  Under-Secretary  in  three 
Departments  and  Postmaster-General  ;  Lord  Brassey 
(ent.  1851),  who  long  ago  made  his  name  as  a  naval 


Old  Rugbeians  RUGBY  [CHAP.    I 

authority,  and  is  now  Governor  of  Victoria  ;  Lord 
Sandhurst  (ent.  1869),  Under-Secretary  for  War  in 
1886,  now  Governor  of  Bombay  ;  Sir  Arthur  Godley 
(ent.  1862),  permanent  Under-Secretary  for  India; 
Sir  J.  Engleheart  (ent.  1837),  and  Sir  H.  Longley 
(ent.  1845),  who  have  distinguished  themselves  in  the 
Home  Civil  Service,  and  others  who  have  made  a  name 
in  India,  like  Sir  A.  Arbuthnot  (ent.  1832),  and  Sir  W. 
Lee-Warner  (ent.  1859);  C.  B.  Stuart-Wortley  (ent." 
1865),  who  was  Under-Secretary  for  Home  Affairs  in 
1885,  and  two  members  of  the  present  Ministry,  R. 
W.  Hanbury  (ent.  1859),  and  J.  A.  Chamberlain  (ent. 
1878). 

Amongst  men  of  letters  who  have  come  from  Rugby 
three  names  stand  out  pre-eminent :  Walter  Savage 
Landor  (ent.  1783),  A.  H.  Clough  (1829),  and 
Matthew  Arnold  (1837).  Of  Landor's  schooldays, 
characteristic  of  his  after  life,  there  are  many  excellent 
stories  ;  even  the  long-suffering  Dr.  James  had  at  last 
to  protect  his  authority  against  repeated  onslaughts, 
by  getting  rid  of  him  ;  but  his  poetic  fame  is  linked 
with  Rugby  by  the  lines  on  "  The  Swift  joining  the 
Avon,"  just  as  that  of  Matthew  Arnold  is  by  the  great 
poem,  "  Rugby  Chapel."  Landor,  however,  was  not 
the  first  Rugbeian  to  win  fame  by  his  pen  ;  Thomas 
Carte  (ent.  1695),  whose  championship  of  the  Stuart 
cause  was  such  that  when  Bishop  Atterbury,  his 
patron,  was  sent  to  the  Tower  in  1722,  £1,000  was 
offered  for  his  apprehension,  wrote  a  History  of 
England  and  other  works,  the  manuscripts  of  which 
are  in  the  Bodleian,  and  Hume  is  said  to  have  borrowed 

70 


CHAP.    I]  HISTORY  Old  Rugbeians 

largely  from  his  works.  Edward  Cave  (ent.  1700), 
who  apparently,  left  the  School  under  false  accusation 
of  raiding  his  housekeeper's  poultry -yard,  was  founder 
of  the  "  Gentleman's  Magazine,"  and  a  friend  of  Dr. 
Johnson,  who  wrote  his  biography. 

John  Parkhurst  (ent.  1742)  was  a  celebrated  lexico- 
grapher ;  and  contemporary  with  Landor  was  H.  F. 
Gary  (ent.  1782),  the  well-known  translator  of  Dante, 
friend  of  Charles  Lamb,  who  wrote  of  him  as  "  the 
pleasantest  of  clergymen,"  and  of  Coleridge,  who  was 
first  attracted  to  him  by  hearing  him  reciting  Homer 
to  his  son  on  the  beach  at  Littlehampton.  He  is 
buried  in  Westminster  Abbey  by  the  side  of  Dr. 
Johnson.  A  little  later  comes  one  who  perhaps  should 
not  be  excluded,  C.  Apperley  (ent.  1789),  who  wrote 
on  sporting  subjects,  under  the  name  of  Nimrod. 
Amongst  antiquarian  writers  there  are  several  who 
attained  some  distinction:  W.  Bray  (ent.  1746),  R.  W. 
Eyton  (ent.  1829),  J.  Fetherstone  (ent.  1850),  but  best 
known  to  all  Rugbeians  is  the  name  of  M.  H.  Bloxam 
(ent.  1813),  one  of  the  most  generous  and  devoted 
friends  that  the  School  has  ever  had.  Amongst  politi- 
cal writers  are  A.  G.  Stapleton  (ent.  1814),  who  was 
private  secretary  to  Canning,  and  wrote  his  life,  and 
S.  G.  Osborne  (ent.  1819),  who  wrote  the  well-known 
letters  to  "  The  Times,"  signed  S.  G.  O.  No  Rugbeians 
need  reminding  of  the  names  of  A.  P.  Stanley  (ent. 
1829),  and  T.  Hughes  (ent.  1834),  whose  works  did  so 
much  to  spread  the  fame  of  their  great  head  master. 
G.  A.  Lawrence  (ent.  1841)  was  a  well-known  novelist 
in  his  time,  while  the  name  of  "  Lewis  Carroll  "  (C.  L. 

71 


Old  Rugbeians  KUdP.Y  [CHAT.    I 

Dodgson,  ent.  1846)  is  gratefully  remembered  by 
thousands  of  readers  ;  and  the  philosophical  works  of 
T.  H.  Green  (ent.  1850)  have  become  classics. 

Of  living  Rugbeian  writers  it  is  harder  to  speak, 
but  the  poetry  of  A.  G.  Butler  (ent.  1844)  and  James 
Rhoades  (ent.  1852)  is  known  to  many,  as  are  the 
histories  of  W.  Bright  (ent.  1837),  J.  F.  Bright  (ent. 
1844),  and  F.  York  Powell  (ent.  1864),  and  the  his- 
torical and  other  writings  of  H.  O.  Arnold-Forster 
(ent.  1869),  while  the  "Methods  of  Ethics,"  and  other 
works  of  Henry  Sidgwick  (ent.  1852),  are  well  known 
to  students  of  philosophy. 

With  the  men  of  letters  we  should  perhaps  class 
those  who  have  won  a  wide  fame  as  scholars,  such  as 
John  Conington  (ent.  1838),  F.  J.  A.  Hort  (ent.  1841), 
J.  B.  Mayor  (ent.  1841),  A.  Sidgwick  (ent.  1853),  and 
H.  J.  S.  Smith  (ent.  1841)  who  shone  alike  in  classical 
and  mathematical  learning,  but  perhaps  the  most 
famous  scholar  from  the  school  was  Samuel  Butler 
(ent.  1783),  Bishop  of  Lichfield,  who  as  head  master 
of  Shrewsbury  was  one  of  the  most  successful  teachers 
that  have  ever  lived. 

Besides  Butler,  there  are  several  Rugbeians  who 
have  presided  with  success  over  Public  Schools. 
Amongst  the  earliest  are  J.  Saunders  (ent.  1697), 
who  was  for  thirty  years  master  of  Sedbergh  School 
(which  is  at  the  present  time  in  the  hands  of  an  old 
Rugbeian,  H.  G.  Hart,  ent.  1858),  and  J.  Burton  (ent. 
1698),  head  master  of  Winchester,  who  was  at  Rugby 
before  he  entered  College  at  Winchester  as  one  of 
founder's  kin. 

72 


CHAP.   I]  HISTORY  Old  Rugbeians 

Others  .are  \V.  B.  Sleath  (ent.  17/3),  head  master  of 
Repton  for  thirty-two  years;  John  Sleath  (ent.  1776), 
high-master  of  St.  Paul's  ;  J.  H.  Macau  lay  (ent.  1809), 
who  succeeded  Sleath  at  Repton  ;  C.  J.  Vaughan  (ent. 
1830),  to  whom  Harrow  owes  so  much  ;  G.  G.  Bradley 
(ent.  1838),  head  master  of  Marlborough  ;  A.  G. 
Butler  (ent.  1844),  and  E.  H.  Bradby  (ent.  1839),  who 
successively  guided  Haileybury  from  infancy  to  full 
growth  ;  T.  W.  Jex-Blake  (ent.  1844),  first  old  Rug- 
beian  head  master  of  Rugby  since  the  Act  of  1777,  and 
finally,  F.  W.  Walker  (ent.  1845),  the  present  high- 
master  of  St.  Paul's  School. 

Of  clergy  who  became  noted  in  other  ways,  an  in- 
teresting figure  is  that  of  W.  Paul  (ent.  1696),  who 
was  chaplain  to  the  rebels  in  1715,  and  in  the  follow- 
ing year  was  dragged  on  the  hurdle  to  Tyburn  in  full 
canonicals. 

Rugbeians  who  have  held  sees  in  England  are  E. 
Legge  (ent.  1781),  Bishop  of  Oxford;  R.  Bagot  (ent. 
1790),  Bishop  of  Bath  and  Wells;  T.  L.  Claughton 
(ent.  1819),  first  Bishop  of  St.  Albans,  and  E.  Parry 
(ent.  1843),  Suffragan  of  Dover.  Amongst  those  who 
have  held  colonial  sees,  we  may  mention  F.  Gill  (ent. 
1834),  Bishop  of  Madras;  E.  R.  Johnson  (ent.  1842), 
Bishop  of  Calcutta,  and  T.  V.  French  (ent.  1839), 
Bishop  of  Lahore,  who  distinguished  himself  at  Agra 
during  the  Mutiny,  by  insisting  that  the  native  Chris- 
tians should  be  allowed  to  come  inside  the  fort. 

At  the  present  day  the  bishoprics  of  Chester  and 
Gibraltar  and  the  suffragan  diocese  of  Shrewsbury  are 
in  the  hands  of  Rugbeians. 

73 


Old  Rugbeians  RUGBY  [CIIAr.    I 

The  list  of  old  Rugbeian  soldiers  and  sailors  who 
have  distinguished  themselves  is  a  long  one.  In  a  little 
book,  "Naval  and  Military  Services  of  Rugbeians," 
published  in  1865,  which  includes  those  who  entered 
the  school  between  1744  and  1853,  there  are  over  370 
names,  and  this  list  is,  we  believe,  incomplete.  Selec- 
tion among  these  is  not  easy,  but  there  are  some  names 
which  stand  out  prominent.  Chief  among  them  is  Sir 
Ralph  Abercrombie  (ent.  1748),  who  did  so  much  to 
restore  the  spirit  and  discipline  of  the  British  army  at 
the  beginning  of  the  great  struggle  with  France. 
After  a  distinguished  career  in  different  parts  of  the 
world  he  was  given  command  of  the  army  to  drive 
the  French  out  of  Egypt  in  1801  ;  it  is  recorded  that 
he  was  on  the  point  of  setting  out  to  revisit  his  old 
school  when  he  was  stopped  by  the  news  of  his 
appointment  to  this  command.  He  performed  his 
task  well,  defeating  the  French  at  Aboukir  and  again 
near  Alexandria  ;  in  the  latter  battle  he  was  wounded, 
and  dying  on  his  way  to  Malta  was  there  buried.  A 
public  monument  in  St.  Paul's  was  voted  to  him,  and 
a  peerage  and  pension  given  to  his  family.  Another 
heroic  name  of  the  time  is  that  of  Mansel ;  John  Man- 
sel  (ent.  1744)  commanded  a  brigade  of  heavy  cavalry 
in  the  Duke  of  York's  campaign  in  1794.  Stung 
by  an  unfair  suggestion  in  one  of  the  Duke's  des- 
patches reflecting  on  his  zeal  he  determined  to  prove 
his  worth  on  the  next  occasion,  and  led  a  series  of 
magnificent  charges  on  April  26th  at  the  village  of 
Cawdry.  After  taking  the  village  he  attacked  in 
succession  two  strongly  posted  batteries  of  eight  and 

74 


CHAP.    I]  HISTORY  Old  Rugbeians 

fourteen  guns,  and  by  their  capture  decided  the 
fortunes  of  the  day.  He  lost  his  life,  however,  and 
his  son,  Major  J.  C.  Mansel  (ent.  1780),  was  wounded 
and  taken  prisoner  in  attempting  to  save  his  father's 
life.  Another  son,  Robert  Mansel  (ent.  1780),  was 
in  the  navy,  and  in  1801,  when  in  command  of  the 
"  Penguin,"  eighteen  guns,  sustained  a  brilliant  en- 
gagement with  a  French  corvette  of  twenty-four 
guns  and  two  privateers  of  eighteen  and  sixteen  guns  ; 
after  an  hour  and  a  half  the  corvette  struck  colours, 
but  the  other  ships  continued  the  fight  till  night  fell, 
and  the  "  Penguin  "  suffered  so  severely  that  the  three 
French  vessels  managed  to  escape  in  the  night.  Then 
there  was  G.  T.  Walker  (ent.  1772),  who  routed  a 
French  column  at  Vimiera  in  1808,  and  at  the  famous 
storming  of  Badajoz  in  1812  led  the  desperate  esca- 
lading  attack  on  the  bastion  of  St.  Vincent,  by  which 
the  place  was  taken,  though  he  lost  500  out  of  his 
brigade  of  900.  He  was  terribly  wounded  in  this 
attack,  but  contrary  to  the  expectations  of  his  doctors 
recovered,  and,  after  attending  the  Rugby  speeches  in 
June  of  the  next  year  returned  to  gain  fresh  wounds 
and  glory  in  the  Peninsula ;  he  lived  to  his  seventy- 
ninth  year.  A.  B.  Clifton  (ent.  1783),  fought  with 
Landor  when  at  school,  and  in  many  battles  with  the 
French,  and  lived  to  be  over  ninety.  J.  B.  Skerrett  (ent. 
1785),  with  1,000  British  and  800  Spaniards  success- 
fully defended  Tariffa  in  181 1  against  a  French  army 
of  10,000.  He  was  killed  in  1814  in  the  attack  on 
Bergen-op-Zoom,  when  he  was  first  in  the  works, 
though  he  had  broken  his  leg  not  many  weeks  before. 

75 


Old  Rugbeians  RUGBY  [CHAI'.    I 

N.  W.  Oliver  served  under  Abercrombie,  and  elsewhere, 
and  deserves  mention  as  one  of  those  who  set  their  faces 
against  the  absurd  system  of  duelling,  and  steadily 
refused  in  1821  to  challenge  a  naval  officer  who  had 
insulted  him.  G.  G.  C.  L'Estrange  (ent  1791),  when  a 
boy  at  school  was  victim  of  a  time-honoured  joke,  and 
in  innocence  of  heart  and  ignorance  of  Latin  showed 
up  with  woeful  consequences  two  verses  which  he  had 
got  another  boy  to  do  for  him  : 

"  Hos  ego  versiculos  scripsi,  sed  non  ego  feci 
Da  mihi,  praeceptor,  verbera  multa,  precor." 

In  later  years  he  distinguished  himself  greatly  at  the 
battle  of  Albuera  in  1811,  and  was  recommended  by 
the  Duke  for  promotion  "in  the  strongest  manner"  ; 
"  some  way  or  other,"  he  says,  "  after  the  other  parts 
of  the  same  brigade  were  swept  off  by  the  cavalry,  this 
little  battalion  alone  held  its  ground  against  all  the 
columns  in  mass."  Other  well-known  officers  who 
served  in  the  Peninsula  were  J.  P.  Hamilton  (ent. 
J793)>  wno  afterwards  distinguished  himself  as 
.chief  minister  plenipotentiary  to  Columbia,  and  Sir 
Willoughby  Cotton  (ent.  1795),  who  led  the  great 
rebellion  of  1797  when  at  school,  and,  after  troubles 
in  Europe  were  over,  served  with  distinction  in  Burmah, 
Jamaica,  and  Afghanistan.  He  was  a  great  friend  of 
Sir  Henry  Havelock.  Nor  should  the  exploit  be  for- 
gotten of  H.  Hanmer  (ent.  1797),  head  of  the  school 
when  he  left  in  1807  :  when  aide-de-camp  to  Sir  Robert 
Hill  before  Pampeluna,  in  order  to  save  time  in  deliver- 
ing an  important  message,  he  ran  the  gauntlet  under 

76 


CHAI'.    I]  HISTORY  Old  Rugbeians 

the  walls  of  the  town  and  leapt  his  horse  over  the 
chasm  in  the  bridge  over  the  Arc,  the  central  arch  of 
which  had  been  blown  up.  Rugbeian  sailors  of  the 
time  were  naturally  not  so  numerous,  though  there 
were  more  than  one  would  expect ;  G.  L.  Proby 
(ent.  1792),  afterwards  third  Earl  of  Carysfort,  was 
probably  the  only  Rugbeian  present  at  the  battles  of 
the  Nile  and  Trafalgar ;  his  two  elder  brothers  (ent. 
1 788)  had  both  served  their  country,  one  in  the  navy, 
the  other  in  the  army  through  many  campaigns. 

Boys  went  straight  from  the  Close  to  the  battlefield 
in  those  days.  G.  Whichcote  (ent.  1803,  aged  eight), 
one  of  the  twenty-six  Rugbeians  who  fought  at  Water- 
loo, had  been  in  nine  historic  battles  and  sieges  before 
then,  and  had  been  in  the  same  form  with  the  boy  who, 
as  senior  praepostor  of  the  week,  asked  for  a  holiday 
when  Paris  surrendered  in  1815  !  General  Whichcote 
lived  to  be  one  of  the  last  survivors  of  Waterloo  ;  he 
died  in  1891.  Another  real  Rugby  boy  present  at 
Waterloo  was  E.  N.  Macready  (ent.  1807),  brother  of 
the  great  actor,  who  won  his  lieutenantship  at  the  age 
of  sixteen  on  that  great  day  :  his  account  of  the  battle 
is  quoted  by  Creasy  in  the  "  Decisive  Battles  of  the 
World." 

In  the  Crimea  the  list  of  Rugby  officers  swells  to 
seventy-two  ;  those  of  them  who  fell  there  are  com- 
memorated in  the  Crimean  window  in  the  Chapel. 
Notable  amongst  them  were  Thomas  Unett  (ent.  1814), 
who  tossed  with  Colonel  Wyndham  as  to  whose  column 
should  lead  the  attack  on  the  Redan,  won,  and  was 
mortally  wounded  there;  Sir  William  Eyre  (ent.  1817), 

77 


Old  Rugbeians  RUGBY  [CHAP.   I 

the  "four-eyed  chief"  of  the  Kaffir  war  (so  called 
because  he  wore  spectacles),  who  led  a  Brigade  in 
the  Redan  attack  and  handed  over  his  command  when 
wounded  to  an  old  schoolfellow,  Frank  Adams  (ent. 
1819).  H.  W.  Adams,  brother  of  the  above,  who  com- 
manded a  Brigade  and  distinguished  himself  greatly  at 
Inkerman  and  elsewhere,  and  others  who  shared  in  the 
cavalry  charges  at  Balaclava  and  the  various  famous 
incidents  of  the  war.  Of  the  young  Rugbeians  who 
fell  in  this  war  one  of  the  most  deeply  lamented  was 
A.  Clevland  (ent.  1849),  wno  survived  the  charge  of 
the  Light  Brigade,  killing  single-handed  three  Cos- 
sacks who  attacked  him  as  he  was  returning  on  his 
wounded  horse,  but  was  killed  by  a  shell  at  Inkerman  ; 
while  few  names  are  more  worthy  of  remembrance  than 
that  of  J.  W.  J.  Dawson  (ent.  1850),  who,  going  straight 
from  the  School  to  the  Crimea  when  only  sixteen,  lost 
his  life  in  an  heroic  attempt  to  avert  danger  from  some 
wounded  under  his  charge  ;  a  siege-train  had  exploded, 
and  Dawson,  rushing  in  among  the  burning  shells, 
began  to  carry  them  off,  when  one  burst  in  his  hands 
and  wounded  him  mortally. 

Serving  in  the  blockade  of  Sebastopol  by  sea  was 
J.  C.  D.  Hay  (ent.  1883),  famous  for  his  exploits 
against  the  Chinese  Pirates  in  1849,  and  m  later  years 
a  Lord  of  the  Admiralty. 

Nor  were  Rugbeians  wanting  in  the  Mutiny.  Chief 
among  them  was  W.  S.  R.  Hodson  (ent.  1837),  famous 
at  school  for  his  running,  and  in  history  as  the  organizer 
and  leader  of  Hodson's  Horse.  His  action  in  killing 
the  three  princes  near  Delhi  has  caused  much  conten- 

78 


CHAP.    I]  HISTORY  Old  Rugbeians 

tion,  but  his  niche  in  the  temple  of  fame  is  secure. 
Then  there  was  J.  L.  Vaughan  (ent.  1833),  constantly 
mentioned  in  despatches;  H.  A.  Sarel  (ent.  1839), 
who  commanded  the  cavalry  under  Nicholson  at 
Najuffghur  and  elsewhere,  and  was  fourteen  times 
mentioned  in  despatches  ;  W.  T.  Johnson  (ent.  1841), 
wounded  at  Inkerman,  who  commanded  the  small 
body  of  native  cavalry  in  Havelock's  relief  of  Lucknow 
with  conspicuous  success;  H.  S.  Wilmot  (ent.  1843), 
who  won  the  Victoria  Cross  at  Lucknow ;  H.  S.  Mit- 
ford  (ent.  1851),  recommended  for  the  V.C. ;  J.  C. 
Gawler  (ent.  1844),  who  had  already  done  splendid 
work  in  the  pacification  of  Kaffraria  as  chief  of  the 
so-called  Auca-Gawler  tribe ;  H.  C.  Wake,  a  civilian, 
who  gallantly  defended  Arrah  with  a  handful  of  men 
against  2,000  mutineers.  A  window  in  the  Chapel 
commemorates  those  who  fell. 

The  military  traditions  have  been  well  sustained  in 
later  years.  W.  Palliser(ent.  1845)  was  famous  for  his 
artillery  inventions.  H.  H.  Crealock  (ent.  1843),  well- 
known  also  as  an  artist,  served  through  the  Crimea 
and  greatly  distinguished  himself  in  the  attack  on  the 
Redan,  being  left  there  while  Colonel  Wyndham  was 
bringing  up  fresh  men;  after  seeing  much  other  service 
he  commanded  a  Brigade  in  the  Zulu  War,  while  his 
brother  J.  V.  Crealock  (ent.  1849),  who  was  twice  men- 
tioned in  despatches  in  the  Mutiny,  was  military 
secretary  to  Lord  Chelmsford.  H.  M.  Bengough  (ent. 
1851)  also  served  with  distinction  in  the  Zulu  War. 
H.  M.  Hozier,  author  of  "  The  Seven  Weeks'  War  " 
(ent.  1851),  gained  a  name  in  the  Abyssinian  Cam- 

79 


Old  Rugbeians  RUGBY  [CHAP.    I 

paign  of  1868  and  was  accredited  representative  of  the 
English  Government  for  inspection  of  Military  Matters 
in  the  Franco-Prussian  War  of  1870-71.  Sir  G.  S. 
Arbuthnot  (ent.  1833),  a  Crimean  veteran,  commanded 
the  Burmese  expedition  of  1887,  and  Rugbeians  have 
served  with  distinction  in  most  of  the  various  cam- 
paigns of  the  last  thirty  years,  e.g.,  Sir  C.  S.  B.  Parsons 
(ent.  1869),  wno  nas  done  good  service  in  Egypt  under 
Lord  Wolseley  and  Lord  Kitchener,  and  Sir  W.  H. 
Meiklejohn,  who  commanded  a  Brigade  in  the  Indian 
North-West  Frontier  War  of  1897-8. 

The  number  of  Rugbeians  who  go  into  the  army 
has  naturally  increased  largely  since  the  formation  of 
a  special  Army  Class  in  1887  ;  consequently^  of  the 
numerous  Rugbeians  serving  in  the  present  South 
African  campaign  the  majority  are  subalterns.  Of 
officers  who,  up  to  the  present  moment,  have  come 
before  the  public  in  the  war  we  may  mention  Col. 
J.  F.  Brocklehurst  (ent.  1867),  commanding  the  3rd 
Cavalry  Brigade  in  Ladysmith,  and  Captain  J.  S.  Cay- 
zer  (ent.  1886),  signalling  officer  with  General  Buller. 
Two  young  officers  have  been  mentioned  in  despatches : 
1st  Lieut.  A.  J.  B.  Percival  (ent.  1887),  for  services  at 
the  Modder  River ;  2nd  Lieut.  C.  F.  Holford  for  ser- 
vices at  the  battle  of  Colenso. 

It  remains  to  mention  some  of  those  who  have  been 
distinguished  in  other  walks  of  life :  an  interesting 
figure,  from  adventitious  circumstances,  is  that  of 
A.  S.  Douglas  (ent.  1759),  whose  claim  to  the  vast 
possessions  of  his  uncle,  the  last  Duke  of  Douglas, 
was  disputed,  and  led  to  one  of  the  most  famous 

80 


CHAP.   I]  HISTORY  Old  Rugbeians 

lawsuits  ever  known.  We  are  told  that  Edinburgh 
was  illuminated  for  three  nights  when  at  last  the 
House  of  Lords,  in  1769,  reversed  the  decision  of  the 
Courts  of  Scotland  and  decided  it  in  Douglas'  favour. 
Amongst  doctors  there  have  been  Simon  Burton 
(ent.  1696),  Court  physician,  who  attended  Pope  in 
his  last  illness;  Henry  Halford  Vaughan  (ent.  1774), 
President  of  the  College  of  Physicians,  and  Physician 
in  Ordinary  to  George  III.;  James  Fellowes  (ent.  1786), 
who  was  knighted  for  his  services  as  Inspector  of 
Military  Hospitals  in  the  Peninsular  War,  and  also 
got  a  war  medal  and  clasp  for  Barossa,  and  Charles 
Locock  (ent.  1810),  physician  to  Queen  Adelaide  and 
the  Royal  Family.  Amongst  judges  there  have  been 
Thomas  Coltman  (ent.  1796),  L.  W.  Cave  (ent  1847), 
Lord  Davey  (ent.  1848),  Lord  Bowen  (ent.  1850), 
G.  Farwell  (ent.  1860) ;  while  the  stage  owes  to  Rugby 
one  of  her  greatest  actors  in  W.  C.  Macready  (ent. 
1803),  who  remained  till  his  death  a  good  friend  to 
the  School.  Among  men  of  science  we  may  mention 
two  distinguished  botanists,  J.  Pettiver  (ent.  1676),  and 
M.  J.  Berkeley  (ent.  1817);  H.  Highton  (ent.  1829), 
for  many  years  a  Master  at  the  School,  one  of  the 
pioneers  of  the  electric  telegraph,  and  D.  Galton  (ent. 
1834),  an  authority  on  the  hygienic  construction  of 
buildings,  who  was  President  of  the  British  Association 
in  1895  and  1896.  Among  war  correspondents,  there 
are  F.  C.  Lawley  (ent.  1837),  who  in  the  American 
war  of  1862  represented  "The  Times  "  with  the  Con- 
federate Army,  and  WT.  H.  Bullock  (ent.  1850),  who 
wrote  for  "The  Daily  News"  in  the  Franco-Prussian 

81  G 


Old  Rugbeians  RUGBY  [CHAP.    I 

War.  Amongst  famous  travellers  we  may  mention 
Lord  Mountmorris  (ent.  1784)  and  Sir  John  Carr  (ent. 
1785),  who  both  published  widely-read  books  of  travel; 
W.  C.  Oswell  (ent.  1833),  who  went  with  Livingstone 
into  Central  Africa,  and  discovered  Lake  Ngami  in 
1849, besides  doing  much  exploration  in  South  Africa; 
F.  C.  Selous  (ent.  1866),  whose  work  in  South  Africa  is 
known  to  all ;  and,  lastly,  we  may  add  M.  S.  Wellby 
(ent.  1881),  whose  recent  expeditions  in  Tibet  and 
Abyssinia  have  shown  him  to  be  possessed  of  the 
qualities  which  make  great  explorers.  Finally  we 
come  to  the  few  who  have  won  distinction  in  the  arts, 
J.  Lodge  (ent.  1814)  and  H.  S.  Oakeley  (ent.  1843), 
well-known  musical  composers  ;  J.  E.  Hodgson  (ent. 
1 846),  the  only  Rugbeian,  we  believe,  who  ever  attained 
an}7  reputation  as  a  painter,  and  C.  E.  Kempe  (ent. 
1851),  whose  fine  work  in  stained  glass  is  widely 
known  and  appreciated. 


82 


CHAPTER    II 

SCHOOL   BUILDINGS   AND   GROUNDS 

THE  town  of  Rugby  is  well  known  to  hundreds  who 
have  never  stayed  there,  as  a  considerable  railway 
centre.  Now  that  the  Great  Central  Railway  is  com- 
plete, there  are  no  less  than  eight  approaches  to 
Rugby  by  rail.  Travellers  coming  to  it  by  any  one 
of  these  numerous  ways  may  get  a  very  fair  idea-  of 
the  nature  of  the  country  which  surrounds  it.  It  is  a 
gently  undulating  grass  country,  and  has  been  held 
by  some  to  be  devoid  of  beauty.  Dr.  Arnold,  for 
instance,  speaks  of  Warwickshire  in  one  of  his  letters 
as  one  of  the  only  five  counties  he  knew  which  could 
not  supply  his  "  physical  cravings  for  the  enjoyment 
of  nature."  "  We  have  no  hills,"  he  complains,  "  no 
plains — not  a  single  wood,  and  but  one  single  copse  : 
no  heath — no  down — no  rock — no  river  (this  was  very 
hard  on  the  Avon !) — no  clear  stream — scarcely  any 
flowers,  for  the  lias  is  particularly  poor  in  them— 
nothing  but  one  endless  monotony  of  inclosed  fields 
and  hedge-row  trees."  Most  people,  however,  would 
agree  that  tame  as  the  country  is,  compared  with 
many  parts  of  England,  its  shady  roads,  with  their 
broad  margins  of  grass,  its  picturesque  villages  and 
gentle  slopes,  have  a  great  charm  of  their  own, 


The  Town  RUGBY  [CHAP.   II 

especially  when  the  hawthorn  and  the  dog-roses  are 
in  bloom.  It  is,  however,  emphatically  a  country  for 
riders  of  horse  or  bicycle,  not  for  the  pedestrian.  The 
town  itself  is  situated  on  the  edge  of  a  low  plateau, 
overlooking  the  valley  of  the  Avon  :  till  the  railway 
came,  it  was  quite  a  small  place,  much  like  any  other 
Warwickshire  village,  and  must  have  been  rather 
pretty  with  its  old  thatched  brick  and  timber  cottages. 
Its  principal  attraction  was  the  large  cattle  and  horse 
fair  in  November. 

The  railway  has  brought  prosperity  with  its  usual 
modern  concomitant  of  ugliness.  The  old  houses 
have  nearly  all  disappeared,  and  the  fields  give  way 
to  rows  of  cottages  and  villas  of  the  common  type. 
As  yet,  however,  the  town  is  not  very  large,  contain- 
ing only  some  eleven  thousand  inhabitants. 

The  school  buildings,  as  well  as  the  boarding 
houses,  are  situated  at  the  south  edge  of  the  town,  about 
half-a-mile  from  the  London  and  North  Western 
Railway  station,  which  is  at  the  north  end.  None  of 
the  buildings  date  from  an  earlier  period  than  1809. 
For  the  first  two  centuries,  nearly,  of  its  existence,  the 
school  was  situated  close  to  the  present  market-place, 
on  the  north  side  of  Church  Street,  opposite  the 
parish  church.  It  has  been  in  its  present  situation 
since  1750,  but  the  buildings  which  were  then  bought 
or  erected  were  all  pulled  clown  in  1809  and  the  fol- 
lowing years. 

THE  CLOSE. 

Before  dealing  with  the  buildings,  however,  it  will  be 
well  to  give  some  account  of  the  Close,  the  place  to 

86 


CHAP.  II]  BUILDINGS  AND   GROUNDS  The  Close 

which  a  visitor's  steps  will  probably  be  first  directed  ; 
it  is  the  principal,  and  was  till  recent  times  the  only 
playing  ground  of  the  school.  It  lies  on  the  south  side 
of  the  main  block  of  school  buildings,  and  in  its  pre- 
sent dimensions  occupies  over  seventeen  acres.  It  is 
still,  with  its  broad  expanses  of  well-mown  turf  and 
its  shady  trees,  the  most  attractive  place  in  Rugby  ; 
but  its  beauty  has  been  sadly  spoiled  by  the  havoc  of 
storms,  notably  those  of  1881  and  1895  ;  for  its 
particular  charm  lay  in  the  splendid  elm  trees,  mark- 
ing the  lines  where  in  old  days  the  hedges  had  run 
when  the  ground  was  still  divided  into  fields.  Elm 
trees  are  notoriously  untenacious,  and  in  the  storms 
referred  to  the  great  giants  came  crashing  down  one 
after  the  other,  and  their  loss  is  but  ill  compensated 
for  by  the  increase  of  room  which  their  disappearance 
has  given.  Perhaps  the  latter  storm  did  most  to  spoil  the 
look  of  the  place,  for  it  attacked  the  line  of  fine  trees 
that  ran  along  the  eastern  edge,  by  the  Barby  road, 
and  left  but  a  few  stumps  to  shelter  the  ground  on 
that  side.  With  the  trees  went  also  most  of  the  rooks, 
whose  pleasant  homely  note  added  greatly  to  the  at- 
tractiveness of  the  Close.  Among  the  trees  which  have 
disappeared,  the  earliest  to  attain  fame  was  a  great  elm 
which  was  called  "  Treen's  Tree,"  after  a  family  of  that 
name  who  held  the  farmyard  in  which  it  stood.  Three 
of  these  Treens,  sons  of  an  "  old  Mother  Treen,"  who 
lived  at  the  corner  of  Sheep  Street  at  the  beginning 
of  the  century,  were  champions  of  the  town  against 
the  school  in  the  pugilistic  encounters  which  were  the 
fashion  of  the  time.  This  tree  was  the  largest  in  the 

87 


The  Trees  RUGBY  [CHAP.    II 

Close,  and  was  spared  the  fate  which  has  fallen  on  so 
many  of  its  brethren,  by  being  cut  down,  in  1818,  to 
make  room  for  the  chapel,  the  west  end  of  which  is 
built  on  its  site.  The  wood  was  used  for  panelling 
the  vestry.  Some  verses,  made  on  the  occasion,  have 
been  preserved  ;  though  of  little  merit,  they  are  in- 
teresting as  showing  the  sentiment  which  the  spot 
inspired  in  the  minds  of  an  earlier  generation  of  Rug- 
beians  :  the  last  verse  may  be  quoted  as  a  specimen  : 

"  With  thee  were  formed — with  thee  are  fled— 

Ties  of  the  distant  and  the  dead, 

And  many  a  former  tale  and  token 

Might  cheer  old  hearts  the  world  had  broken  ! 

Fond  recollections  joined  to  thee  ! 

Young  loves  and  friendships,  poor  Treen's  Tree  !  " 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  when,  in  1865,  the  new 
chapel  necessitated  the  removal  of  an  elm  planted  by 
Dr.  Wooll,  which  stood  at  the  present  east  end, 
engineering  skill  came  to  the  rescue,  and  instead  of 
being  cut  down  it  was  successfully  removed  by  a 
contractor,  on  a  December  morning,  to  the  place 
which  it  now  occupies  on  the  south  side  of  the  chapel  : 
it  stood  the  transplantation  wonderfully  ;  a  photo- 
graph taken  at  the  time  gives  an  idea  of  what  a  diffi- 
cult business  this  must  have  been. 

To  a  later  generation  the  best  known  trees  were  a 
little  group  of  three  large  elms,  called  the  "Three 
Trees,"  which  stood  a  little  apart  from  their  neigh- 
bours, about  the  middle  of  the  ground  as  it  was  before 
the  last  addition  ;  they  were  within  the  limits  of  the 
football  ground,  and  many  a  Rugbeian  can  still  re- 

88 


CHAP.    II]          BUILDINGS   AND   GROUNDS 


The  Trees 


member  bruising  himself  against  them  ;  two  of  the 
three  fell  in  1881,  but  the  remaining  one  retained  the 
name,  no  longer  applicable,  till  it  shared  the  same 
fate  in  1895.  Nor  must  we  forget  the  tree  that  helped 
to  form  Case's  Gallows,  a  peculiar  goal  set  up  in  his 
school  days  by  the  present  Waynflete  Professor  of 
Moral  Philosophy  at  Oxford,  in  which  the  cross-bar 


THK    THREE    TREKS. 


was  formed  by  a  horizontal  branch  of  a  tree  which 
met  the  short  arm  of  the  "  gallows."  It  stood  between 
Old  Bigside  and  the  Chapel  Piece. 

One  sad  incident  is  connected  with  the  trees  in  the 
Close.  In  the  south-west  corner  of  the  chapel  is  a 
marble  tablet  erected  to  the  memory  of  a  boy  who 
was  killed  by  a  fall  from  a  tree.  It  bears  the 
following  touching  inscription  :  "  Kdmundo  Lally, 


The  Close  RUGBY  [CHAP.   II 

filio  unico,  cariss:  obsequentiss:  qui  vixit  annis  xii.  m. 
ii.  d.  xi.  H.  M.  F.  C.  parentes  contra  votum  superstates. 
— Te  juvenem  egregiae  spei,  te  morte  immatura  per- 
emptum,  quern  merito  luget  Rugbaea,  Ave  Vale." 

The  Close,  as  it  is  now,  is  divided  into  three  parts, 
though,  as  we  have  said,  the  trees  which  formed  the  lines 
of  demarcation  are  disappearing :  the  older  northern 
part  consists  of  "  Old  Bigside  "  on  the  east,  and  the 
"  Pontines  "  and  "  Chapel  Piece  "  on  the  opposite  side  ; 
the  name  "  Pontines  "  was,  of  course,  given  to  it  because 
of  its  marshy  character  ;  this  must  have  been  very 
much  more  noticeable  in  the  days  when  the  slope 
down  to  it  was  more  pronounced  ;  various  levelling 
operations,  undertaken  at  different  times,  have  de- 
stroyed the  appropriateness  of  the  name. 

The  u  Chapel  Piece  "  occupies  the  greater  portion  of 
what  used  always  to  be  called  "  Littleside,"  corre- 
sponding to  "  Bigside  "  ;  for  a  long  time  it  was  con- 
sidered to  belong  by  special  right  to  the  School 
House ;  no  other  boarding  house  could  play  on  it 
unless  the  School  House  waived  their  claim,  and  there 
was  a  famous  Bigside  Levee,  or  meeting  of  senior 
boys,  on  the  subject  in  Tait's  time  ;  for  weeks  the 
discussion  was  protracted  by  the  rhetoric  of  a  great 
School  House  orator,  but  at  length  the  opponents  of 
privilege  prevailed,  and  for  the  future  the  ground  fell 
to  those  who  could  take  it  first.  It  was  on  a  corner 
of  this  ground,  behind  the  old  chapel,  that,  as  readers 
of  "  Tom  Brown  "  need  not  be  reminded,  fights  took 
place  in  days  when  fighting  was  still  an  institution. 

These  three  parts  made  up,  until  1854,  the  whole 
90 


MAP    TO    ILLUSTRATE    SUCCESSIVE    ADDITIONS    TO    CLOSE 
FROM    ORIGINAL    SURVEYS    OF    I75O.    1843    fiNU    1SS6 


From  coloured  map  in  O.  R.  Society's  pamphlet  on   "The  Origin 
of  Rugby  Football,"  by  permission. 


The  Close  RUGBY  [CHAP.    II 

playing  ground,  and  had  been  formed  from  three 
fields  bought  with  the  house  in  1749,  when  the  school 
moved  to  its  present  quarters ;  these  fields  were 
known  as  the  Garden  Close,  which  was  by  the  house, 
the  Barn  Close,  which  bordered  the  Dunchurch  Road, 
and  beyond  these  the  Pond  Close.  Apparently  the 
Barn  Close  was  from  the  first  used  for  playing  ground; 
"  Bigside  "  cricket  and  football  were  played  here  till 
preparations  began,  about  1818,  for  the  erection  of  the 
first  chapel.  The  divisions  between  the  fields  were 
levelled,  about  1 8 16,  when  with  the  new  buildings  the 
school  premises  began  to  take  their  present  shape. 

The  Pond  Close  was  a  field  full  of  historic  interest. 
At  the  eastern  end  of  it  was  the  tumulus,  which,  with 
the  trees  that  grow  on  and  around  it  still  forms  such 
a  pleasant  feature  of  the  Close.  This  tumulus  is  pro- 
nounced by  Mr.  Bloxam  to  be  an  ancient  British 
barrow.  "It  was  used,"  he  says,  "  for  a  twofold 
purpose,  first  as  a  burial  place  for  some  warrior  or 
chieftain  of  the  tribe  of  the  Dobuni — secondly,  for  a 
military  purpose,  as  an  advanced  post  for  videttes  on 
the  northern  frontier  of  the  tribe  of  the  Dobuni,"  the 
Avon  with  the  morasses  on  each  side  forming  the 
barrier  between  that  tribe  and  their  neighbours  the 
Coritani.  It  was  one  of  a  series  of  tumuli,  many  of 
which  still  exist,  connecting  the  two  ancient  British 
track-ways,  the  Fosse  Way  and  the  Watling  Street, 
"  both  of  which  were  subsequently  utilized  by  the 
Romans,  and  formed  into  Roman  roads." 

At  some  period  later  than  the  end  of  the  thirteenth 
century  the  monks  from  the  great  Cistercian  Abbey  of 

92 


CHAP.    II]          BUILDINGS   AND   GROUNDS  The  Island 

Pipewell,  who  had  built  a  Grange  some  fifty  yards 
from  the  tumulus,  dug  a  broad  moat  all  round  it  and 
filled  it  with  water  from  springs  in  the  gravel.  This 
was  done  in  order  to  provide  a  fish  pond  for  the  Grange, 
and  keep  up  the  supply  of  fish  which  was  demanded 
by  fast-days.  Thus  the  tumulus  became  an  island, 
and  it  still  retains  the  name  of  Island,  though  the  moat 
was  drained  in  1847.  The  Island,  while  still  it  was 
such,  played  a  considerable  part  in  the  school  life.  It 
was  to  this  natural  stronghold  that  the  mutineers  re- 
tired in  the  great  rebellion  of  1797  (vide  p.  45),  and  in 
later  years  it  became  the  scene  of  the  curious  system 
of"  Island  Fagging,"  as  it  was  called,  by  which  for  a 
short  space  of  time,  in  the  Spring,  the  Island  was  trans- 
formed. 

The  origin  of  the  custom  is  not  quite  clear.  It 
had  certainly  been  the  practice  of  the  boys,  from 
the  previous  century,  to  cultivate  little  allotment 
gardens  opposite  the  Close,  on  the  Barby  Road  appar- 
ently as  well  as  on  the  Dunchurch  Road,  and  these 
gardens  were  visited  annually  by  the  Trustees  and 
visitors  on  Speech  Day,  which,  until  1836,  was  on  the 
Wednesday  in  Easter  week.  According  to  one  au- 
thority, it  was  when  these  allotments  on  the  Barby 
Road  were  sold  for  building  land  that  the  gardens 
were  transferred  to  the  Island.  Another  Old  Rug- 
beian  writer  connects  it  with  the  erection  of  the  pre- 
sent school  buildings,  when  the  custom  of  decorat- 
ing the  form  rooms  with  flowers  and  ferns  for  Speech 
Day  fell  into  disuse,  in  1814.  However  this  may  be, 
it  is  certain  that  it  pleased  some  of  the  Sixth  Form, 

93 


The  Island  RUGBY  [CHAP.   II 

to  whom  the  Island  was  sacred,  to  cause  gardens  to 
be  made  on  it.  Now  the  Island  being  covered  with 
trees,  is  not  a  place  naturally  adapted  for  horticulture  ; 
it  was  consequently  necessary,  if  flowers  were  to  be 
found  there  on  Speech  Day,  that  they  should  be  trans- 
planted thither  from  some  more  congenial  soil;  but  for 
some  weeks  before  this  was  done,  in  order  to  keep  the 
fags  employed,  the  surface  was  diligently  scratched 
and  made  ready  for  the  reception  of  the  plants.  There 
were  more  fags  in  the  school  than  were  needed  for  the 
purpose,  so  those  of  the  Sixth  who  took  no  interest 
in  the  proceedings  excused  three  or  four  fags  each. 
The  rest,  some  eighty  or  ninety  in  number,  were 
formed  in  line  by  the  school  buildings,  and  at  a  given 
sigrfal  raced  for  the  bridge  which  spanned  the  moat. 
A  few  of  the  first  arrivals  were  excused,  and  the  number 
was  still  further  diminished  by  the  elimination  of 
those  who  first  volunteered  to  jump  over  the  moat,  a 
feat  seldom  accomplished  by  a  fag,  for  the  moat  was 
broad,  and  tfte  best  jumpers  could  only  clear  it  in  two 
places  ;  certain  moreover  seem  to  have  purchased  their 
freedom  by  procuring  a  spade  or  other  gardening  tool. 
Spades,  however,  must  have  been  rare,  and  for  the  most 
part  the  digging  had  to  be  done  with  knives,  large 
nails,  or  pointed  sticks.  Making  bricks  without  straw 
must  have  been  light  work  compared  to  digging  up 
the  Island  with  a  pocket  knife  !  This  went  on  till  the 
week  before  Easter,  when  turf  had  to  be  procured  to 
cover  the  top  of  the  Island,  and  form  borders  round 
the  beds.  The  turf  was  obtained  by  the  simple  process 
of  cutting  it  in  some  neighbouring  field  where  it  seemed 

94 


CHAP.   II]          BUILDINGS   AND   GROUNDS  The  Island 

good,  and  dragging  it  back  to  the  Island  on  a  "  turf- 
cart,"  a  rude  wooden  conveyance  to  which  some  twenty 
fags  would  be  harnessed  by  a  rope  with  cross-bars  at  short 
intervals.  Finally  the  fags  were  despatched  to  procure 
flowers  by  the  same  simple  method  of  appropriation, 
and  great  must  have  been  the  dismay  of  the  owners  of 
neighbouring  gardens  on  finding  their  bulbs  and  other 


Photo. 


THE    ISLAND   AND   OLD   PAVILION. 


.  Speight. 


flowers  mysteriously  thinned  by  the  young  pillagers. 
One  wonders  if  they  ever  recognized  their  lost  treasures 
when  the  Speech  Day  procession  passed  across  the 
Close  to  inspect  the  beauties  of  the  Island  Gardens. 

In  1836  the  system  came  to  an  end,  for  Speech  Day 
was  changed  to  the  end  of  the  Summer  "half,"  when 
cricket  was  in  full  swing,  and  no  one  had  time  to  think 
of  "dressing"  the  Island.  For  several  years  after  the 

95 


The  Island  RUGBY  [CHAP.    II 

abolition  of  Island  fagging,  the  Island  remained  a  place 
of  resort  for  the  privileged,  and  a  common  meeting 
place  :  it  was  on  the  Island,  for  instance,  or  on  a  little 
mound  under  the  elms,  between  Bigside  and  Littleside, 
which  has  disappeared,  that  in  Tom  Hughes's  time  the 
Bigside  Football  "  levees  "  met  to  discuss  points  that 
arose  in  connection  with  the  game.  But  when  the  moat 
was  drained  in  1847  the  peculiar  fascination  of  the 
place  was  gone,  and  though  in  1852  a  motion  to  admit 
fags  to  it  was  rejected  on  the  ground  that  the  freedom 
of  the  Island  was  "  the  only  external  mark  of  respect 
now  left  to  the  Sixth,"  succeeding  generations  ceased 
to  struggle  for  a  privilege  that  had  lost  so  much  of  its 
charm,  and  the  Island  became  common  ground. 

Close  to  the  Island,  in  the  middle  of  the  Pond  Close, 
lay  the  Grange  of  the  Monks  of  Pipewell,  who  made 
the  moat  round  the  Island.  It  was  built  in  the  latter 
part  of  the  thirteenth  century,  when,  like  the  School 
in  later  times,  the  monks  moved  from  a  position  near 
the  parish  church.  It  was  surrounded  by  a  moat, 
which,  like  that  round  the  Island,  was  used  as  a  fish- 
pond ;  but,  according  to  Mr.  Bloxam,  the  moat  was 
older  than  the  Grange,  and  the  site  of  that  building 
was  one  of  those  moated  areas,  which  were  common 
in  the  twelfth  and  thirteenth  centuries,  and  were 
formed  "  not  as  strongholds,  but  merely  for  defensive 
purposes  against  temporary  marauders,  and  sudden 
aggression."  It  is  not  known  what  happened  to  the 
Grange  when  the  monasteries  were  dissolved,  but  the 
moated  area  remained  till  about  the  year  1816,  when 
it  was  filled  up. 


<  11A1'.    II]         BUILDINGS   AND   GROUNDS  The  Close 

Near  the  south-western  corner  of  the  Pond  Close, 
not  far  from  where  the  Bath  now  stands,  there  used 
to  be  a  square  pool,  dug  probably,  like  the  island  moat, 
by  the  Monks  of  the  Grange,  and  for  the  same  reason, 
but  interesting  chiefly  as  having  been  a  favourite  haunt 
of  Landor  when  he  was  a  boy  at  the  school.  It  was 
here,  as  he  tells  us  in  a  note  to  the  Imaginary  Conver- 
sation between  Leofric  and  Godiva,  that  he  wrote  a 
little  poem  on  the  subject,  and  after  recalling  the 
laughter  with  which  the  friend  to  whom  he  showed  it 
greeted  the  last  line,  and  the  earnestness  with  which 
he  entreated  and  implored  him  not  to  tell  his  school- 
fellows, he  gives  the  verses,  "  if,"  as  he  says,  "  any  one 
else  should  wish  another  laugh  at  me  :  "- 

"  In  every  hour,  in  every  mood, 

O  lady,  it  is  meet  and  good 
To  bathe  the  soul  in  prayer, 

And  at  the  close  of  such  a  day, 

When  we  have  ceased  to  bless  and  pray, 
To  dream  on  thy  long  hair." 

"  May  the  peppermint "  (so  he  ends)  "  still  be  growing 
on  the  bank  in  that  place  ! " 

The  path  running  parallel  to  the  Dunchurch  Road 
used  to  be  and  is  still  sometimes  called  "  Scholar's 
Walk,"  though  the  name  was  never  very  widespread. 

Of"  New  Bigside,"  the  southern  portion  of  the  Close, 
little  need  be  said,  for  it  possesses  no  antiquarian 
interest.  The  ground  which  composed  it  was  incor- 
porated with  the  Close  at  three  periods ;  the  eastern 
end,  where  the  boarding  house  School -field  (now  Mr. 
Brooke's)  stands,  was  added  in  1850,  and  part  of  the 
southern  end  in  1864,  but  the  greater  part  of  the 

97  H 


The  Close  RUGBY  [CHAP.   II 

cricket  ground,  as  it  now  is,  was  presented  by  Dr. 
Goulburn  in  1854  :  it  was  levelled  in  that  year  and  the 
next,  and  was  first  used  for  cricket  in  1856;  before 
that  time  the  fields  formed  a  small  farm,  where  the 
head  master  kept  cows,  the  farm  house  standing  where 
the  boarding  house  now  is,  on  the  Barby  Road.  New 
Bigside,  as  it  will  perhaps  continue  to  be  called  till 
it  is  as  old  as  "  New  College,"  is  sacred  to  cricket, 
football  only  being  played  on  one  edge  of  it,  and  forms 
a  very  fine  ground,  especially  since  its  borders  were 
enlarged  in  1886  (to  the  great  relief  of  slow  bowlers), 
by  the  levelling  back  of  the  bank  which  runs  along 
the  south  side. 

We  must  not  take  leave  of  the  Close  without  allusion 
to  the  conjecture  of  Mr.  Bloxam's  that  -Cromwell's 
Ironsides  once  encamped  in  it.  It  was  on  March  3Oth5 
in  the  year  1645,  that  Cromwell  quartered  at  Rugby 
with  1,500  horse  and  two  regiments  of  foot,  on  his  way 
from  Northampton  to  Coventry.  On  this  occasion  he 
may  well  have  lodged  at  the  Manor  House,  the  princi- 
pal house  in  the  village  (though  a  tradition  points  to 
the  now  demolished  "  Shoulder  of  Mutton  "  Inn),  while 
his  troopers  would  occupy  the  surrounding  sheds  and 
fields.  Nor,  perhaps,  though  the  transition  is  some- 
what abrupt,  should  we  omit  to  mention  "  Samson's 
Quarters,"  a  name  forgotten  now,  but  well  known  to 
former  generations  ;  it  was  given  to  the  corner  of  the 
Close  by  the  White  Gate  and  the  head  master's  wall, 
because  it  was  there  that  the  caterer  (whose  reputed 
strength  had  gained  him  the  name  of  Samson)  spread 
out  his  provision  baskets. 

9s 


CHAP.  II]         BUILDINGS   AND   GROUNDS        Other  Grounds 

The  Close  is  not  the  only  playing-ground  for  the 
school.  In  1886  a  large  field  of  eight  acres,  a  little 
west  of  the  Close,  was  opened.  It  was  purchased  by 
subscriptions  raised  in  memory  of  C.  M.  Caldecott, 
of  Holbrook  Grange,  near  Rugby,  an  old  Rugbeian 
who  took  a  keen  interest  in  school  games,  and  it  is 
named  after  him.  It  lies  on  the  south  side  of  the 
Hillmorton  Road  behind  the  houses,  nearly  opposite 
the  glebe  land,  formerly  known  as  Reynolds's  field, 
where  football  used  to  be  played  before  "  Caldecott's  " 
was  acquired.  The  greater  part  of  it  had  been  a 
market  garden,  and  the  levelling,  turfing,  etc.,  was  no 
mean  task.  Some  half  mile  from  the  school,  further 
up  the  Hillmorton  Road,  are  the  fields  known  as 
"  Benn's."  These  fields,  which  comprise  forty-three 
acres,  were  bequeathed  to  the  school  by  Mr.  G.  C. 
Benn  in  1895.  They  form  a  farm  which  for  some 
years  previously  had  been  rented  by  Mr.  W.  G. 
Michell,  in  order  that  the  school  might  be  able  to 
play  football  there  throughout  the  winter.  Two  of 
the  fields  have  now  been  thrown  into  one  and  levelled, 
and  make  a  splendid  cricket  ground.  The  growth  of 
the  town  rendered  the  gift  of  these  fields  (which  are 
close  to  the  Great  Central  Railway)  quite  invaluable. 

Of  the  games  with  which  the  Close  and  other 
grounds  are  so  pleasantly  associated  in  the  minds  of 
all  those  who  have  played  there,  we  shall  speak  else- 
where ;  we  must  now  return  to  the  school  buildings. 


99 


Old  Buildings  RUdlJV  [CHAP.    II 

THE  BUILDINGS. 

We  have  seen  that  in  spite  of  the  antiquity  of  its 
foundation,  Rugby  School  can  boast  of  no  buildings 
dating  from  before  the  second  decade  of  this  century. 
In  1750  the  school  was  moved  to  its  present  position, 
when  for  £1,000  the  trustees  bought  the  old  Manor 
House,  standing  on  the  site  of  the  present  School 
House.  Drawings  of  this  house  survive,  and  display 
on  the  front  a  main  block,  with  a  Georgian  front,  and 
two  rather  barn-like  wings  stretching  towards  the  Hill- 
morton  Road  (p.  33).  On  the  Close  side,  the  original 
gables  of  the  house  appear,  for  the  main  part  of  the 
house  was  older  than  the  front  (p.  84).  On  the  west 
side  of  this  house,  where  the  School  House  Hall  now 
is,  was  built  the  schoolroom  ;  it  was  built  by  a  local 
man  called  Johnson,  and  closely  resembled  the  original 
schoolroom,  except  that  the  south  end,  towards  the 
Close,  was  built  in  semicircular  shape  ;  at  this  end, 
with  his  back  to  the  window,  and  dominating  the 
room,  sat  the  Master.  Over  this  room  were  two 
chambers,  one  a  trunk-room,  the  other  the  chief 
dormitory,  which  went  by  the  name  of  Paradise, 
though,  or  perhaps  because,  it  had  the  reputation  of 
being  not  the  most  peaceable  lodging  in  the  house. 
The  building  was  surmounted  at  the  north  end  by  a 
small  clock  tower,  with  a  large  clock  ;  on  the  west 
side,  the  big  doors,  which  were  only  opened  on  the 
day  when  the  trustees  met  in  August,  were  approached 
beneath  a  Doric  porch,  introduced,  presumably,  to 
give  a  classic  tone  to  the  seat  of  learning.  Later  on, 

100 


SCHOOL   HOUSE   IN    l8l6. 
From  Ackcrman's  "  Public  Schools.' 


Old  Buildings  RUGBY  [CHAP.   II 

as  the  school  grew  under  James's  guidance,  the  porch 
was  removed  to  the  north  end  of  the  building,  and  two 
new  schoolrooms  were  built  against  the  big  school  (p. 
1 1).  But  the  numbers  soon  outgrew  the  accommoda- 
tion, though  barns  and  outbuildings  were  transformed 
into  schoolrooms,  and  in  1808  the  trustees  determined 
to  rebuild  the  whole  of  the  school  buildings.  Various 

o 

architects  sent  in  designs  for  the  work  ;  Samuel  Wyatt, 
the  architect  whose  plans  had  gained  most  favour, 
died  before  he  could  begin  to  execute  them,  and  they 
were  then  intrusted  to  Mr.  Henry  Hakewill. 

The  buildings  which  Hakewill  erected  are  commonly 
known  as  the  Old  Buildings,  and  form  the  School 
House,  i.e.,  the  head  master's  private  house  and  board- 
ing house,  and  the  schoolrooms,  which,  with  the  school 
house,  form  the  Old  Quadrangle.  The  buildings* 
however,  have  been  considerably  enlarged  since  their 
erection,  and  the  addition  of  studies  and  form-rooms, 
of  bath  rooms,  and,  last  of  all,  a  new  dormitory  over  the 
Old  Big  School,  has  made  an  extra  storey  all  round  the 
quadrangle,  so  that  from  the  inside  of  that  quadrangle 
it  is  hardly  possible  now  to  estimate  the  effect  of  the 
original  plan.  The  best  points  of  view  are  from  the 
High  Street,  looking  up  to  the  "  Quad  Gates,"  and  from 
the  Close.  From  these  points  the  alterations  do  not 
seriously  interfere  with  the  original  idea,  and  most  people 
would  agree  that,  in  spite  of  the  obvious  architectural 
defects,  Hakewill's  buildings  are  worthy  of  their  object. 
They  are  built  of  white  brick  with  stone  facings  and 
battlements,  in  imitation  of  the  castellated  style  of  the 
fifteenth  century,  and  their  principal  defect  lies  in  the 

102 


CHAP.    II]         BUILDINGS   AND   GROUNDS  Old  Buildings 

inevitable  unreality  of  the  imitation,  though  we  are 
inclined  to  believe  that  not  a  few  who  see  them  for  the 
first  time  are  surprised  to  find  that  they  are  not  a 
hundred  years  old.  But  the  imitation,  though  unreal,  is 
not  offensive,  and  the  splendid  solidity  of  all  the  work, 
induces  a  feeling  of  permanence  and  security  which  is 


rhoto.  E.  H.  Speight. 

OLD   QUADRANGLE,    NORTH-EAST   CORNER. 

one  of  the  chief  charms  of  really  ancient  buildings. 
The  main  entrance  faces,  as  we  have  seen,  down  the 
High  Street.  On  entering  the  gates,  we  find  ourselves 
in  a  porch  leading  to  the  Quadrangle  ;  this  porch  was 
for  a  long  time  used  regularly  as  a  fives  court  (see 
p.  215),  and  here,  as  we  are  told  in  "  Tom  Brown,"  the 
School  House  boys  used  to  assemble  in  summer  for  the 
house  singing,  which  took  place  on  the  last  Saturday 

103 


The  Old  Library  RUGBY  [CHAP.   II 

of  the  half-year.  In  one  corner  of  this  porch  a  winding 
staircase  leads  up  to  the  Sixth  School,  built  in  1827, 
a  rather  small  but  lofty  room,  where  (except  for  a  few 
years  in  the  Eighties)  the  Upper  Bench  of  the  Sixth 
has  been  taught  ever  since  the  room  was  built. 

Originally  this  was  the  Library,  and  the  upper  part 
of  the  room  is  lined  with  book  cases,  containing  the 
Bloxam  collection,  mostly  volumes  dealing  with  anti- 
quarian subjects,  one  of  Mr.  M.  H.  Bloxam's  many 
legacies  to  the  school ;  access  to  these  is  given  by  a 
slight  gallery  which  runs  round  half  way  up  the  room. 
Round  the  lower  part  of  the  room  are  hung  the  tops 
of  the  little  tables  at  which  many  generations  of  the 
Sixth  have  sat,  but  whose  utility  was  impaired  by 
the  feature  which  has  given  them  their  interest — the 
names  carved  upon  them.  The  big  bow-window  look- 
ing out  upon  the  street  is  filled  with  very  interesting 
stained  glass,  the  gift  of  Dr.  Percival,  containing  the 
names,  and  in  many  cases  the  portraits,  of  successive 
head  masters  from  the  earliest  times  till  1894;  like 
many  other  places  in  Rugby,  this  room  is  indissolubly 
connected  with  memories  of  Dr.  Arnold,  for  it  was 
here,  "  sitting,"  as  he  says  in  a  letter  to  an  old  pupil,  "  in 
that  undignified  kitchen  chair,  which  you  so  well  re- 
member, at  that  little  table,  a  just  proportional  to  the 
tables  of  the  Sixth  themselves,"  that- for  years  he  gave 
the  daily  lessons  which  made  so  deep  an  impression 
on  so  many  of  the  hearers.  "  Kitchen  chair "  and 
table  are  both  preserved  in  the  Art  Museum. 

Opening  out  of  this  room,  but  having  its  principal 
entrance  from  the  Quadrangle,  of  which  it  forms  the 

104 


CHAP.    II]         BUILDINGS   AND   GROUNDS      The  Old  Library 

north  side,  is  a  long  gallery,  divided  now  into  two  parts 
by  a  wooden  partition.  This  was  built  as  a  memorial  of 
Dr.  Arnold  and  is  called  the  Arnold  Library  :  all  the 


WINDOW    IN    OLD    LIBRARY. 


C.  A.  Dean,  Rugby. 


books  belonging  to  the  School  Library  are  still  labelled 
"  Arnold  Library,"  but  only  the  classical  books  remain 
in  their  old  quarters,  the  great  mass  of  them  being 
housed  in  the  Temple  Reading  Room.  For  many 

105 


Old  Quadrangle  RUGBY  [CHAP.    II 

years  the  Museum  of  the  Natural  History  Society 
was  placed  in  this  gallery,  but  it  has  lately  been  re- 
moved to  a  building  of  its  own.  The  greater  part  of 
the  room  being  thus  freed  has  been  made  into  a  form 
room  for  the  Lower  Bench  of  the  Sixth,  and  new 
windows  on  the  Quadrangle  side  have  much  increased 
its  facilities  for  light  and  ventilation.  The  west  end 
of  the  gallery,  partitioned  off,  contains  the  classical 
books  and  is  also  used  as  a  form  room  for  the  "  Special- 
ists." 

Coming  down  the  stairs,  we  find  ourselves  in  the 
Old  Quadrangle,  a  small  square  paved  with  asphalt. 
On  the  west  side  is  the  Old  Big  School,  surmounted 
by  a  newly-erected  dormitory  belonging  to  the  School 
House.  On  the  south  and  east  the  quadrangle  is 
surrounded  by  low  cloisters,  with  rows  of  School  House 
studies  above  them,  the  names  of  which,  "  New  Row," 
and  "  New  Top  Row,"  indicate  that  they  are  additions 
to  the  original  buildings.  The  appearance  of  the 
south  side  has  not  been  improved  by  the  building  of 
a  row  of  bath  rooms,  with  ugly  little  lozenge-shapecl 
windows,  over  the  studies.  Behind  the  cloisters  on 
the  south  side  are  form  rooms,  in  one  of  which  the 
gown  has  yielded  to  the  sword,  for  it  is  used  as  the 
armoury  of  the  Rifle  Corps.  It  must  have  been  hard 
work  for  the  master  in  old  days  when  forms  of  forty- 
five  to  sixty  boys  had  to  be  taught  in  these  rooms. 
Above  these  are  School  House  dormitories. 

At  the  south-eastern  corner  of  the  Old  Quadrangle 
a  tall  arch  in  the  cloister  forms  the  entrance  to  the 
School  House  dining  hall,  which  stands,  as  we  have 

1 06 


CHAP.    II]         BUILDINGS   AND   GROUNDS  School  House 

seen,  on  the  site  of  Johnson's  Big  School,  and  is  of 
much  the  same  dimensions  as  that  building  ;  it  is  a 
long,  tall  room,  plainly  furnished  with  strong  oak 
tables  and  benches  and  with  an  oak  wainscoting  some 
eight  feet  high  all  round  it ;  a  severe  room,  scornful  of 
ornament  and  impossible  to  damage.  On  the  east  side 


Photo.  G.  A.  Dean. 

OLD   QUADRANGLE,    SOUTH-EAST   CORNER. 

are  two  large  fireplaces  with  broad  heavy  fenders  of 
iron.  At  one  of  these  took  place  the  roasting  so  vividly 
described  in  "Tom  Brown."  At  the  south  end,  under- 
neath the  window,  is  a  platform  just  wide  enough  to 
receive  a  bench  and  table,  where  the  Sixth  in  the 
house  sit  at  meals.  Over  the  hall  is  another  dormitory. 

107 


School  House  RUGBY  [CHAP.   II 

The  hall  communicates  by  a  side  door  with  the  other 
School  House  buildings,  which  run  round  a  small  inner 
courtyard.  Between  the  hall  and  the  head  master's 
part  of  .the  house  are  the  three  original  storeys  of 
studies  ;  the  two  upper  passages  have  a  row  of  studies 
on  each  side  looking  out  on  to  the  Close  on  one  side, 
on  to  the  court  on  the  other.  These  "  dens,"  as  they 
are  familiarly  termed,  are  queer,  cosy  little  places, 
where  the  occupant  can  sit  in  his  armchair  and  take 
down  a  book  from  any  of  his  shelves  without  having 
to  get  up.  They  are  warmed,  nowadays,  by  hot  water 
pipes,  but  till  within  recent  years  there  was  no  nearer 
source  of  heat  in  winter  than  a  big  fire  at  the  end  of 
the  passage.  As  custom  forbade  the  study  doors  of 
all  except  the  house  magnates  to  be  left  open,  but  little 
warmth  found  its  way  into  many  of  the  studies,  whose 
occupants  had  to  be  content  with  the  less  hygienic 
plan  of  lighting  many  candles  or  inviting  many  friends. 
For  the  last  five  years,  the  School  House  and  all  the 
other  boarding  houses,  as  well  as  all  the  form  rooms, 
and  more  recently  the  chapel,  have  been  lit  with 
electric  light  supplied  by  a  small  private  company  of 
which  the  house  masters  are  the  shareholders. 

From  the  middle  of  the  three  rows  of  studies  a  door 
leads  into  the  entrance  hall  of  the  head  master's  house, 
the  most  interesting  room  in  which  is  naturally  the 
head  master's  study,  the  headquarters  of  the  school 
life  for  so  many  years.  It  is  a  fair-sized  room  in  acorner 
where  the  building  projects  towards  the  Close,  and  has 
one  window  looking  out  on  to  the  Close,  and  a  second, 
over  the  mantelpiece,  looking  towards  the  chapel. 

108 


CHAP.  II]        BUILDINGS  AND  GROUNDS  School  House 

At  one  corner  of  the  room  is  a  turret  with  a  short 
staircase  leading  straight  out  into  the  Close.  It  was  in 
this  room  that  Tom  Brown  had  his  first  interview  with 
Dr.  Arnold  when  he  found  him  with  his  children  round 
him,  busily  engaged  in  carving  a  ship,  and  hither 
come  the  successive  generations  of  Rugby  boys,  when, 
for  advice  or  praise  or  blame,  they  are  summoned 
to  the  head  master's  presence.  Few  Old  Rugbeians 
could  enter  that  room  without  some  feeling  of  awe. 
In  front  of  the  study  and  the  adjoining  drawing-room 
there  is  a  narrow  strip  of  garden  raised  above  the  level 
of  the  Close,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  a  low  brick 
wall.  It  is  over  this  wall  that,  on  the  last  day  of  the 
Summer  term,  one  of  the  trustees  (for  many  years 
past  it  has  been,  and  we  hope  it  will  be  for  many  years 
to  come,  the  Chairman,  Lord  Leigh)  reads  out  the 
results  of  the  examination  on  which  the  leaving  exhi- 
bitions are  awarded.  Beyond  the  line  of  the  building 
there  is  more  garden,  the  chief  feature  of  which  is  a 
fine  copper  beech,  but  the  greater  part  of  the  head 
master's  garden  lies  on  the  other  side  of  the  Barby 
Road  :  it  is  notable  for  a  beautiful  fern-leaved  beech 
which  was  planted  by  Dr.  Arnold.  The  outside  of 
the  head  master's  house  is  splendidly  covered  by  Vir- 
ginia creeper  and  ivy,  and  the  front  door  with  its  ivy- 
clad  turrets  is  a  favourite  subject  for  sketch  and  photo- 
graph. 

Returning  to  the  Old  Quadrangle,  we  have  still  to 
visit  the  Old  Big  School,  which  forms  the  western  side. 
It  is  a  large  plain  room,  some  sixty-three  feet  by 
twenty-nine,  panelled  part  of  the  way  up  in  oak. 

109 


Old  Big  School  RUGBY  [CHAP.   II 

During  the  first  six  years  of  its  existence,  from  1814 
to  1820,  until  a  chapel  was  built,  services  for  the  school 
were  held  here  on  Sundays,  and  for  many  years  it 
played  a  more  important  part  than  it  has  done 
since  the  New  Big  School,  opened  in  1886,  has  become 
the  natural  meeting-place  of  the  school  as  a  whole. 
Here,  for  instance,  the  school  assembled  for  morning 
prayers,  and  old  Rugbeians  of  the  time  have  vivid 
recollections  of  the  little  addresses  on  points  of  disci- 
pline, or  the  like,  which  from  time  to  time,  as  occasion 
arose,  Dr.  Temple  delivered  after  these  morning 
prayers.  Here,  too,  for  many  years,  were  held  the 
speeches,  on  which  occasion  a  special  structure  of 
seats  was  raised  for  spectators,  which  went  by  the 
name  of  the  Oxford  Gallery,  because  the  first  seats 
erected  in  this  way  were  meant  for  Old  Rugbeians 
still  at  the  Universities  ;  the  name  "  Oxford  "  shows 
that  at  the  time  few  Rugbeians  went  to  the  sister 
University,  and  indeed  the  great  majority  of  Uni- 
versity scholarships  won  by  members  of  the  school  are 
still  at  Oxford.  Here  also  the  school  concerts  used 
to  be  held,  the  choir  being  massed  on  raised  benches 
at  the  south  end,  round  a  small  organ.  Nowadays, 
however,  the  only  occasion  on  which  the  school  gathers 
there  is  for  the  afternoon  calling  over  on  half-holidays, 
when  the  boys  come  in  by  the  east  door,  and  file  out, 
form  by  form,  through  the  south  door,  the  master  of 
the  week  standing  at  a  sort  of  pulpit-desk  by  the  door. 
This  desk  is  the  sole  survivor  of  the  numerous  ones  of 
the  kind  that  adorned  the  room  in  the  days  when 
several  forms  were  all  taught  there  at  the  same  time. 

no 


CHAP.  II]        BUILDINGS   AND   GROUNDS        Old  Big  School 

Even  in  recent  years  want  of  space  has  sometimes 
driven  two  forms  together  into  Old  Big  School,  but  the 
modern  schoolmaster  shuns  society  in  school  hours,  and 
though  a  curtain,  hung  on  a  rail  across  the  room,  veiled 
the  two  forms  from  each  other,  he  of  the  weaker  voice 
was  generally  driven  from  the  field  to  seek  a  tem- 


OLI)    BIG    SCHOOL.  .» 

From  Ackerman's  "  Public  Schools." 
/ 

porary  asylum  elsewhere.  Old  Big  School  still  has 
some  share  in  the  festivities  of  Speech  Day,  for  the 
head  master's  lunch  to  the  guests  on  that  occasion  is 
spread  here.  On  the  walls  at  the  ends  of  the  room 
are  boards,  on  which  are  painted  the  names  of  all 
those  who  have  gained  exhibitions  since  1829. 
Amongst  these  may  be  noticed  the  names  of  many 

ii  i 


Old  Big  School  RUGBY  [CHAP.    II 

Old  Rugbeians  who  have  distinguished  themselves  in 
later  life.  Behind  these  boards,  at  the  North  end,  as 
was  seen  when  they  were  taken  down  in  1899  on  ac- 
count of  building  operations,  are  carved  in  the  plaster 
names  of  boys  who  were  among  the  first  frequenters 
of  the  room  (they  range  from  1815  to  1829).  As  they 
are  high  up  on  the  wall,  they  were  presumably  carved 
at  the  time  when  the  "  Oxford  Gallery  "  was  put  up 
for  Speech  Day.  All  round  the  room  on  several 
boards  are  the  names  of  the  various  form  masters  in 
the  school  ;  opposite  these  the  various  forms  are  sup- 
posed to  stand  when  waiting  for  their  turn  to  come  at 
calling  over. 

Outside  Old  Big  School,  in  a  shallow  recess  on  the 
east  wall,  stands  the  old  pump  with  the  date  1817 
on  it.  On  each  side  of  it  the  curious  may  notice 
wooden  boards  with  little  hooks  on  them  ;  these  were 
put  up  some  thirteen  years  ago  in  order  that  the 
various  fives  courts  might  be  "  taken "  there ;  the 
custom  had  been  that  the  fives  courts  should  be 
engaged  for  the  different  hours  by  the  insertion  of  a 
small  note  in  the  wire  or  wall  stating  the  claim :  such 
notes  could  only  be  inserted  after  certain  hours,  and 
this  necessitated  much  running  across  the  Close  and 
consequent  formation  of  a  regular  track  in  places.  To 
obviate  this  these  boards  were  put  up  and  now  the 
notices  are  stuck  on  the  hook  corresponding  to  the 
court  desired.  Carefully  are  these  notes  written  and 
eagerly  are  they  scanned  in  the  Spring  term  when 
competition  is  keen,  for  custom  ordains  that  if  there 
is  any  mistake  at  all  in  the  wording,  mistake  of  date 

I  12 


CHAP.    II]         BUILDINGS   AND   GROUNDS     New  Quadrangle 

or  spelling  or  name,  the  note  may  be  "  dished,"  as  it 
is  called,  in  favour  of  another. 

Between  the  south  end  of  the  Old  Big  School  and 
some  form  rooms  a  gateway  leads  into  the  New 
Quadrangle.  The  old  building  on  the  left  projects  a 
little  way  beyond  the  gateway  and  ends  in  a  turret ; 
up  this  a  winding  staircase  gives  access  to  a  small  but 
well-known  form  room,  long  used  as  a  school  for  the 
Twenty  (the  form  next  to  the  Sixth)  in  the  days  of 
Price  and  Cotton  and  Tom  Evans :  in  the  time  of  the 
last-named  it  was  known  familiarly  as  Uncle  Tom's 
Cabin  ;  it  is  now  used  for  the  lowest  and  smallest 
form,  but  it  is  famous  still  as  the  place  where  Solomon's 
celebrated  maxim  is  acted  upon.  It  was  for  this  room* 
or  its  predecessor,  that  under  the  head  mastership  of 
Dr.  Wooll  the  happy  motto  was  suggested,  "  Much  cry 
and  little  wool." 

The  wall  beyond  the  turret  formed  the  front  wall  of 
one  of  the  two  original  fives  courts  of  the  school  ;  there 
was  ample  space,  for  the  old  chapel  did  not  extend 
nearly  so  far  east  as  the  present  one.  A  school  built 
on  to  the  vestry  of  the  old  chapel  used  later  to  serve 
as  a  back  wall  for  the  court.  The  ground  was 
paved  with  flagstones,  and  bat  fives  only  was  played 
there.  There  was  another  fives  court  made  in  Tait's 
time  where  the  New  Quadrangle  now  is,  on  the  site  of 
some  cottages  which  were  bought  up  because  their 
insanitary  condition  made  them  dangerous  to  the 
school. 

In  the  New  Quadrangle  we  come  to  the  new  build- 
ings of  the  school ;  those  in  the  New  Quadrangle  con- 

H3  I 


New  Buildings 


RUGBY 


[CHAP.   II 


sist  of  the  chapel  on  the  south  side,  and  a  large  block 
of  form  rooms  which  runs  along  the  north  and  west, 
and  is  joined  to  the  chapel  by  a  short  cloister  (now  shut 
in  and  fitted  with  racks  to  hold  hats).  The  rest  of  the 
new  buildings  are  either  in  or  near  the  Close.  It  may 
seem  ungracious  in  the  generation  which  uses  them  to 


Photo. 


E.  H.  Speight 


NEW   QUADRANGLE. 


criticise  too  severely  buildings  which  the  generosity  of 
countless  old  Rugbeians  has  presented  to  the  school, 
but  truth  will  out,  and  it  must  be  confessed  that  few 
would  claim  for  these  buildings  erected  by  Mr.  Butter- 
field  (excepting  the  interior  of  the  chapel)  any  degree  of 
beauty.  Their  aim  is  to  attain,  by  free  use  of  different 
coloured  bricks  and  slate,  the  richness  of  colours 
characteristic  of  some  Italian  building ;  but  the  aim 

114 


CHAP.    II]        BUILDINGS   AND  GROUNDS        New  Buildings 

has  not  been  realized  and  the  colour  effect  is  irritating 
rather  than  rich  ;  especially  annoying  is  the  use  of 
slabs  of  slate,  instead  of  glass,  to  fill  the  tracery  of  a 
window.  There  are  few  who  do  not  think  that  with 
all  their  faults  the  old  buildings  are  preferable  to  the 
new,  for  in  their  strength  and  simplicity  they  do,  to 
some  extent,  attain  the  qualities  of  what  they  imitate. 
It  is  sad  to  think  what  an  opportunity  for  beautiful 
work  has  been  lost  at  Rugby  in  the  numerous  build- 
ings which  have  been  erected  since  the  tercentenary 
in  1867.  This  building  scheme  has  been  accomplished 
mainly  through  the  generosity  of  old  Rugbeians,  and 
the  way  in  which  they  have  responded  to  the  appeals 
issued  at  various  times  may  be  judged  by  the  fact 
that  between  1867  and  1887  no  less  than  £57,725  was 
raised,  mostly  by  subscription,  for  various  objects, 
principally  buildings. 

A  short  statement  of  the  different  amounts  which 
make  up  the  large  total  is  given  in  the  report  of  the 
School  Improvement  Fund,  which  was  open  from 
1877 — 1887,  and  is  perhaps  worth  reproducing  here. 
It  is  as  follows  : 

£  *•    d- 

1.  By  Tercentenary  Fund  (including  Bath,  1876)     22,156  7  10 

2.  By  School  Improvement  Fund  (begun  1877)  •     20,729  6     6 

3.  By  Funds  at  the  disposal  of  the  Masters  1 875 — 

1885,  devoted  to  the  completion  of  New 

Quadrangle '    .   .       2,767     o    o 

4.  BytheGoverningBody,forGround^5,85o;  viz., 

a.  For  Temple  Observatory,  Art  Museum  and 

Temple  Reading-Room 1,700     o    o 

b.  For  New  Big  School 3,250    o    o 

c.  For  Caldecott  field 900    o    o 


New  Buildings                                RUGI5Y  [CHAP.    II 

L        >•     d. 

5.  By   subscription    to    Caldecott  field    through 

W.  H.  Bolton,  Esq 1,191     6  10 

6.  By  subscription  to   new  Racquet   Court   and 

Fives  Courts 1,69$     °     ° 

7.  Second  Sanatorium  (from  Sanatorium  Fees)  .  1,328  u    10 

8.  Tait  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 2,007   14     6 


Total  (irrespective  of  ,£2,500  devoted  to  the 
Memorial  Windows  in  Chapel,  and  the 
Stanley  Monument) 57,725  7  6 


It  may  be  added  here,  that  since  1887  there  have 
been  various  funds  and  bequests,  chief  among  which 
are  the  bequests  in  1895  by  the  late  Mr.  G.  C.  Benn, 
(an  old  Rugbeian),  of  forty-three  acres  on  the  Hill- 
morton  Road,  for  playing  fields  (see  p.  99),  and  the 
fund  in  memory  of  the  late  Rev.  P.  Bowden-Smith, 
by  which  the  west  end  of  the  chapel  has  been  rebuilt 
and  enlarged  (completed  1898).  Future  generations 
of  Rugbeians  will  not  lack  examples  to  inspire  their 
generosity  towards  their  school.  And  in  this  connec- 
tion should  be  recorded  the  names  of  two  old  Rugbeians, 
the  late  Frederick  Dumergue,  secretary  of  the  Tercen- 
tenary Fund,  and  Dr.  Jex-Blake  (head  master  from 
1874 — 1887,  now  Dean  of  Wells),  secretary  of  the 
School  Improvement  Fund,  whose  untiring  energy 
did  so  much  to  insure  the  success  of  the  two  funds. 

To  return  to  the  New  Quadrangle.  The  blocks  of 
form  rooms  (the  west  block  completed  the  quadrangle 
in  1885),  have  only  associations  too  modern  to  make 
them  of  general  interest :  we  turn  therefore  to  the 
chapel. 

116 


CHAP.   II]        BUILDINGS   AND   GROUNDS 


Chapel 


THE  CHAPEL. 

The  present  chapel  has  grown  out  of  the  original 
chapel  built  by  Hakewill  and  finished  in  1821  ;  need- 
less to  say  it  is  entirely  different  in  character,  and  now 
nothing  remains  of  Hakewill's  chapel  ;  till  1898,  hovv- 


OLD    CHAPEL,    WEST    END. 

From  Radclyffe's  "Memorials." 

ever,  when  the  west  end  was  rebuilt  and  enlarged  in 
memory  of  the  Rev.  P.  Bowden-Smith,  this  was  not 
the  case,  for  the  building  erected  by  Mr.  Butterfield 
(finished  in  1872),  incorporated  the  whole  west  end 
of  the  old  chapel.  The  old  chapel,  interesting  from 
its  associations,  which  however  it  has  transferred  to 
its  successor,  was  not  a  thing  of  beauty ;  it  was 

117 


Chapel  RUGBY  [CHAP.   II 

built,  like  the  rest  of  Hake  will's  buildings,  of  white 
brick,  with  stone  dressings,  in  the  style  which  has 
been  nicknamed  "  The  Georgian  Gothic,"  and  with 
its  heavy  tracery  and  stout  buttresses  pretending  to 
support  a  very  solid  wall,  it  was  but  a  very  clumsy 
imitation  of  fifteenth-century  \vork.  Inside  it  was 
still  worse,  for  there  was  a  flat  plaster  ceiling  inter- 
sected by  thin  beams  in  a  geometrical  pattern,  a 
ceiling  much  detested  by  Dr.  Arnold  :  its  length  was. 
ninety  feet,  its  breadth  and  height  (to  the  ceiling) 
thirty  feet,  and  the  solidity  of  its  construction  may  be 
judged  from  the  fact  that  it  cost  .£7,500.  Many 
additions  were  afterwards  made  to  the  old  chapel, 
but  only  the  "  Narthex "  or  ante-chapel,  erected  in 
1856,  survives. 

The  present  chapel  consists  chiefly  of  a  long,  lofty 
nave  (the  full  length  of  the  building  is  140  feet): 
since  the  recent  alteration  of  the  \vest  end  (carried 
out  by  Mr.  Jackson,  with  Mr.  Butterfield's  approval), 
the  height  of  the  nave  has  been  made  uniform  all  the 
way  down  ;  the  old  west  end  was  lower  and  narrower 
than  the  new  one,  which  has  a  small  aisle  on  each  side. 
A  remarkable  feature  of  this  west  end  is  that  the  large 
windows  of  the  former  building  have  been  put  in  the 
clerestory,  the  aisles  being  low.  Beyond  the  west 
end  the  chapel  widens  out  into  a  transept,  the  roof  of 
the  nave  being  supported  by  tall  round  pillars  of  red 
and  white  stone  in  alternate  blocks.  Beyond  the 
transept  three  steps  lead  up  under  a  lofty  arch  to  the 
chancel,  which  terminates  in  an  apse.  The  roof  of  the 
chapel  is  of  open  woodwork,  elaborately  painted.  The 

118 


CHAP.    II]         BUILDINGS   AND  GROUNDS 


Chapel 


whole  of  the  interior  (excepting  the  west  end)  is  de- 
corated with  coloured  bricks  and  painting,  forming 
patterns  on  the  red  brick  and  white  stone  of  which 


rhoto. 


CHAPEL,    SHOWING    NEW    WEST   END. 


E.  H.  Speight. 


the  building  is  composed.  Exception  may  be  taken 
to  the  details  of  this  decoration,  but  the  general  effect 
of  the  interior  of  the  chapel  is  undoubtedly  good,  its 
height  and  fine  proportions  giving  it  a  great  air  of 

119 


Chapel  RUGBY  [CHAP.   II 

space  and  dignity.  This  has  been  much  increased  by 
the  enlargement  of  the  west  end,  though  the  large 
west  window  is  not  altogether  successful,  two  very 
heavy  mullions  running  straight  up  giving  it  a  rather 
stiff  and  clumsy  appearance.  All  the  old  windows  of 
the  chapel  are  filled  with  stained  glass  :  some  of  these, 
and  of  the  mural  monuments  and  tablets,  of  which  the 
building  contains  no  less  than  seventy-two,  are  of 
great  interest. 

Entering  the  chapel  by  the  small  door  from  the 
quadrangle,  on  the  south  side,  we  find  ourselves  under- 
neath a  small  oak  gallery,  containing  the  keyboard  of 
the  organ.  The  organ  chamber  is  on  our  left,  and 
was  built,  as  an  inscription  on  the  wall  outside  shows, 
by  the  pupils  of  Dr.  Temple :  a  warning  perhaps  is 
necessary  (for  the  inscription  is  written  in  very  large 
characters)  that  the  words  "  Hanc  aediculam  "  refer, 
as  the  diminutive  shows,  to  the  organ  chamber  only, 
and  not,  as  the  casual  observer  might  perhaps  suppose, 
to  the  chapel  itself. 

The  organ  is  not  the  original  instrument  of  the 
chapel,  though,  it  has  incorporated  in  it  something 
of  its  predecessor.  The  first  organ  was  built  by 
Elliott  in  1821,  and  consisted  of  great  organ,  swell 
organ  to  tenor  F,  and  a  set  of  pedal  pipes.  It  was 
put  at  first  in  a  gallery  over  the  west  door,  but  was 
subsequently  removed  to  a  chamber  built  for  it  over 
the  vestry,  on  the  north  side  of  the  chapel,  near  the 
east  end  ;  at  the  same  time  a  choir  organ  of  five 
stops  and  a  second  set  of  pedal  pipes  were  added 
by  Hill.  The  erection  of  the  present  organ  was 

120 


CHAP.  II]         BUILDINGS   AND   GROUNDS  Organ 

begun  in  1872,  after  the  enlargement  of  the  chapel. 
The  work  was  done  by  Messrs.  Bryceson,  who  in- 
cluded three  stops  from  the  old  organ  in  the  new 
one.  It  is  a  fine  instrument,  and,  as  it  now  stands, 
has  cost  little  short  of  ^"2,000.  The  original  plan, 
however,  is  not  yet  complete :  fifteen  stops,  the  pro- 
bable cost  of  which  would  be  about  £800,  are  still 
wanting.  The  present  gallery  for  the  keyboard  was 
built  in  1897  ;  before  that  it  stood  on  the  south  side 
of  the  chapel,  some  forty  feet  from  the  body  of  the 
instrument,  the  connection  being  partly  by  electric 
and  partly  by  pneumatic  action,  an  arrangement  which 
was  inconvenient  in  many  ways.  The  electric  action 
has  been  retained.  The  old  organ  stood  for  many 
years  in  Old  Big  School,  but  was  taken  down  when  a 
new  instrument  was  built  for  New  Big  School,  soon 
after  its  erection. 

Above  the  organ  loft  is  a  window  representing  the 
"  Confession  of  St.  Thomas  "  :  its  interest  lies  in  the 
fact  that  it  was  erected  after  Dr.  Arnold's  death,  in 
accordance  with  his  wishes ;  its  subject  was  one  to 
which  his  mind  very  frequently  recurred,  and,  when  the 
pain  of  his  last  short  illness  seized  him,  the  first  words 
he  uttered  were  those  which  form  the  inscription  of 
this  window :  "  And  Jesus  said  unto  him,  Thomas, 
because  thou  hast  seen  me  thou  hast  believed  ;  blessed 
are  they  that  have  not  seen  and  yet  have  believed." 

The  window  is  unfortunately  far  from  beautiful. 

On  the  wall  close  by  this  window  is  a  fine  memorial 
by  Chantrey  of  Thomas  James,  head  master  from 
1778 — 1794  (vide  p.  36);  he  is  seated,  in  wig  and 

121 


Dr.  James  RUGBY  [CHAP.   II 

gown,  with  a  book  on  his  knees,  the  figure  being  in 
deep  relief:  below  is  an  inscription  by  Bishop  Butler, 
his  favourite  pupil. 

THOMAS  JAMES,  S.T.P. 

Coll .  Regal .  apud .  Cantabr .  olim  .  soc . 

Scholae  .  Rugbeiensis  .  ab .  a  .  s  .  MDCCLXXVIII  .  ad  .  a .  s  . 

MDCCXCIV  .  magister 

Vixit .  annis .  LV  .  mensibus  .  x  .  diebus .  IX . 
decessit .  X  .  Kal .  Octobr .  a  .  s .  MDCCCIV  .  Vigornia: . 

sepultus .  est 

Erat .  in  .  hoc  .  viro  .  ingenii .  acumen .  singulare 
Quo  .  venustates  .  literarum .  ipse .  penitus  .  persentiret 
Erat .  in  .  iis  .  exponendis .  verborum .  naturalis  .  non  . 

fucatus  .  nitor 

ita .  ut .  quod  .  ipse .  optime  .  intellixisset 

Copiose  .  et .  dilucide ,  cum .  aliis .  communicaret 

Erat .  lepore  .  condita .  gravitas  .  qua .  mentes  .  puerorum  . 

ad  .  se  .  alliceret 

et .  discendi .  taadium  .  docendi .  suavitate  .  leniret 
Erat .  in  .  sumptibus  .  eorumdem  .  moderandis .  in  . 

valetudine .  tuenda 
in .  moribus  .  ad .  pudicitiam  .  probitatein  .  pietatem  . 

informandis 

animus .  vere .  paternus 

his  .  ille .  virtutibus  .  instructus 

Scholam  .  hancce  .  magna .  discipulorum .  frequentia  . 

magno  .  famae .  cumulo 

auxit .  atque .  ornavit 

Qui .  autem .  apud  .  discipulos  .  suos  .  sancti .  parentis . 

locum .  tenuit 
idem  .  ille  .  huius  .  scholar .  gubernatoribus  .  ita  .  cams . 

acceptusque .  fuit 

ut .  ab .  iis  .  una  .  mente .  regi .  honorifice  .  commendaretur . 

cujus  .  favore .  prasbendarius  .  in  .  ecclesia .  cathedrali . 

Vigornice .  constitutus  .  esset 

tali .  et .  prseceptori .  et .  amico 

alumni .  ejus .  pio  .  gratoque .  animo  .  h  .  m  .  p  .  c  . 

a  .  s  .  MDCCCXXIV  . 


Arnold's  grave  RUGBY  [CHAP.    II 

The  seats  in  the  chapel,  as  in  most  other  buildings 
of  the  kind,  run  east  and  west,  facing  each  other,  the 
blocks  being  slightly  raised  as  they  recede  from  the 
middle  :  a  few  steps  then  on  and  down  from  the  north 
door,  bring  us  to  the  end  of  the  central  gangway,  just 
below  the  chancel  steps  :  here  a  plain  gray  stone,  in- 
scribed simply  with  a  small  cross  and  the  name,  marks 
the  grave  of  Thomas  Arnold.  He  is  buried  in  the 
vaults  which  he  caused  to  be  made  at  what  was  the 
east  end  of  the  old  chapel :  he  alone  of  the  head 
masters  is  buried  there,  with  a  few  of  his  pupils  who 
died  at  school,  and  two  assistant  masters.  The  vaults 
were  afterwards  closed.  The  plain  stone  which  marks 
his  grave  is  a  worthier  and  more  fitting  memorial  of 
him  than  the  badly  executed  monument  which  stands 
in  the  north  transept.  On  the  step  above  the  grave 
stands  the  lectern,  where  on  Sundays  members  of  the 
Sixth  Form  read  the  lessons  from  a  Bible  presented 
lately  by  the  Archbishop  of  Canterbury  (Dr.  Temple). 
On  the  south,  at  the  corner  of  the  chancel,  is  the 
pulpit  of  plain  oak  :  it  was  part  of  the  furniture  of  the 
first  chapel,  and  has  been  in  use  ever  since. 

The  chief  feature  of  the  chancel  is  the  window  at 
the  east  end,  representing  the  Adoration  of  the 
Magi. 

It  was  brought  by  Dr.  Arnold  from  the  Church  of 
Aerschot,  near  Louvain,  in  Belgium,  at  a  time  when  the 
parish  was  raising  funds  to  restore  the  church,  and 
with  this  object  sold  some  of  its  stained  glass.  The 
three  kings  are  represented  in  the  three  stages  of 
manhood  which  tradition  associated  with  the  names 

124 


CHAP.    II]         BUILDINGS   AND   GROUNDS  East  window 

Balthazar,  Melchior,  and  Caspar.  Balthazar,  King  of 
Saba,  the  old  man,  kneels  before  the  Virgin  and 
Child  in  a  beautiful  crimson  mantle  and  offers  his 
gifts  ;  to  the  left  advances  Melchior,  King  of  Araby  ; 
to  the  right  stands  Caspar,  King  of  Egypt,  here,  as 
is  usual  in  Northern  art,  depicted  as  dark-skinned. 
Behind  the  principal  figures  runs  a  semicircular 
balustrade,  beyond  which  areseen  peasants  and  serving- 
men,  and  charming  little  glimpses  of  landscape.  Above 
the  Virgin,  in  the  centre  of  an  arch,  is  a  disc  inscribed 
with  a  large  M.  On  either  side  are  two  twisted  pillars, 
recalling  the  two  pillars  taken  from  the  Temple  at 
Jerusalem  to  Constantinople,  which  appear  also  in 
Raphael's  cartoon  of  the  Beautiful  Gate  of  the  Temple. 
The  design  of  the  window  has  been  attributed,  solely 
on  general  grounds,  to  Albert  Dtirer,  and  it  has  been 
classed  as  fifteenth-century  work  :  this  is  certainly  not 
so  :  the  architecture  depicted  in  the  window,  as  well  as 
the  general  style, show  it  to  be  undoubtedly  a  sixteenth- 
century  work,  and  there  is  no  reason  to  connect  it 
with  Albert  Diirer.  An  interesting  resemblance  has 
been  noticed  by  Mr.  Kempe  in  the  figure  of  Melchior 
(the  king  on  the  left)  to  a  print  by  Lucas  Cranach 
the  younger  of  Charles  V.,  the  Emperor,  the  points  of 
resemblance  being  in  the  projecting  under  lip  and 
bent  knee.  The  resemblance,  however,  is  not  enough 
to  build  hypotheses  of  design  upon,  or  to  prevent  the 
natural  conclusion  that  the  window  is  by  some  Flemish 
artist  of  the  sixteenth  century.  The  window  has,  of 
course,  received  modern  additions  to  fit  it  to  its 
present  position  ;  the  angels  in  the  small  upper  lights 

125 


East  window 


RUGBY 


[CHAP.  II 


and  the  blue  in  the  trefoils  of  the  three  principal 
lights  are  modern,  as  is  the  border  at  the  bottom.  The 
head  of  the  Virgin  is  also  modern,  the  difference  in 
the  colour  of  the  hair  of  the  old  and  new  part  being 

very  noticeable.  Ac- 
cording to  C.  W. 
Radclyffe's  "  Me- 
morials of  Rugby" 
(1843),  the  twisted 
pillars  are  also  mo- 
dern, but  this  would 
seem  to  be  a  mis- 
take. The  window 
was  the  gift  of  the 
masters  and  was  set 
up  in  1834.  It  is 
interesting  to  note 
that  two  windows 
from  the  same 
church,  representing 
the  Nativity  and 
Pentecost,  were  ob- 
tained at  the  same 
time  for  Wadham 
College  Chapel. 

On  either  side  of 
the  east  window  in  the  apse  are  two  lancet  windows. 
These  were  filled  with  stained  glass  representing  single 
figures  of  prophets  and  saints,  in  memory  of  Dr.  Cotton, 
Bishop  of  Calcutta,  who  was  an  assistant  master  at  the 
school  from  1836 — 1852.  They  were  designed  by  Mr. 

126 


»-.  *t1K@*!    ;,.  _        , 

!!  11  fir*  m\ 


Photo.  E.  H.  Speight. 

EAST   WINDOW   OF    CHAPEL. 


CHAP.    II]         BUILDINGS  AND   GROUNDS  Windows 

Butterfield  and  executed  by  Messrs.  Gibbs.  Below 
the  windows  are  a  central  cross  and  eighteen  medal- 
lions in  mosaic  ;  round  the  cross  are  the  four  evan- 
gelists, on  the  left  Old  Testament  heroes,  on  the  right 
some  mediaeval  saints.  They  were  presented  by  two 
masters  and  some  Old  Rugbeians.  Above  the  win- 
dows in  the  apse  is  a  large  mosaic  representing  God 
the  Father  surrounded  by  the  symbols  of  the  four 
evangelists,  and  angels  at  the  sides.  On  the  com- 
munion table  are  a  pair  of  seventeenth-century 
candlesticks  in  bronze  gilt,  given  by  Rev.  R.  Bird, 
assistant  master  1821  —  1841.  On  either  side  of  the 
chancel  are  memorial  slabs,  some  of  men  who  have 
gained  renown  in  the  outer  world  or  spent  their  lives 
in  the  service  of  the  school,  others  of  Rugbeians  whose 
promise  has  been  cut  short  by  an  early  death.  On 
the  south  wall  of  the  chancel  is  a  window  represent- 
ing the  Flight  into  Egypt.  It  was  presented  to  the 
school  by  Rugbeians  in  India  in  memory  of  their 
comrades  (who  fell  previous  to  the  Mutiny) :  an  in- 
scription on  brass  below  runs  thus : 

"  Hanc  fenestram  Rugbeienses  apud  Indos  Orientales 
•commorantes  suorum  baud  obliti.  P.  C.  MDCCLii." 

It  is  in  what  was  called  Nuremberg  style,  and  came 
from  the  workshops  of  the  Kelners,  who  supplied 
several  of  the  new  windows  in  Cologne  Cathedral. 
The  art  of  staining  glass  was  at  a  low  ebb  unfortun- 
ately at  the  time,  and  the  window  with  its  common- 
place design  and  smooth  bad  colouring  is  not  an 
ornament.  Already  the  colours  are  beginning  to  run, 

127 


Windows  RUdliV  [CHAP.    II 

as  they  did  in  a  window  by  the  same  firm  which  was 
presented  by  Dr.  Goulburn  and  stood  in  the  south 
transept  till  the  recent  alterations.  The  subject  was 
Christ  blessing  Children,  and  less  than  half  a  century 
had  reduced  it  to  a  lamentable  condition  :  it  is  a  pity 
that  the  same  fate  does  not  overtake  all  bad  glass. 
But  though  the  glass  perishes  the  memory  of  the  gift 
remains. 

Very  different  to  these  is  the  first  window  on  the 
south  wall,  as  we  leave  the  chancel.  It  is  a  very 
beautiful  work,  which  came  from  Rouen,  and  was  put 
up  in  1839,  having  been  purchased  by  subscription. 
No  details  of  its  purchase  have  been  handed  down,  but 
the  fact  that  Rouen  was  its  place  of  purchase  would 
not  necessarily  indicate  that  it  is  French  work.  It 
has  been  put  down  as  fourteenth-century  work,  but  it 
cannot  be  so  early :  the  flat  triple  arch  in  the  upper 
part  with  its  renaissance  mouldings  would  seem  to 
point  to  the  sixteenth  century.  The  dreadful  glass 
in  the  tracery  at  the  top  and  the  scroll  below  were 
added  to  adapt  it  to  its  present  shape.  It  has  been 
generally  taken,  as  the  texts  on  the  scroll  indicate,  to 
represent  the  Presentation  in  the  Temple.  There  are, 
however,  certain  features  which  militate  against  this 
theory.  The  figure  of  the  man  kneeling  at  the  Virgin's 
feet  and  holding  a  book  is  more  suggestive  of  some 
other  saint  than  Simeon,  who,  we  believe,  is  uni- 
versally represented  as  standing  to  take  the  child 
in  his  arms.  The  beautiful  figure,  too,  of  the  woman 
kneeling  on  a  cushion  suggests  in  many  ways  the 
figure  of  a  donor.  However  this  may  be,  the  glass  is 

128 


CHAP.  II]          BUILDINGS  AND   GROUNDS 


Windows 


very  beautiful.    The  figure  of  Simeon,  if  it  be  Simeon, 

is  said  by  Radclyffe  to  be  modern,  while  Benson,  in 

"  The  Book  of  Rugby  School," 

speaks  of  it  as  partly  modern  : 

if  any  of  it  be  modern  it  has 

been    exceedingly    well    done. 

The  blue  background  seems  to 

show  signs   of  different  hands 

in  its  differences  of  colour  and 

greater  and  less  markedness  of 

pattern. 

Close  by  this  window  on  the 
Wall  is  a  monument  by  West- 
macott  to  Dr.  Wooll,  who  was 
head  master  from  1806 — 1828, 
and  who,  as  the  inscription  by 
an  old  pupil,  the  Rev.  J.  H. 
Macaulay,  head  master  of  Rep- 
ton  school,  testifies,  "  amores 
omnium  singulari  quadam  sua- 
vitate  sibi  conciliavit."' 

By  the  door  on  the  projecting 
east  wall  of  the  transept  is  a 
beautiful  portrait  medallion  by 
Mr.  Bruce-Joy  of  the  late  Arch- 
bishop Benson,  assistant  master 
from  1852 — 1859;  above  are 
some  memorial  tablets.  The 

two  south  windows  of  this  transept  were  designed  by 
Mr.  Butterfield  and  executed  by  Messrs.  Gibbs.  The 
one  further  west  was  given  by  Mrs.  Buckoll  in  memory 

129  K 


PJwto. 


E.  If.  Speight. 


SO-CALLED      "  PRESENTA- 
TION "   WINDOW. 


Windows  RUC.I5Y  [CHAP.    II 

of  her  husband,  the  Rev.  H.  J.  Buckoll,  assistant  master 
from  1826  till  his  death  in  June,  1871,  and  author  of 
the  hymns  for  the  beginning  and  end  of  term  and  of 
several  others  well  known  to  all  Rugbeians.  The  sub- 
ject is  the  Transfiguration  :  in  the  upper  lights  are  our 
Lord  in  glory  with  Moses  and  Elias  ;  below  are  Peter, 
James,  and  John  ;  and  below  these  again  three  small 
groups  representing  the  Feeding  of  the  Multitude. 
The  corresponding  window  was  erected  by  the  Rev. 
C.  B.  Hutchinson,  assistant  master  from  1858 — 1884, 
and  his  wife,  in  memory  of  their  only  son,  who  died  in 
May,  1866,  in  his  fifth  year.  Above  are  our  Lord  in 
glory  with  St.  Stephen  and  St.  John  the  Baptist ;  below 
are  the  three  archangels,  typical  of  guardian  spirits  ; 
and  at  the  bottom  three  small  groups  of  the  Nativity, 
Christ  with  the  Doctors  in  the  Temple,  and  Christ 
blessing  little  Children. 

The  window  in  the  west  wall  of  this  transept  was 
inserted  in  1898,  in  memory  of  Dr.  Goulburn,  head 
master  from  1850 — 1858.  It  is  a  fine  example  of  the 
work  of  a  distinguished  Old  Rugbeian  artist,  Mr. 
C.  E.  Kempe,  and,  like  the  window  which  it  has  re- 
placed, represents  Christ  blessing  Children  :  unfortun- 
ately, in  the  position  it  occupies  it  is  not  seen  to  the 
best  advantage. 

The  next  window  on  the  south  wall  of  the  west  end 
is  again  an  old  window.  It  was  bought  by  a  subscrip- 
tion raised  at  the  Universities  and  was  erected  in  1840. 
It  came  from  Germany  (the  exact  place  of  purchase 
has  not  been  recorded),  and  is  probably  sixteenth- 
century  work.  While  not  to  be  compared  to  the  two 

130 


(HAT.    II]          BUILDINGS  AND   GROUNDS  Windows 

old  windows  previously  mentioned,  it  has  considerable 
merits  of  colour.  It  represents  our  Lord  before  Pilate. 
When  it  was  bought  it  is  said  to  have  "  suffered  some- 
what from  the  introduction  of  a  gray  landscape  and 
the  intrusion  of  a  mean  figure  holding  an  ewer  before 
Pilate's  feet ":  these  were  removed  about  1855.  As 
in  the  other  cases  the  text  is  an  addition.  The  flat 
triple  arch  is  again  noticeable  in  the  composition  of 
this  window. 

The  last  window  on  the  south  side,  by  Messrs. 
Hardman,  depicts  the  Entombment  and  Resurrection. 
It  was  presented  by  friends  in  memory  of  Old  Rug- 
beians  who  died  in  the  Indian  Mutiny  :  their  names 
are  recorded  on  a  brass  plate  below  the  window.  The 
west  window  in  the  south  aisle  has  recently  been  filled 
with  glass  by  Morris  and  Co.,  from  a  design  by  Sir 
E.  Burne-Jones.  It  was  presented  by  J.  Collins,  Esq., 
in  memory  of  his  mother.  The  west  doors  open  into 
an  ante-chapel :  over  the  door  on  the  inside  is  in- 
scribed in  gold  letters  :  eutppavfav  STTI  rei$  e!pmo<nv  JAOI  elg 
TOV  olnov  xvpov  TTO^VJO^X — "  I  was  glad  when  they  said 
unto  me,  We  will  go  into  the  house  of  the  Lord." 
The  windows  in  the  ante-chapel  are  by  a  French 
artist  and  were  given  principally  by  Dr.  Goulburn. 
They  represent  "The  Confession  of  Boys,  The  Acts 
of  St.  Lawrence,  The  First  Communion,  and  The 
Four  Professions."  Returning  to  the  chapel  the  first 
window  on  the  north  side  is  a  companion  window  to 
the  "  Mutiny  Window,"  by  the  same  firm,  put  up  in 
memory  of  Old  Rugbeians  who  fell  in  the  Crimea  :  it 
represents  the  Confession  of  the  Centurion.  The 


Windows  RUC.IJY  [CHAP.   II 

next  window  is  again  an  old  one  :  it  was  inserted  in 
1836,  having  been  bought  by  subscription.  It  is  said 
by  Radclyffe  to  have  come,  like  the  east  window, 
from  Aerschot,  but  curiously  enough  Benson  does 
not  record  the  fact.  Like  the  other  old  windows,  it 
is  probably  sixteenth-century  work.  The  colour  is 
good,  but  it  is  perhaps  the  least  attractive  of  the  old 
windows.  The  subject  of  it  has  been  disputed  :  the 
inscription,  added  when  the  window  was  put  up,  runs 
thus  "  Apparuit  primo  Marian  Magdalenae.  Sanctus 
Marcus,  cap.  xvi.,  ver.  9  "  :  but  it  certainly  represents 
the  traditional  appearance  of  our  Lord  after  His 
resurrection  to  His  mother.  He  appears,  as  Benson 
says,  in  red,  "  in  garments  dyed  from  Bozra,"  with 
"  the  standard  of  His  victory  over  Death  and  Hell  in 
His  hands,"  while  she  is  turning  towards  Him,  "join- 
ing her  hands  and,  according  to  the  plaintive  old 
legend,  falling  upon  her  knees,  to  thank  Him  meekly 
for  that  He  had  been  pleased  to  bring  redemption  to 
man,  and  to  make  her  the  humble  instrument  of  His 
great  mercy." 

The  window  in  the  west  wall  of  the  north  transept 
contains  three  small  single  figures,  by  Wailes  and 
Hardman  :  the  central  figure  of  Christ  blessing  a  child 
was  given  by  Mr.  Bloxam  ;  the  St.  John  on  the  right 
by  friends  in  memory  of  R.  B.  Townsend,  a  Rugbeian 
who  died  young  in  1852  ;  the  St.  Luke  on  the  left  by 
members  of  the  Sixth  Form  in  1846. 

Close  by  on  the  north  wall  are  monuments  to  Dr. 
Arnold  and  Dean  Stanley,  one  above  the  other.  Both 
monuments  have  recumbent  figures  :  that  of  Stanley 

132 


CHAP.   II]          BUILDINGS   AND   GROUNDS  Monuments 

is  a  fine  work  by  Boehm,  full  of  quiet  dignity ;  that 
of  Arnold  above  it  is  by  Mr.  John  Thomas,  a  well- 
known  sculptor  of  the  time,  but  it  is  sadly  to  seek  both 
in  design  and  execution.  It  bears  the  following  in- 
scription, written  by  Arnold's  great  friend,  Chevalier 
Bunsen  : 

Vir.  Rev. 

THOMAS  ARNOLD,  S.T.P. 

Historiae  .  recent .  aevi .  tradendae  .  apud  .  Oxonien  .  pro  .  Reg 
hujus  .  Scholae  .  per .  annos  .  xiv  .  antistes  .  strenuus  .  unice  .  dilectus 

Thucydidem  .  illustravit .  Historiam  .  Romanam  .  scripsit 

Populi .  Christiani 
libertatem .  dignitatem  .  vindicavit .  fidem  .  confirmavit .  scriptis  .  vita 

Christum .  praedicavit .  apud  .  vos 
Juvenum  .  animos  .  monumentum  .  sibi .  deligens. 

Tanti .  viri .  effigies  .  vobis  .  hie .  est .  proposita 

Corpus .  sub  .  altari .  conquiescit 
Anima  .  in  .  suam  .  sedem  .  patre  .  vocante  .  immigravit 

fortis  .  pia  .  laeta 

Nat.  a.  d.  XIII .  Jun.MDCCXC.  Mort.a.  d.  xn.  Jun.  MDCCCXLII 
amici .  posuerunt. 

The  inscription  on  Dean  Stanley's  monument  runs 
as  follows  : 

"Effigie,  quam  spectatis,  revocatur  alumnus  hujusce  scholae 
germanus  et  primarius,  ejusdemque,  et  supra  jacentis  magistri, 
interpres  unicus,  Arthur  Penrhyn  Stanley,  Ecclesiae  West- 
monasteriensis,  ubi  sepultus  est,  Decanus,  qui  cum  litteris, 
theologia,  perigrinatione,  optiini  cujusque  consuetudine,  ingenio, 
vel  senior,  recente,  apud  aequales  floreret,  in  publicis  et  privatis 
officiis  ita  versatus  est,  ut  patriam  et  civitatem  dei  uno  amore 
complexus,  Christum  non  in  deserto  non  in  penetralibus  quojrere, 
sed  palam  loquentem  mundo,  docentemque  in  synagoga  et  in 

133 


Monuments 


RUGBY 


[CHAP,  ii 


templo,  pertranseuntemque  benefaciendo,  sibi  imitandum  pro- 
ponere  videretur.  Natus  Id.  Decemb.  A.  S.  MDCCCXV  obiit  a.  d. 
xv.  Kal.  Sext.  MDCCCLXXXI." 

Above  these  monuments  is  a  window  in  memory  of 
Mrs.  Arnold,  wife  of  Dr.  Arnold,  given  by  members 
of  the  family  :  it  represents  in  the  upper  lights 


Photo. 


CHAPEL,    NEW    WEST    END. 


E.  If.  Speight. 


Abraham,  Isaac,  and  Jacob  ;  below  them  Sarah,  Re- 
bekah,  and  Rachel ;  and  below  these  three  small  scenes, 
Abraham  entertaining  angels,  Rebekah  meeting  Isaac, 
and  Jacob  meeting  Rachel.  The  corresponding  win- 
dow on  the  same  side  was  erected  to  the  memory  of 
the  Rev.  C.  T.  Arnold,  assistant  master  from  1841  — 

134 


CHAP.    II]          HUILDINGS   AND   GROUNDS  Monuments 

1878  :  at  the  top  are  Nehemiah,  David,  and  Malachi, 
then  Ezra,  Elijah,  and  Zechariah,  and  at  the  bottom 
three  scenes  of  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount.  These 
windows  are  by  the  same  firm  as  the  ones  opposite 
them  in  the  south  transept.  Below  this  window  is  a 
large  memorial  slab  to  Archbishop  Tait,  head  master 
from  1842 — 1850,  and  one  to  Theodore  Walrond. 

The  inscription  to  Tait  is  by  Archbishop  Benson, 
and  runs  as  follows  : 

"  Ne  vaster  sacer  paries  nomine  ceteris  caro  vobis  proprio 
videatur  indigere,  Archibald!  Campbell  Tait,  hie  legite  virum 
animo  vere  Rugbeiensi  atque  Arnoldiano  octo  annos  Arnoldo 
proximos  vobis  prasfuisse  profuisse.  Academiae  qui  antea 
Oxoniensi  in  deliciis  habitus,  capitulo  post  Carleolensi  sedibus 
Londinensi  Cantuariensi  prasfectus,  XIII  tandem  annos  in  pri- 
matu  gerendo  versatus  totius  Anglise  immo  majoris  Britannia, 
indolem  virilem  cum  simplici  pietate  conjunxit.  Judicio  sen- 
suque  omnium  communi  plusquam  omnes  usus,  partibus  nihil, 
multum  paci  concedendo,  morum,  orationis,  prudential,  gravitate, 
sale,  securitate,  patribus  et  senatus  et  ecclesiae  consiliantibus 
auctor  sanus  sapiensque  placuit.  Tantum  virum  Deus  vita; 
disciplina  pame  tragica  ut  filium  Ipsi  acceptum  erudiebat. 
Domum  ad  suos  revocavit  in  DCA  prima  Adventus  A  DNI 

MDCCCLXXXII  ^Et.  LXXII." 

Finally,  among  the  memorial  slabs  on  the  east  wall 
of  this  transept,  we  may  notice  one  written  by  Dr. 
Arnold  to  a  pupil  whose  life  was  lost  in  the  endeavour 
to  rescue  another  boy  when  bathing  in  Churchover 
Brook.  "  Infra  sepultus  jacet  JOHANNES  WALKER, 
I.E.,  juvenis  ingeniosus,  mitis,  pius,  proptereaque  im- 
pavidus,  qui  sodalem  vicino  fluvio  jam  submersum 
morti  erepturus,  ipse  vitam  vita  redemit.  A.n.  v. 
Kal.  Sept.  A.  S.  MDCCCXLI  aet.  XVI." 

135 


Chapel  Exterior  RUGBY  [CHAP.   II 

The  chief  feature  of  the  exterior  of  the  chapel  is  a 
hexagonal  tower  at  the  east  end,  which  is  surmounted 
by  a  heavy-looking  stone  cap.  The  height  of  the 
tower  is  138  feet.  It  is  strengthened  at  the  base  by 
ungainly  buttresses,  and  the  exterior  of  the  building 
in  general  lacks  the  dignity  which  the  interior  possesses 
in  large  measure.  On  the  north  wall  of  the  west  end 
is  an  inscription  (by  Mr.  R.  Whitelaw)  recording  the 
rebuilding  of  the  west  end  in  memory  of  the  Rev. 
P.  Bowden-Smith,  assistant  master  from  1852  till  his 
death  in  1895.  It  runs  as  follows  : 

"  Carum  et  honoratum  nomen  Philippum  Bowden-Smith 
Rugbeiensem  per  XLVII  annos  discipulum  magistrum  amplificata 
hac  aede  commemoraverunt  omni  aetate  uno  animo  amici  an.  sal. 

MDCCCLXCV1I1." 

The  enlarged  chapel  was  reopened  by  the  Arch- 
bishop of  Canterbury  (Dr.  Temple)  in  October,  1898. 
The  Goulburn  window  and  Benson  memorial  were  un- 
veiled by  him  at  the  same  time.  It  should  perhaps 
be  added  that  a  scheme  is  now  on  foot  for  the  erection 
of  memorials  to  two  of  the  most  distinguished  sons  of 
Rugby — one  to  A.  H.  Clough,  the  other  to  Matthew 
Arnold,  whose  well-known  poem,  "  Rugby  Chapel,"  is 
the  best  expression  of  his  father's  greatness  and  his 
own. 

The  hymn-book  used  in  the  chapel  is  a  special  one  ; 
it  has  grown  through  several  editions  from  a  small 
book  published  in  1804,  the  first  special  hymnal  of 
any  public  school,  which  contained  only  thirty-eight 
"  Psalms,  Anthems,  and  Hymns."  The  present  edition, 
published  in  i897,contains  359hymns.  Its  chief  features 

136 


CHAP.   II]          BUILDINGS   AND  GROUNDS  The  Bath 

are  the  number  of  hymns  (forty)  based  on  psalms,  and 
the  hymns  for  special  school  occasions  written  by  the 
Rev.  H.  J.  Buckoll,  who  is  commemorated  in  a  window 
in  the  south  transept.  Several  of  the  best  tunes  in 
the  special  tune- book  are  by  music-masters  and  other 
masters  at  the  school. 


OTHER  BUILDINGS. 

The  path  from  the  chapel  along  the  west  side  of  the 
Close  leads  to  the  bath.  This  was  opened  in  1876, 
and  is  the  chief  of  many  splendid  gifts  to  the  school 
from  the  Rev.  T.  W.  Jex-Blake.  Over  the  door  is 
the  inscription  "  Rugbeiensis  Rugbeiensibus."  The 
actual  water  surface  of  the  bath  is  70  feet  long  by 
30  feet  broad  ;  the  depth  is  graduated  from  3  feet 
6  inches  to  6  feet  6  inches  ;  there  is  a  heating  appa- 
ratus by  which  the  temperature  of  the  water  is  so  re- 
gulated that  the  bath  can  be  used  all  the  year  round. 
The  old  bath,  on  the  site  of  which  it  stands,  was  a  very 
small  one  (dug  as  early  as  1754),  fed  by  the  springs 
which  in  former  times  filled  the  fishponds  of  the  monks 
of  the  Grange  :  the  water,  according  to  all  accounts, 
must  have  been  very  cold.  A  good  swimming  bath 
had  become  more  of  a  necessity,  since  the  growth  of  the 
town  had  destroyed  the  charm  of  the  bathing-places 
in  the  Avon,  beloved  by  former  generations, "  Swift's," 
named  after  the 

"  Silent  and  modest  brook  !  who  dippest  here 
Thy  foot  in  Avon,  as  if  childish  fear 
Withheld  thee  for  a  moment ' 

137 


Gymnasium  RUGBY  [CHAP.    II 

and     "  Aganippe,"     and    the     shallower     stretch    of 
"  Sleath's." 

At  the  south-west  corner  of  the  Close  are  several 
buildings — two  covered  Eton  Fives-courts,  built  and 
presented  in  1864  by  some  masters  whose  names  are 
recorded  on  a  stone  inside  the  court — the  gymnasium 
and  workshop,  and  the  "  New  "  cricket  pavilion.  The 
gymnasium  was  opened  in  1872.  It  is  a  large  building, 
particularly  ugly  on  the  outside,  but  providing  inside 
ample  space  and  every  conceivable  kind  of  appliance 
for  the  development  of  muscles.  It  is  built  on  the 
side  of  a  slope,  and  the  ground  floor  was  fitted  up  and 
opened  in  1880  as  a  workshop.  A  small  subscription 
is  charged  for  the  use  of  the  bath,  gymnasium,  and 
workshop,  which  are  controlled  by  skilled  attendants. 
In  the  south-east  corner  of  the  Close  are  two  racquet 
courts  and  several  fives  courts.  The  first  racquet 
court  was  built  in  1859,  the  second  in  1884.  Both  courts 
have  been  recently  covered  with  Mr.  Bickley's  patent 
cement,  which,  while  hard  and  durable,  has  the  great 
advantage  of  allowing  no  moisture  to  form  on  it,  so 
that  the  courts  can  be  played  on  now  on  the  man}' 
days  when  a  quick  change  of  temperature  causes  the 
ordinary  cement  wall  to  be  bathed  in  wet.  Fives 
courts  are  built  against  the  walls  of  the  old  racquet 
court  on  both  sides.  These  are  "  Rugby  "  fives  courts, 
oblong  courts  with  plain  walls  ;  they  are  of  different 
dimensions,  the  results  of  various  experiments  at 
realizing  the  ideal  size  for  a  court  of  the  kind.  New 
fives  courts  have  been  and  are  being  erected  in  a  line 
with  the  new  racquet  court,  and  the  dimensions  of  the 

138 


CHAP.    II]          BUILDINGS   AND   GROUNDS          Fives  Courts 

latest  of  these  is  29  feet  by  19  feet ;  the  back  wall  is 
5  feet  high,  with  wire  netting  above,  the  front  wall 
about  30  feet  high,  the  service  board  29  inches.  The 
courts  which  experience  has  shown  to  be  least  suitable 
for  hand  fives  are  principally  used  for  squash  racquets. 
Between  the  two  racquet  courts  is  a  bat  fives  court 


I 'ho in.  /•:.  H.  Sf  eight. 

NI-:\V    lilCSIDK,    BATH,    AND    < ;  Y.M  N  ASI  I'M. 

with  no  side  walls,  and  at  the  back  of  the  old  racquet 
court  are  two  uncovered  Eton  fives  courts  :  here,  too, 
is  a  large  corrugated  iron  shed,  presented  by  Dr. 
Percival,  where  cricket  can  be  practised  in  the  spring 
on  a  cocoanut  matting  pitch.  Close  by  the  racquet 
courts  is  the  boarding  house  (now  Mr.  W.  P.  Brooke's), 
the  only  one  (excepting  the  School  House)  built  on 
school  property,  and  owned  by  the  Governing  Body  : 

139 


Temple  Observatory  RUGBY  [CHAP.    II 

it  was  built  by  Sir  Gilbert  Scott.  Just  beyond  it  we 
come  to  the  Island  (see  p.  92),  on  the  edge  of  which 
is  the  old  cricket  pavilion. 

A  gate  behind  the  Island  takes  us  out  into  the 
Barby  Road.  Almost  opposite  this  gate  a  road  leads 
in  a  few  yards  to  the  sanatorium,  where  all  serious 
cases  of  illness  are  attended  to  ;  it  contains  forty  beds. 
Opposite  the  sanatorium,  on  the  left  side  of  the  road, 
is  the  Temple  Observatory.  This  building  was  due 
mainly  to  the  Rev.  J.  M.  Wilson,  assistant  master 
1859 — 1879,  now  Archdeacon  of  Manchester,  who  pre- 
sented the  telescope.  It  was  opened  in  1878,  with 
sub-curator's  house  attached,  on  ground  given  by  the 
Governing  Body.  The  big  telescope  in  the  observatory 
was  originally  made  for  the  Rev.  W.  R.  Dawes,  a  well- 
known  astronomer  :  it  is  thus  described  in  the  memoirs 
of  the  R.  A.  S. :  "  Equatorial,  originally  mounted  at 
Haddenham  (Hopefield  Observatory),  Bucks.  The 
glass  was  cut  by  Chance  and  Co.  Aperture  8£  inches, 
focal  length  no  inches.  The  figure  is  excellent  to 
the  circumference,  and  the  dispersion  but  a  little  over- 
corrected.  The  finder  has  an  aperture  of  2  inches. 
The  micrometer  was  a  parallel  wire  by  Dolland.  A 
driving  clock  and  a  very  good  Bond's  spring  governor 
render  the  action  very  smooth." 

The  telescope  bears  the  following  inscription  ; 
"  Hoc  Perspicillum  in  usum  Dawesii  ab  Alvano  Clark 
elaboratum,  Scholae  Rugbeiensi,  quo  cceli  miracula 
explorent,  scientiam  augeant,  exerceant  ingenia,  in  dei 
gloriam,  Frederico  Temple  auctore,  D.D.,  J.  M. 
Wilson,  A.D.  MDCCCLXXI."  The  observatory  also 

140 


CHAP.    II]        BUILDINGS   AND   GROUNDS    T.  Hughes  Statue 

contains  a  transit  instrument  and  a  twelve-inch  re- 
flecting telescope.  Regular  observations  of  double 
stars  have  been  taken  here  for  many  years  past.  It 
is  open  to  boys  at  certain  times  on  all  .cloudless 
evenings  during  the  term. 

Returning  to  the  Barby  Road  and  turning  to  the 
right  past  a  boarding  house  (now  Mr.  C.  G.  Steel's),  ' 
we  reach  the  Temple  Reading  Room  and  Art  Museum, 
the  former  in  the  lower  storey  of  the  building,  the 
latter  above  it.  The  north  end  of  the  building  is  the 
curator's  house.  The  block  stands  back  from  the 
road,  and  on  the  lawn  in  front  of  it  was  erected,  in 
1899,  the  statue  of  the  late  Judge  Hughes,  known  to 
all  the  world  as  the  author  of  "  Tom  Brown's  School- 
days." It  was  erected  by  subscription  amongst  old 
Rugbeians  and  others,  a  surplus  of  £186  over  the 
cost  of  the  statue  (;£i,ooo)  being  devoted  to  the 
Home  Mission.  The  statue  is  the  work  of  Mr.  T. 
Brock,  R.A.,  and  is  successful  as  few  modern  open-air 
statues  are.  The  figure,  which  is  more  than  life-size, 
is  of  white  marble  and  stands  on  a  pedestal  of  gray 
granite,  the  total  height  being  about  eighteen  feet. 
He  is  represented  as  bare-headed,  with  a  pen  in  the 
right  hand  and  a  book  in  the  left ;  the  head,  half 
turned  to  the  right,  looks  over  the  Close  towards  the 
School  House.  The  pose  is  very  natural  and  dignified, 
the  difficulties  of  modern  dress  have  been  very  skilfully 
overcome,  and  the  whole  gives  a  vivid  impression  of  a 
strong,  fearless  man.  The  likeness  is  also  pronounced 
to  be  excellent  by  those  best  qualified  to  judge.  On 
the  pedestal  is  the  following  inscription  :  "  Thomas 

141 


T.  Hughes  Statue 


RUCJIJV 


[CHAP.    IT 


Photo. 


E.  H.  Speight. 


STATUE   OF   THOMAS    HUGHES. 


Hughes,  Q.C.,  M.P.,  author  of  '  Tom  Brown.'  Born  Oc- 
tober XIX.,  MDCCCXXII.  Died  March  XXII.,  MDCCCXCVI. 
Watch  ye  :  Stand  fast  in  the  faith  :  Quit  you  like  men : 
Be  strong."  The  statue  was  unveiled  by  the  Archbishop 

142 


CHAP.  II]    BUILDINGS  AND  GROUNDS   Temple  Reading  Room 

of  Canterbury  on  Speech  Day,  1899,  before  a  large 
company  made  especially  interesting  by  the  presence 
of  several  of"  Tom  Brown's  "  contemporaries  at  school. 
Amongst  the  speakers  on  that  occasion,  the  Right 
Hon.  G.  J.  Goschen  (O.R.)  expressed  most  happily 
the  feelings  which  prompted  the  erection  of  a  statue 


rtwto. 


G.  A.  Dean. 


TEMPLE    READING    ROOM. 


as  the  most  fitting  memorial  of  Tom  Brown  at  Rugby, 
referring  to  him  as  "  the  incarnation  of  the  highest 
form  of  the  British  schoolboy,  the  best  type  of  the 
character  of  the  school  which  moulded  him." 

The  Temple  Reading  Room  was  opened  in  1879; 
the  special  subscription  list  towards  it,  in  memory  of 
Dr.  Temple's  headmastership,  is  notable  for  an  anony- 
mous gift  of  £2,000.  It  contains  the  bulk  of  the 

H3 


Art  Museum  RUGBY  [CHAP.    II 

school  library,  the  Arnold  Library  as  it  is  still  called. 
The  chief  newspapers  and  periodicals  are  taken  in, 
and  the  room  is  open  to  subscribers  during  the  greater 
part  of  the  day.  The  windows  are  of  stained  glass, 
bearing  the  names  and  arms  of  Rugby  boys  and 
masters  who  have  become  bishops.  At  the  end  of  the 
room  is  a  bronze  bust  by  Mr.  T.  Brock,  R.A.,  of  the 
late  Lord  Bowen,  and  a  beautiful  water-colour  by 
Sir  W.  B.  Richmond,  R.A.,  of  the  late  Dean 
Vaughan.  Here,  too,  is  hung  a  photograph  of  the 
late  G.  Nutt,  assistant  master  1874 — 1895,  to  whose 
knowledge  and  zeal  as  librarian  the  library  owes  a 
great  debt.  In  the  library  there  now  stands  a 
model  of  the  Acropolis  presented  by  the  British 
Museum. 

Above  the  reading-room  is  the  art  museum,  one  of 
the  most  interesting  places  in  Rugby,  the  existence  of 
which  is  a  striking  testimony  to  the  efforts  made  by 
modern  educational  systems  to  widen  the  range  of 
mental  activity.  The  institution  was  mainly  due  to 
Dr.  Jex-Blake,  "in  the  hope"  (to  quote  his  words) 
"  that  leisure  hours  would  then  be  given  by  many 
boys  to  a  delightful  form  of  culture,  often  too  little 
thought  of  at  home  or  school,  and  with  the  conviction 
that  some  few  boys  would  draw  great  enjoyment,  life- 
long interest,  and  a  new  faculty  from  it."  An  interest- 
ing illustrated  account  of  the  museum  (from  which 
these  notes  are  for  the  most  part  taken)  was  con- 
tributed by  the  curator,  Mr.  T.  M.  Lindsay,  to  "  The 
Magazine  of  Art"  for  September,  1898.  In  this 
account  he  pays  a  just  tribute  to  the  generosity  of 

144 


CHAP.    II]         BUILDINGS   AND  GROUNDS  Art  Museum 

the  late  Mr.  M.  H.  Bloxam,  whose  most  valuable  and 
interesting  gifts  form  the  nucleus  of  the  collection. 
Mr.  Bloxam  was  widely  .known  as  an  antiquary  and 
author  of  a  "  Handbook  of  Gothic  Architecture"  ;  to 
all  Rugbeians  he  was  also  known  as  an  unfailing 
friend  of  his  old  school  for  more  than  half  a  century. 
With  the  exception  of  some  family  portraits  he  either 
gave  or  bequeathed  the  whole  of  his  magnificent 
collections  to  the  school.  Many  others,  besides  Mr. 
Bloxam,  have  contributed  generously  to  the  collec- 
tion, which  now  contains  specimens  of  many  kinds  of 
work  of  artistic  and  archaeological  value.  It  com- 
prises "  paintings  in  oil  and  water  colours  ;  statuary 
in  plaster,  marble,  and  bronze  (original  and  copies) ; 
casts  of  antique  gems  ;  arms  and  armour  ;  carvings  in 
wood  and  stone  ;  ancient  pottery,  glass,  coins,  and 
medals  ;  ecclesiastical  metal  work  ;  examples  of  mural 
painting  from  demolished  churches  ;  engravings,  etch- 
ings, mezzotints,  photogravures,  and  their  variants  ; 
photographs  of  nature  and  art  ;  wood-engravings  ;  the 
Arundel  Society's  publications  in  chromo-lithography, 
and  fictile  ivories,  etc." 

The  visitor  will  find  all  the  exhibits  clearly  labelled 
and  arranged,  as  far  as  possible,  according  to  their 
classes  or  periods.  Amongst  the  drawings  and  paint- 
ings he  should  not  fail  to  notice  three  drawings  by 
Michael  Angelo,  and  one  of  St.  Michael  "attributed 
to  Raphael,  but  more  probably  by  his  pupil,  Giulio 
Romano "  ;  a  small  oil  painting  by  Turner,  charac- 
teristic of  his  later  manner;  a  good  example  of  J.  S. 
Cotman  ;  two  small  portraits  by  Ferdinand  Bol, 

H5  L 


Art  Museum  RUGBY  [CHAP.    II 

and  a  portrait  by  Sir  Joshua  Reynolds,  "  much  re- 
stored," of  a  Mr.  John  Bland  ;  a  portrait  of  a  baby 
attributed  to  Velasquez  ;  an  excellent  collection  of 
water-colours,  including  examples  of  Cox,  Turner, 
Prout,  Alfred  Hunt,  and  many  others  ;  a  fine  drawing 
in  charcoal  and  coloured  chalks  (Perseus  and  Andro- 
meda) by  Sir  E.  J.  Poynter,  and  pencil  drawings  by 
John  Flaxman  and  the  late  Lord  Leighton.  Amongst 
the  cases  in  the  room  the  most  interesting  perhaps  is 
the  one  which  contains  a  number  of  Greek  helmets. 
One  of  these  is  of  unique  interest,  from  the  fact  that  it 
comes  from  the  bed  of  the  river  Sert,  the  ancient 
Centrites,  a  tributary  of  the  Tigris.  The  river  barred 
the  way  of  the  Greeks  in  the  famous  retreat  of  the 
Ten  Thousand,  and  they  had  considerable  difficulty  in 
effecting  the  passage  of  it  with  the  Persians  opposing 
them  on  the  opposite  bank,  and  the  Carduchi  threaten- 
ing their  rear  (Xen.  Anab.  iv.  3).  It  is  most  probable 
then  that  this  helmet  belonged  to  one  of  the  Ten 
Thousand.  It  was  discovered  in  1884,  when  Mr.  T.  B. 
Oakley  and  another  old  Rugbeian  were  being  carried 
down  the  Sert  on  a  raft.  The  raft  got  into  shallow 
water  where  the  Sert  joins  the  Tigris,  and  the  boat- 
man, in  lifting  up  his  pole  from  the  bed  of  the  stream, 
brought  up  on  it  this  telmet.  It  was  taken  to  be  an 
old  copper  kettle,  and  Mr.  Oakley  bought  it  for 
about  a  shilling  :  he  afterwards  gave  it  to  Mr.  Bloxam. 
Noticeable  also  amongst  the  collection  of  armour  is 
a  very  rare  Gothic  gauntlet,  of  which  we  believe  only 
two  other  specimens  exist,  and  some  buff  jerkins  of 
the  Commonwealth  period,  which  are  also  rare.  Many 

146 


Art  Museum  RUGliV  [CHAP.    II 

of  the  relics  of  the  period  of  the  Civil  Wars  come  from 
the  neighbouring  battle-fields  of  Naseby  and  Edgehill. 
There  is  also  a  fine  trophy -of  Dervish  arms,  recently 
given  by  Colonel  Sir  C.  S.  B.  Parsons  (O.R.). 

A  very  interesting  case  from  the  Bloxam  collection, 
placed  under  the  window  on  the  staircase,  contains 
weapons  illlustrating  the  development  of  the  primitive 
palaeolithic  flint-head  into  the  battle-axes  of  mediaeval 
times.  On  the  staircase,  too,  should  be  noticed  the 
chair  and  table  which  Dr.  Arnold  habitually  used 
when  teaching.  These  are  very  few  amongst  the  things 
which  form  the  permanent  collection  :  they  are  sup- 
plemented from  time  to  time  by  loan  collections  of 
.various  kinds.  Gift,  bequest,  and  purchase  have  so 
enlarged  the  contents  of  the  art  museum  that  the  sum 
of  £16,000,  for  which  they  are  insured,  is  said  to  fall 
short  by  £9,000  of  their  real  value. 

Adjoining  the  art  museum  is  the  drawing  school, 
built  in  1888,  a  large  room  45  feet  by  35  feet,  made  of 
wood  and  iron  :  the  outside,  which  is  not  beautiful,  is 
fortunately  screened  by  some  trees  :  the  inside  is  light 
and  well  adapted  for  its  purpose,  and  is  well  furnished 
with  casts.. 

Close  to  the  corner  where  the  Barby  Road  joins  the 
Hillmorton  Road  are  some  wood  and  iron  sheds 
erected  in  1 894.  They  contain  a  large  room  where 
the  collections  of  the  Natural  History  Society  are  exhi- 
bited (see  p.  179),  a  physical  laboratory  and  lecture 
room,  and  music  schools,  where  the  votaries  of  the  art 
may  practise  in  small  compartments  without  any 
disturbance  to  their  neighbours. 

148 


CHAP.    II]          BUILDINGS   AND   ('.ROUNDS    New  Big  School 

Close  by,  opposite  to  the  entrance  to  the  head 
master's  house,  is  the  New  Big  School.  It  was  com- 
pleted in  1886,  and  stands  on  the  site  of  a  boarding- 
house  occupied  successively  by  Messrs.  Highton, 
Burrows,  Green,  and  Michell,  the  last-named  building 
a  new  house  further  up  the  Hillmorton  Road  when  the 


NEW    BIG    SCHOOL. 


A'.    //.   Speight. 


old  one  was  demolished.  The  site  was  given  by  the 
governing  body,  the  money  for  the  building  being 
raised  by  subscription.  The  building  is  a  characteristic 
work  by  Mr.  Butterfield  :  the  ground  floor  is  occupied 
by  a  vestibule  and  three  large  class  rooms  :  two  stair- 
cases lead  up  to  the  Big  School,  which  takes  up  the 
whole  of  the  upper  storey.  The  room  is  eighty-three 

149 


New  Big  School  RUGBY  [CHAP.    II 

feet  by  thirty-seven,  but  its  length  is  curtailed  by  a 
fine  organ  which  occupies  the  east  end,  a  small  chamber 
on  the  south  side,  which  was  originally  designed  for 
its  reception,  proving  unsuitable  for  many  reasons. 
The  room  is  used  for  morning  prayers  once  a  week, 
for  concerts  and  lectures,  for  "  Speeches,"  and  for  ex- 
aminations such  as  the  scholarship  examination,  when 
a  large  number  of  candidates  have  to  be  seated.  For 
ordinary  purposes  it  is  large  enough,  but  on  the  occa- 
sions when  visitors  are  added  to  the  school  the  want  of 
room  is  rather  severely  felt.  It  is  surrounded  by  a 
high  oak  panelling,  above  which  are  coloured  windows 
on  either  side  of  the  room  ;  it  has  rather  a  handsome 
waggon-roof.  At  the  west  end  of  the  room,  on  a 
pedestal,  stands  a  bust  of  Dr.  Arnold  by  Mr.  Alfred 
Gilbert,  R.A.  It  was  originally  intended  for  West- 
minster Abbey,  but  being  too  large  for  the  place  which 
it  was  destined  to  occupy  there,  it  was  presented  to  the 
school.  It  is  a  fine  bust,  but  the  likeness  is  not  con- 
sidered very  good  by  those  who  remember  Arnold. 
Round  the  walls  are  hung  portraits  of  some  former 
head  masters  and  distinguished  Old  Rugbeians.  The 
majority  of  these  are  copies.  On  the  west  wall  are 
Dean  Stanley  and  Matthew  Arnold  ;  on  the  north 
Dr.  Jex-Blake  by  Herman  Herkomer  ;  Lord  Derby  ; 
Dr.  Arnold  ;  Dr.  Temple  by  Watts  ;  Dr.  Percival  by 
Hubert  Herkomer;  T.  Hughes;  Dr.  Hort ;  F.  Du- 
mergue  by  G.  P.  Jacomb-Hood,  and  Dr.  Cotton:  on  the 
south  wall  are  W.  C.  Oswell,  Rev.  E.  H.  Bradby,  F.  C. 
Selous,  and  the  Rev.  Septimus  Hansard.  On  the 
west  wall,  too,  are  four  portraits  from  the  Bloxam  col- 

150 


CHAP.   II]        BUILDINGS  AND   GROUNDS     Boarding-Houses 

lection,  which  would  perhaps  be  more  fittingly  placed 
in  the  Art  Museum.  They  are  of  Mary,  Lady  Howard 
of  Effingham,  by  Otto  Venius  or  Vern  ;  Sir  Richard 
Steele,  by  Kneller  ;  Henry,  Prince  of  Wales  (son  of 
James  I.);  and  a  good  portrait  of  the  Duke  of  Mon- 
mouth  by  Sir  Peter  Lely.  In  the  recess  on  the  south 
side  is  a  portrait  of  Mary,  Queen  of  Scots,  from  the 
same  collection. 

Behind  the  organ  is  kept  a  red  velvet  banner  with 
the  school  arms  embroidered  on  it,  which  is  displayed 
on  great  occasions :  it  is  a  testimony  to  the  fame  of 
"  Tom  Brown's  Schooldays,"  for  it  was  presented  in 
1860  by  Mr.  William  Mills  of  Connecticut,  U.S.A., 
who  was  so  struck  with  admiration  by  that  work  that 
he  deputed  a  friend,  Mr.  J.  G.  Day,  to  present  this 
banner  to  the  school. 

Of  the  boarding-houses  there  is  no  need  to  say  more 
than  appears  on  a  subsequent  page  (p.  156);  but  it  may 
be  useful  to  give  a  list  of  the  various  houses,  in  so  far 
as  they  can  be  traced ;  for  this  list  I  am  indebted  to 
the  Rev.  A.  T.  Michell,  who  is  preparing  one  for  the 
forthcoming  new  edition  of  the  first  volume  of  the 
"  Rugby  Register." 

BOARDING-HOUSES   IN   THE   TOWN. 

About  1790  there  were  : 

Finch.  Malin  (Sheep  Street). 

Loggin.  Moor,  C.  (Hillmorton  Road). 

Powell. 

About  1801-1806  :  Extinct. 

Mrs.  Bucknill  (now  High  St.,  No.  24)          ...  1831 

Mr.  Philip  Williams  (now  Market  Place.  No.  5)  .         .  1831 

Mr.  William  Gascoigne  (now  Market  Place,  No.  6)      .  1822 


Boarding-Houses 


RUGBY 


[CHAP.    II 


BOARDING-HOUSES    IN   THE  S—fOnnue.  Extinct 

Mr.  Townsend  (now  23  and  24,  Market  Place)    .          .         .  1831 

Rev.  W.  Birch  (site  of  four  Western  Almshouses),  Church  St.  1826 

Mrs.  Wratislaw  (now  Lloyd's  Bank),  Church  St.          .          .  1824 

Mr.  Robert  Stanley  (site  of  part  of  New  Schools)         .         .  1847 
Dr.    Bloxam  (west  corner  of  Sheep  Street  and  Lawrence 

Sheriffe  Street)    . 1831 


MASTERS'    HOUSES,    NOW   EXTINCT. 
Birch  (as  above).  Bloxam  (as  above). 

"Troy  House,"  14,  Hillmorton  Road.       i,  Newbold  Road. 

12,  Hillmorton  Road. 

1832.   Grenfell.  1831-40.   Lee.  1831-9.   Buckoll. 

1845.  Congreve. 
1848.  Walrond. 
1851.  Shairp — 1857.  33,  Bilton  Road. 


16,  Hillmorton  Road.      1841-6.   Pen  rose. 
1841.   Arnold,  C.  T. 


1838-40.   Men  vale 
(not  known  where). 


SUCCESSION  OF   PRESENT   HOUSES. 


Hillmorton  Road, 

South  side. 
1790.   Moor,  C. 
1803.   Moor,  ].  H.  C. 
1832.   Bird. 
1841.   Mayor. 
1863.   Wilson. 
1879.  White'aw. 


Barby  Road. 
1830.  Price. 
1850.   Evans. 
1862.   Hutchinson. 
1884.   Donkin. 

Horton  Crescent. 
1893.   Stallard. 


Hi'lmorton  Road, 

Hillmor;on  Road, 

South  side. 

North  side. 

1836.   Powlett. 

1841.   Highton. 

1840.  Cotton. 

1850.   Burrows. 

1852.   Compton. 

1872.  Green. 

1858.   Smythies. 

1882.   Michell 

1  86  1.  Anstey(/r0te;?/.  ). 

(new  house  1884). 

1862.    Moberly. 

1874.   Philpotts. 

Hillmorton  Road, 

1875.   Lee-  Warner. 

North  side. 

1884.   Morice. 

1845.   Bradley. 

1895.    Payne-Smith. 

1858.  Jex-Blake. 

1868.   Elsee. 

1889.   Collins. 

Barby  Road.  Barby  Road. 

1828.   Anstey.  1853.   Arnold. 

'1854.   Bowden-Smith.  1878.   Scott. 

1889.   Steel.  1892.   Brooke. 


152 


__ ; 3 

Photo.  J.   Hcnsmaii,  Rugby. 

REV.    H.    A.    TAMES,    D.D.,    PRESENT    HEAD    MASTER. 


CHAPTER    III 

THE   WORK  OF   THE   SCHOOL 

THE  object  of  this  chapter  and  the  following  one  is 
to  give  some  account  of  the  various  activities  which 
make  up  the  life  of  the  school. 

There  are  at  present  in  the  school  not  far  from 
600  boys.  Of  these  some  forty  live  in  the  town  or 
neighbourhood,  and  attend  the  school  as  day  boys  ; 
the  rest  live  in  boarding-houses  managed  by  masters 
in  the  school.  Of  these  houses — there  are  nine — the 
largest  is  the  School  House,  which  is  under  the  control 
of  the  head  master  ;  it  contains  some  eighty  boys,  and 
forms  part  of  the  old  school  buildings  ;  the  other  houses 
contain  some  fifty-two  boys  each. 

A  limited  number  of  those  who  wish  to  wait  until 
room  can  be  found  for  them  in  a  boarding-house  are 
boarded  at  private  houses  (licence  being  given  by  the 
governing  body)  until  a  vacancy  occurs.  To  each  of 
the  boarding-houses  a  junior  master  is  attached  as 
tutor  ;  his  nominal  duties  are  limited  to  the  taking  of 
evening  preparation  twice  a  week,  and  in  some  cases 
the  instruction  twice  a  week  of  a  "  Tutor  Set,"  con- 
sisting of  those  boys  in  the  house  who  are  in  the 
Classical  Upper  School,  excluding  the  Sixth  ;  but 
his  real  raison  d'etre  is  that  he  may  get  to  know  the 

155 


Boarding-Houses  RUGBY  [CHAP.    Ill 

boys  in  the  house,  to  the  mutual  advantage  of  them 
and  of  him.  The  School  House  has  three  tutors.  The 
boarding-houses,  the  great  majority  of  which  have 
either  been  entirely  built,  or  much  altered  and  added 
to  within  the  last  fifteen  years,  are  all  arranged  on  the 
same  general  scheme.  The  chief  feature  of  each  is  a 
large  hall,  where  the  boys  have  all  their  meals  ;  these 
halls  are  also  used  as  sitting  and  reading  rooms  by 
the  older  boys,  and  by  the  younger  within  certain 
limits,  the  daily  and  illustrated  papers,  paid  for  by 
a  house  subscription,  being  taken  in  there.  They  are 
also  used  for  evening  preparation  four  times  a  week, 
when  boys  in  the  Middle  School  prepare  their  next 
morning's  lesson  under  supervision  of  the  house  master 
or  tutor.  In  some  cases  the  house  library  is  placed  in 
the  hall.  P^very  boy  has  a  study,  which,  according  to 
the  size  of  the  study,  and  his  position  in  the  school, 
he  shares  with  another,  or  holds  as  his  separate  domain. 
None  of  the  studies  in  any  house  holds  more  than 
two.  These  studies  are  furnished  with  the  necessary 
cupboards,  table,  and  chairs,  the  ornamentation  being 
left  to  the  devices  of  the  occupants.  The  dormitories 
are  of  various  sizes.  The  boarding  fee  is  £24  a  term, 
in  advance,  besides  which  there  is  a  house  entrance 
fee  of  ^3  3^.  Applications  for  admission  for  boarders 
are  made  to  the  boarding-house  masters. 

The  school  course  of  work  is  still  mainly  classical, 
two-thirds  of  the  boys  being  in  what  is  called  the 
Classical  Side,  which  aims  in  the  main  at  preparation 
for  the  Universities.  The  results  of  this  work  may  be 
roughly  estimated  by  the  number  of  scholarships 

.156 


CHAP.  Ill]  WORK   OF   THE   SCHOOL  Classical  Side 

gained  at  the  Universities,  still  better  perhaps  by  the 
result  of  the  examination  for  Oxford  and  Cambridge 
certificates,  for  which  the  whole  Sixth  Form  enters  at 
the  end  of  the  summer  term.  Statistics  on  both  lines 
prove  a  high  level  of  attainment.  Latin  and  Greek 
are,  of  course,  the  principal  subjects  taught  on  the 
Classical  Side,  but  modern  tendencies  have  caused  a 


Photo.  E.  H.  Speight. 

STUDY    OF    HEAD    OK    SCHOOL    HOUSE. 

considerable  expansion  in  the  curriculum,  which  in- 
cludes, besides  these  two  subjects,  Divinity,  History, 
Geography,  English  Literature,  French,  Mathematics, 
and  Natural  Science:  in  the  Upper  School  Modern 
Languages  (i.e.,  French  and  German)  and  Natural 
Science  are  alternative  subjects.  Rugby  was  the  first 
of  the  great  public  schools  to  introduce  the  teaching 
of  Natural  Science  as  part  of  the  regular  work. 

157 


Modern  Side  RUGBY  [CHAP.  Ill 

Boys  who  are  not  on  the  Classical  Side  are  taught 
in  one  or  other  of  three  separately  organized  de- 
partments :  these  are, 

1.  The  Modern  Side.    This  was  introduced  in  1886, 
and  aims  at  giving  a  general  education  of  a  literary 
character  to  boys  who  do  not  intend  to  go  to  the  Uni- 
versities.    The  curriculum   differs  from    that    of  the 
Classical  Side  chiefly  in  the  absence  of  Greek.     Latin 
forms  part  of  the  regular  work,  and  the  time  gained 
by  the  abolition  of  Greek  is  devoted  chiefly  to  French, 
but  more  time  is  given  than  on  the  Classical  Side  to 
English   subjects  and   Natural   Science,  and    in    the 
upper  forms  to  German. 

2.  The  Army  Class.    This  was   originally  part  of 
the    Modern    Side,   but   is    now    organized  quite   se- 
parately.    A  special  fee  of  five  guineas  per  term  is 
charged  to  all  members  of  it,  which  enables  it  to  be 
arranged  in  small  sets,  where  special  attention  can  be 
given  to  the  particular  needs  of  every  boy,  the  average 
number  in  each  set  being  only  twelve.     The  numbers 
in  the  Army  Class  are  limited  to  about  fifty,  and  no 
boy  is  admitted  to  it  until  he  reaches  the  top  form  of 
the  Middle  School  (Upper  Middle  i).    The  curriculum 
in  the  Army  Class  is,  of  course,  arranged  solely  with  a 
view  to  certain  examinations,  namely, the  examinations 
for  Woolwich  and  Sandhurst  and  the  Indian  Woods 
and    Forests ;     mathematical    subjects    are   therefore 
prominent.     The  Army  Class  has  two  divisions,  but 
promotion   into  the  upper  division  does   not  always 
depend  solely  on  merit,  preference  being  given,  where 
it  is  advisable,  to  those  whose  examination  is  hard  at 

158 


CHAP.  Ill]  WORK   OF  THE   SCHOOL  Forms 

hand.  These  divisions  are  each  subdivided  into  two 
sets  of  about  a  dozen  boys  for  almost  all  subjects,  and 
the  two  divisions  do  not  do  the  same  subject  at  the 
same  time,  the  object  being  that  the  same  two  masters 
may  teach  one  subject  throughout  the  whole  of  the 
Army  Class.  Since  the  introduction  of  this  system, 
the  Army  Class  has  been  remarkably  successful. 

3.  Specialists.  By  this  class  opportunity  is  given 
to  those  desiring  to  "  specialize "  in  Mathematics  or 
Natural  Science,  generally  with  a  view  to  University 
scholarships  in  these  subjects.  Such  specializing  is  not 
admitted  till  a  boy  reaches  the  Upper  School.  If  he 
then  shows  promise,  arrangements  are  made  by  which 
he  can  devote  most  of  his  time  to  one  or  both  of  these 
subjects.  These  "  specialists,"  of  whom  there  are 
generally  about  fifteen,  are  taught  Classics  and  English 
subjects  in  a  form  by  themselves. 

The  regular  tuition  fee  is  £14  6s.  %d.  per  term,  pay- 
able in  advance,  but  for  the  use  of  the  chemical  and 
physical  laboratories  a  special  fee  is  charged,  £i  15^. 
per  term  in  ordinary  cases,  but  varying  up  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  £3  IQS.  per  term  according  to  the  amount  of 
instruction  given. 

The  school  is  divided  for  purposes  of  instruction 
into  nine  forms,  most  of  which  are  subdivided  into 
parallel  or  successive  divisions.  The  nomenclature 
of  these  forms  is  of  various  origin,  and  is  somewhat 
complicated  by  not  unfrequent  change,  so  that  the 
value  of  the  terms,  so  to  speak,- is  not  in  all  cases  per- 
manent. The  top  form  has  had  a  permanent  name, 
the  Sixth,  for  more  than  a  century,  since  the  time 

159 


Forms  RUGBY  [CHAP.    Ill 

when  Dr.  T.  James  divided  the  school  into  six  forms, 
the  basis  of  all  subsequent  organization,  though  of  the 
names  only  the  Sixth  and  Fifth  have  survived.  The 
Sixth  has  two  divisions,  called  the  Upper  Bench 
and  Lower  Bench,  and  in  view  of  the  disciplinary 
powers  which  all  its  members  possess,  it  is  ordained 
that  no  boy  may  be  promoted  into  it  until  he  is 
fifteen  and  a  half  years  old.  As  a  rule  a  boy  is  not 
promoted  till  he  is  sixteen.  The  entrusting  of  large 
duties  and  responsibilities  to  the  Sixth  Form  has 
been  a  marked  characteristic  of  the  school  system 
since  the  days  of  Dr.  Arnold.  The  duties  of  the 
Sixth  Form  at  Rugby  may  be  summed  up  by  saying 
that  they  are  in  general  responsible  for  the  disci- 
pline of  the  school  and  the  houses,  and  the  enforce- 
ment of  all  rules.  Amongst  their  minor  duties  may 
be  mentioned  that  of  reading  the  lessons  in  chapel 
on  Sundays,  and  taking  the  collections.  Along  with 
their  duties  and  powers  go  certain  privileges,  chief 
among  which  is  the  right  to  fag  all  boys  not  in 
the  Upper  School.  In  modern  times  the  duties  of  a 
fag  are  not  very  arduous  :  he  has  to  sweep  out  and 
dust  the  study  of  a  Sixth  Form  boy  every  now  and 
then  (for  there  are  always  more  fags  than  studies),  a 
duty  which  he  generally  performs  in  a  manner  which 
would  shock  any  housemaid,  and  he  will  occasionally 
be  called  upon  to  run  messages  ;  but  the  increase  of 
hot  water  pipes  has  in  most  cases  done  away  with  the 
duty  of  making  fires  and  toast,  and  the  electric  light 
needs  no  cleaning  hand.  It  not  unfrequently  happens 
that  Sixth  Power  is  granted  in  a  house  to  a  boy  who 

1 60 


(HAP.    Ill]          WORK   OF   THE   SCHOOL  Forms 

is  not  in  the  Sixth  Form  ;  in  such  cases  his  powers 
and  privileges  do  not  extend  beyond  his  own  house, 
but  it  is  very  seldom  in  any  case  that  a  fag  is  called 
upon  to  do  anything  by  a  Sixth  Form  boy  in  a 
different  house. 

The  head  of  the  school  has  special  duties,  of  no 
insignificant  kind.  Besides  summoning  and  presiding 
over  all  "  Sixth  Levees  "  and  "  Bigside  Levees,"  z>., 
meetings  of  the  Sixth  and  Upper  School,  reading  the 
lessons  in  chapel  at  the  first  and  last  services  of  term, 
and  on  any  occasion  when  by  accident  nobody  else 
presents  himself,  he  has  to  keep  and  publish  the 
school  accounts  ;  all  the  money  which  is  raised  by  a 
compulsory  subscription  for  the  school  games  (as 
distinguished  from  the  house  games)  passes  through 
his  hands,  and  this  amounts  to  no  inconsiderable  sum. 
He  is,  as  it  were,  the  treasurer  of  a  games  club  to 
which  all  the  school  belongs. 

Below  the  Sixth  comes  a  form  called  the  Twenty. 
The  name,  given  originally  because  of  the  number  in 
the  form,  is  no  longer  applicable,  for  the  numbers  in  it 
vary  from  twenty-five  to  twenty-nine.  It  is  a  specially 
important  form  from  the  constant  presence  in  it  of  the 
ablest  boys  who  cannot  be  promoted  into  the  Sixth 
until  they  reach  the  maximum  age,  and  ever  since  the 
days  of  B.  Price  the  teaching  of  the  Twenty  has  been 
one  of  the  great  features  of  Rugby. 

Next  to  the  Twenty  comes  the  Fifth,  then  the 
Lower  Fifth.  Both  of  these  forms  have  parallel 
divisions. 

These  forms  constitute  the  Upper  School,  which 
161  M 


Forms  RUC.I'.Y  [CHAP.    Ill 

has  privileges  not  enjoyed  by  those  below  it.  The 
Upper  School  boy  is  exempt  from  fagging  and  from 
supervised  work  at  evening  preparation,  and  the  whole 
Upper  School  has  the  right,  or  is  under  the  obligation, 
of  attending  "  Bigside  Levee  "  ;  the  Middle  School 
boys,  as  fags,  have  not  the  franchise.  The  questions 
which  come  before  a  Bigside  levee  are  practically  con- 
fined to  points  about  the  games  ;  as  a  rule  the  levees 
are  purely  formal  meetings  which  fix  the  dates  for 
the  beginning  and  end  of  football,  the  athletics,  and 
kindred  points ;  occasionally,  however,  motions  are 
brought  forward  which  excite  keen  controversy,  such 
as  systems  for  guiding  the  inter-house  competitions, 
and  at  such  times  a  vote  possesses  a  real  value.  All 
decisions  of  Bigside  levees  are  subject  to  the  veto  of 
the  head  master.  It  is  one  of  the  duties  of  the  head 
of  the  school  to  keep  a  record  of  these  decisions. 

The  names  of  the  Middle  School  Forms  show  a 
lack  of  variety,  running  through  a  series  of  Upper 
Middles  and  Lower  Middles.  One  more  picturesque 
name,  "  The  Shell,"  has  in  recent  years  been  dropped 
.on  the  Classical  side,  though  it  is  still  retained  on  the 
Modern.  The  name  came  originally  from  Westmin- 
ster School,  where  it  was  given  to  the  form  that  sat 
in  a  shell-like  alcove  at  one  end  of  the  great  school- 
room :  from  Westminster  it  spread  to  several  other 
schools.  At  Rugby  the  Shell  has  gradually  sunk  in 
rank  among  the  forms  until  it  has  at  length  been 
eliminated.  Last  of  all  comes  the  Lower  School :  this 
name  was  formerly  applied  to  a  considerable  section 
of  the  school;  in  modern  times  it  clings  only  to  a 

162 


CHAP.    Ill]  WORK   OF   THE   SCHOOL         Superannuation 

small  form  of  about  fifteen  on  the  Classical  side,  and 
half  a  small  form  on  the  Modern. 

The  reason  why  these  names  have  gradually  altered 
in  their  application  is  the  tendency  to  lessen  the  ap- 
parent severity  of  the  superannuation  rule.  This  rule 
lays  down  that  no  boy  may  remain  in  the  Lower  School 
after  the  term  in  which  he  is  fifteen  years  old,  in  the 
Lower  Middles  after  sixteen,  Upper  Middles  after 
seventeen,  Upper  School  below  the  Sixth  after  eigh- 
teen, or  in  the  Sixth  after  the  summer  term  of  the 
year  in  which  he  is  nineteen.  A  boy  is  also  liable  to 
superannuation  after  he  has  been  four  terms  in  the 
same  form  ;  this  of  course  does  not  apply  to  the  Sixth. 
Such  a  rule,  however  necessary  for  the  welfare  of  the 
school  in  general,  would  press  very  unfairly  on  certain 
boys  if  it  were  inviolable.  Consequently,  except  for 
boys  over  nineteen,  the  head  master  has  power  to 
suspend  it  in  individual  cases,  and  though  no  boy 
can  claim  such  suspension,  a  good  report  for  conduct 
and  industry  from  all  masters  with  whom  the  boy  has 
to  deal  always  ensures  it,  if  the  limit  of  age  or  time 
in  the  form  has  not  been  greatly  exceeded.  In  such 
cases,  much  depends  on  the  boy's  reports.  These  are 
written  for  every  boy  in  the  school  at  the  half-term  and 
end  of  the  term,  and  sent  to  the  parents  or  guardians. 
They  contain  information  about  the  boy's  place  and 
progress  in  all  his  work,  together  with  general  remarks 
from  the  house  master  and  head  master. 

Promotion  in  all  forms  goes  strictly  by  the  final 
order  of  each  term,  which  is  reached  by  a  careful  and 
elaborate  system  of  marking,  regulating  the  propor- 

163 


Promotions  KU<;iJY  [CHAP.    Ill 

tions  to  be  assigned  to  term's  work  and  examination, 
and  to  the  various  subjects.  The  largest  proportion 
of  marks  is  assigned  to  form  subjects,  />.,  those  sub- 
jects which  are  taught  to  each  form  by  the  form 
master.  On  the  Classical  side  these  are  Latin,  Greek, 
and  English  subjects,  while  on  the  Modern  side  French 
takes  the  place  of  Greek.  For  other  subjects  the 
various  parts  of  the  school  are  divided  up  into  a 
separate  organization  of  sets  :  promotion  in  these  sets 
goes  entirely  by  set  work,  but  the  marks  obtained 
when  reduced  to  their  due  proportion  are  added  to 
the  form  marks,  and  so  affect  largely  the  boy's  place 
in  his  form.  A  form  order  on  these  lines  is  made  out 
for  the  reports  at  the  end  of  each  half-term  :  the  final 
order  is  made  up  on  term  and  examination  marks 
combined.  Examination  on  all  subjects  takes  place 
in  the  last  week  of  the  summer  and  autumn  terms. 
Prizes  are  awarded  for  good  work  in  the  latter  ex- 
amination ;  the  head  of  each  form  in  term's  work  also 
gets  a  prize,  and  on  the  Classical  side  (as  far  down 
as  the  Upper  Middles)  the  boy  who  is  top  in  Classical 
composition.  In  the  spring  term  the  amount  of  ex- 
amination is  mostly  left  to  the  discretion  of  the  form 
or  set  master  ;  in  the  regular  examinations  almost  all 
the  papers  for  each  form  are  set  and  looked  over  by 
masters  other  than  the  form  master.  In  the  Middle 
School  a  weekly  order  in  form  subjects  is  made  out, 
and  some  of  the  top  boys  in  each  form  are  allowed  to 
prepare  their  evening  work  in  their  studies. 

The  system  of  forms  and  sets  renders  the  time-table 
of  lessons  somewhat  elaborate.    On  an  ordinary  "  whole 

164 


CHAP.    Ill]  WORK   OF   THK   SCHOOL 


Time-table 


school  day  "  there  are  five  lessons,  three  in  the  morning, 
two  in  the  afternoon.  The  day  begins  with  a  short 
service  in  chapel  at  7.0  in  the  summer,  and  7.30  in  the 
winter  months  :  to  keep  up  the  standard  of  punctuality 
and  prevent  a  rush  to  the  doors  at  the  last  moment, 
when 

"  The  schoolboy  groans  on  hearing 

That  eternal  clock  strike  seven," 


Photo. 


GOING    INTO   CHAPEL. 


E.  H.  Speight. 


the  forms  have  to  attend  a  calling  over  and  leave  their 
books  in  their  various  rooms  before  chapel.  First 
lesson,  which  has  been  prepared  overnight,  follows  for 
an  hour.  The  normal  scheme  for  the  next  three 
lessons  is  that  an  hour's  preparation  done  out  of  school 

.65 


Time-table  RUGBY  [CHAP.   Ill 

is  followed  by  an  hour's  lesson,  but  it  constantly 
happens  that  a  master  has  to  take  two  classes  for  a 
prepared  lesson  in  consecutive  hours  ;  in  such  cases 
the  class  which  has  an  "  early  second  or  third,"  has  to 
get  its  preparation  done  beforehand,  while  in  compen- 
sation it  gets  a  leisure  hour,  made  all  the  sweeter  from 
the  fact  that  most  people  are  in  school.  The  lower 
forms,  instead  of  preparing  their  work  out  of  school, 
come  in  for  an  hour  and  a  half,  and  prepare  under 
supervision,  so  that  at  all  sorts  of  different  times  boys 
and  masters  may  be  seen  hurrying  in  and  out  of 
school.  Fifth  lesson  is  unprepared,  and,  like  first 
lesson,  sees  the  whole  school  in  at  the  same  time.  It 
ends  at  6.0  in  the  winter,  5.30  in  the  summer.1 

The  evening  preparation  in  houses  for  Middle 
School  forms  lasts  for  an  hour  and  a  half:  it  does 
not  take  place  on  Wednesday  (in  the  summer  term 
Thursday)  evenings,  which  are  consequently  chosen 
for  all  lectures  and  concerts,  nor  on  Saturday,  which 
is  the  meeting  day  of  the  Debating  and  Natural 
History  Societies.  Of  the  composition  in  the  Upper 
School  two  "  copies  "  or  exercises  a  week  are  done  out 
of  school,  and  each  boy  goes  to  the  master  at  a  fixed 
time  to  have  his  copy  corrected  viva  voce.  The  third 
"  copy "  is  done  in  school.  All  "  extras "  have  to 
be  worked  in  during  out  of  school  hours,  but  this  is 
made  easier  by  there  being  three  regular  half-holidays 
a  week  (Tuesday,  Thursday,  Saturday),  while  every 
third  Monday  is  also  a  half-holiday.  This  is  called 

1  See  Appendix. 
1 66 


CHAP.   Ill]  WORK   OF   THE   SCHOOL  Music 

"  middle-week."  It  was  instituted  by  Dr.  Arnold,  but 
the  origin  of  the  name  is  not  clear.  It  has  been  sup- 
posed to  be  derived  from  its  having  been  given  in 
compensation  for  a  mid-term  exeat ;  but  these  exeats 
survived  alongside  with  "middle-week  "  till  the  "  half- 
years  "  gave  way  to  three  "terms"  in  1866.  More 
probably  it  compensated  for  monthly  whole  holidays, 
and  perhaps  it  was  so  called  because  the  half-holiday 
Mondays  are  sandwiched  in  each  between  two  dis- 
tinct whole-school  day  Mondays.  Half-holidays  are 
also  not  unfrequently  given  on  fine  Mondays,  in  re- 
cognition of  scholarships  or  special  events. 

The  summer  holidays  are  eight  weeks  long  (a 
special  feature  of  the  school  which  all  Rugbeians 
remember  with  deep  satisfaction).  Eight  weeks  are 
distributed  between  Christmas  and  Easter  ;  nowadays 
they  are  nearly  always  evenly  divided,  the  school 
staying  over  Easter. if  it  falls  early. 

Drawing  and  music  hold  a  prominent  place  in  the 
work  of  the  school.  Drawing  is  a  compulsory  subject 
for  all  the  Middle  School,  and  the  artistic  interests  of 
the  drawing  classes  are  stimulated  by  occasional  visits 
in  the  drawing  hour  to  the  Art  Museum,  where  the 
drawing  master,  who  is  curator  of  the  museum,  gives 
them  an  informal  lecture  on  some  of  the  exhibits. 
Music  is  not  compulsory,  but  in  various  ways  is  very 
widely  taught.  For  private  instruction  in  professional 
drawing  and  instrumental  music  an  extra  fee  of  .£3  los. 
a  term  is  charged,  and  so  many  boys  avail  themselves 
of  the  musical  opportunities  that  a  school  orchestra 
of  varied  instruments  has  become  a  reality,  and  a  brass 

167 


Choir  RUGBY  [CHAP.    Ill 

band  leads  the  rifle  corps  on  days  when  they  "  march 
out."  The  orchestra  is  excused  one  lesson  a  week 
for  purposes  of  practice.  Still  more  boys  get  a  certain 
amount  of  musical  training  in  the  choir.  All  new  boys 
have  their  voices  tried,  and  if  the  result  is  satisfactory 
they  are  put  in  the  choir  ;  some  fortunates  pass  steadily 
through  the  alto  stage,  and  never  have  to  leave  it ; 
others  return  to  it  when  the  cracked  treble  has  passed 
into  a  bass,  or,  less  commonly,  into  a  tenor,  for  tenors 
are  always  rare  birds.  In  this  way  boys  learn  a  good 
deal  of  vocal  music,  for  there  are  regular  practices  for 
chapel  singing, and  also  practices  for  theschool  concerts 
which  are  given  twice  a  year,  at  the  end  of  the  summer 
and  autumn  terms.  In  return  for  the  time  given  to 
these  practices,  those  who  sing  in  the  concert  are 
excused  repetition  at  the  end  of  term,  and  in  the 
Middle  School  the  Saturday  evening  work,  an  essay 
or  the  like,  is  remitted. 

The  choir  was  not  always  so  well  supported  as  it 
now  is.  When  the  first  chapel  was  consecrated  in 
1821,  and  volunteers  from  theschool  were  called  upon 
to  form  a  choir,  so  diffident  were  Rugbeians  of  the 
time  of  their  vocal  powers  that  only  two  boys  offered 
themselves  !  A  paid  choir  was  consequently  started, 
and  continued  as  late  as  about  1866,  when  the  boys 
were  induced  to  sing  by  being  made  responsible  for 
the  singing.  There  are  two  annual  singing  competi- 
tions, taking  place  towards  the  end  of  the  spring 
term  ;  one  for  the  best  house  quartette,  the  other  for 
the  best  house  unison-singing.  The  quartette  competi- 
tion has  been  held  since  1876,  when  Mr.  Edwards,  for 

1 68 


CHAP.    Ill]  WORK   OF   THE   SCHOOL  Scholarships 

many  years  school  organist  and  music  master,  pre- 
sented four  cups  for  the  successful  singers.  The 
unison  singing  competition  was  begun  in  1893  ;  a  fine 
cup,  purchased  by  subscription,  goes  to  the  winning 
house. 

Opportunities  are  also  provided  to  boys  for  hearing 
good  instrumental  music:  besides  a  short  organ  re- 
cital in  the  Chapel  on  Sundays  after  morning  service, 
there  is  an  orchestral  concert  in  the  autumn  and 
spring  terms,  and  concerts  of  chamber  music  are  also 
arranged  from  time  to  time. 

Such  are  the  main  features  of  the  routine  of  school 
work  ;  we  must  now  give  some  data  as  to  the  scholar- 
ships and  prizes  which  are  offered. 

SCHOLARSHIPS  AND  PRIZES. 

An  examination  is  held  at  the  school  every  June 
for  election  to  ten  or  more  scholarships,  if  the  candi- 
dates show  sufficient  merit.  They  are  of  the  following 
value  : 

4  or  more  of  ^100  open  to  boys  between  12  and  14 
2  „  ^80  „  „  12    „    15 

2          „  ;£6o  „  „  12     „     15 

»  £40  „  „  12      „      15 

4          „  £20  „  „  12     „     15 

The  examination  is  conducted  by  the  head  master 
and  assistants.  There  is  no  special  work  to  be  pre- 
pared, and  the  papers  are  set  mainly  with  a  view  to 
well-taught  boys  between  thirteen  and  fourteen,  but 
allowance  is  made  for  age  by  adding  a  proportional 
percentage  on  marks  obtained.  A  special  scholarship 

169 


Scholarships  RUGBY  [CHAP.    Ill 

augmentation  fund  provides  for  the  private  increase 
of  any  scholarship  to  such  an  amount  as  in  the  judg- 
ment of  the  head  master  the  circumstances  of  the 
scholar  may  require.  All  scholarships  are  tenable  as 
long  as  a  boy  remains  at  school,  provided  that  the 
head  master  is  satisfied  with  the  good  conduct  and 
industry  of  the  scholar.  If  this  is  not  the  case  the 
scholarship  may  be  forfeited.  Candidates  have  to 
apply  to  the  secretary  for  admission  to  the  examina- 
tion on  or  before  May  26th,  and  testimonials  of  good 
conduct  and  registrar's  certificate  of  birth  must  be 
sent  at  the  same  time.  No  boy  is  admissible  who  is 
not  fully  twelve  years  old  on  the  1st  of  January,  or 
who  will  be  more  than  fourteen  or  fifteen,  as  the  case 
may  be,  on  the  1st  of  July  of  the  current  year. 

The  Natural  Science  candidates  are  examined  in 
Elementary  Physics  (Statics,  Dynamics,  and  Hydro- 
statics). 

The  ;£ioo  and  ,£80  scholarships  are  generally 
awarded  for  proficiency  in  Classics,  English,  Elemen- 
tary Mathematics,  and  French  ;  but  any  scholarship 
may  be  won  by  excellent  work  either  in 

(a)  Classics,  together  with  English,  Elementary 
Mathematics,  and  Elementary  French  ;  or 

(fr)  Mathematics  or  Natural  Science,  or  both  com- 
bined, together  with  Latin,  English,  Elementary 
Mathematics,  and  Elementary  French  ;  or 

(c)  French   or    German,  or   both    combined,   with 
other  subjects  as  in  (&) ;  or 

(d)  English,  Latin,  French,  German,  Mathematics, 
and  Natural  Science,  and  candidates  may  also  offer 

170 


CHAP.   Ill]  WORK   OF   THE   SCHOOL  Scholarships 

one  or  two  of  the  following  subjects :  Chemistry, 
Electricity  and  Magnetism,  Heat,  Light,  Geology, 
Physical  Geography,  Botany.  The  examination  is 
partly  of  a  practical  kind,  and  the  candidates  have 
to  name  their  subjects  when  applying  for  admission. 
The  £40  and  £20  scholarships  can  be  held  either  by 
a  boarder  or  a  day  boy,  but  scholarships  of  a  higher 
value  are  only  tenable  by  boarders,  who,  unless  they 
are  already  members  of  the  school,  are  assigned  a 
place  in  a  house  by  the  head  master. 

Among  the  scholarships  there  are  certain  special 
ones  founded  by  or  in  memory  of  individuals.  These 
are — the  Tait  scholarships  founded  in  memory  of 
Archbishop  Tait,  head  master  from  1842 — 1849  :  the 
Walrond  scholarship  founded  in  memory  of  Theodore 
Walrond,  C.B.,  a  distinguished  Old  Rugbeian  who  was 
head  of  the  school  when  Dr.  Arnold  died  :  the  Derby 
scholarship  founded  in  memory  of  Edward  Henry 
Stanley,  1 8th  Earl  of  Derby,  who  entered  the  school 
in  1840:  the  Benn  scholarships  founded  in  accord- 
ance with  the  wishes  of  the  late  George  Benn,  O.K., 
who  died  in  1895.  One  of  the  Benn  scholarships  has 
special  conditions  attached  (see  below),  but  the  money 
from  the  other  special  foundations  is  amalgamated 
with  the  other  funds  which  the  school  possesses  for 
the  payment  of  scholars.  At  the  same  time,  though 
all  scholarships  are  awarded  in  the  same  examination, 
special  scholars  are  from  time  to  time  designated  as 
Tait,  Derby,  Walrond,  or  Benn  scholars.  The  names 
are  thus  perpetuated  without  the  general  scholarship 
system  being  interfered  with. 

171 


Foundationerships  RUGIJV  [CHAP.   Ill 

The  scholarships  are  open  to  all  comers,  but  these 
are  not  the  only  aids  to  education,  for  the  foundation 
offers  great  advantages  to  residents  in  accordance  with 
the  wishes  of  the  founder,  Lawrence  Sheriffe.  These 
are  now  regulated  by  statutes  which  took  the  force  of 
law  in  July,  1874.  Persons  residing  in  or  within  five 
miles  of  Rugby  on  July  3ist,  1868,  are  entitled  to  send 
their  sons,  if  of  good  character,  and  able  to  read 
English,  and  capable  of  being  taught  the  first  elements 
of  grammar,  to  enter  the  school  as  foundationers  and 
receive  the  instruction  of  the  school  free  of  charge. 
Such  persons  are  becoming  fewer,  and  the  most  im- 
portant regulations  of  the  foundation  apply  to  resir 
dents  in  or  within  five  miles  of  Rugby  who  were  not 
so  residing  on  July  3 1st,  1868.  To  these  are  offered  : 
•  i.  Twelve  major  foundationerships,  giving  free  tui- 
tion. These  are  confined  to  boys  between  twelve  and 
fourteen  years  of  age,  who  have  attended  the  Lower 
School  of  Lawrence  Sheriffe  (commonly  called  "  The 
Subordinate  School "),  which  takes  boys  of  eight  and 
upwards,  for  the  two  years  preceding  their  election. 
The  tuition  fees  in  this  school  are,  for  boys  under 
twelve,  £6  per  annum  ;  for  boys  over  twelve,  £?  IDS. 

2.  Twenty-four    minor    foundationerships,    giving 
education  at  a  tuition  fee  of  £20  per  annum.      For 
these  there  is  no  restriction  except  that  the  boys  must 
enter  the  school  between  twelve  and  fourteen,  and  the 
parents  home  must  be  in  or  within  five  miles  of  Rugby 
whilst  their  boys  are  at  school. 

3.  A  scholarship  of  the  value  of  £2$  per  annum, 
founded  by  the  late  Mr.  G.  C.  Benn,  and  called  after 

172 


CHAP.    Ill]  WORK    OF   THE   SCHOOL  Exhibitions 

him.  It  is  tenable  with  a  minor,  but  not  with  a  major 
or  old  foundationership,  and  elections  only  take  place 
as  a  vacancy  occurs. 

Finally,  the  masters  offer  free  tuition  to  every  day 
boy  (whether  previously  a  member  of  the  school  or 
not)  who  is  admitted  into  the  Upper  School  before  he 
is  fourteen  years  of  age. 

Vacant  foundationerships  are  filled  up,  and  masters' 
free  admissions  are  given,  at  the  entrance  examina- 
tions every  term  ;  also  at  the  annual  scholarship  ex- 
amination in  June.  If  in  the  appointment  of  major 
foundationers  the  number  of  boys  qualified  exceeds 
the  number  of  vacancies,  preference  is  given  to  the 
boys  who  stand  highest  in  the  last  preceding  exami- 
nation of  the  Subordinate  School.  If  it  happens  in 
the  case  of  minor  foundationers,  the  entrance  exami- 
nation supplies  the  test.  Foundationers  are  eligible 
to  scholarships,  but  a  major  foundationer  vacates  his 
place  on  the  foundation  if  elected  to  a  scholarship, 
and  a  minor  foundationer  does  the  same  if  his  scholar- 
ship exceed  £20  per  annum. 

There  are  no  "  close  "  scholarships  from  Rugby  at 
the  Universities,  but  every  year  three  major  exhibi- 
tions of  £60  per  annum,  and  four  minor  of  £30,  are 
awarded.  These  are  open  to  members  of  the  Sixth 
Form  who  have  been  in  the  school  not  less  than  three 
years,  and  are  tenable  at  the  Universities  or  any  other 
place  of  education  approved  by  the  governing  body. 
The  major  exhibitions  are  given  for  general  profi- 
ciency, the  minor  are  given  respectively  for  Classics, 
Mathematics,  Natural  Science  and  Modern  Languages 

173 


Prizes  RUGBY  [CHAP.    Ill 

(French  and  German).  A  major  and  a  minor  or  two 
minor  exhibitions  may  be  held  together.  They  are 
tenable  for  four  years,  and  are  awarded  on  an  examina- 
tion conducted  at  the  end  of  the  term  by  external  ex- 
aminers, named  or  approved  by  the  governing  body. 
This  is  now  the  Oxford  and  Cambridge  Certificate 
Examination. 

Scholars  and  exhibitioners  may  waive  the  emolu- 
ments in  favour  of  others  to  whom  they  are  of  greater 
importance,  while  retaining  the  distinction. 

The  prizes  founded  to  encourage  the  pursuit  of 
various  studies  are  numerous.  Chief  amongst  them  is 
a  gold  medal,  which  the  Queen  founded  in  1848  for 
an  English  essay  on  an  historical  subject.  Prizes  in 
books  are  given  for  almost  every  conceivable  subject, 
to  be  competed  for  by  different  parts  of  the  school. 
Amongst  them  may  be  mentioned :  The  trustees' 
prizes  for  a  Latin  essay  (founded  1820),  Latin  hexa- 
meters (founded  1813),  and  Latin  lyrics  or  elegiacs  ; 
the  head  master's  prizes  for  an  English  poem  (founded 
1813),  Greek  prose,  geography,  and  Homer;  a  prize 
for  English  literature,  founded  in  memory  of  Dr.  Jex- 
Blake's  headmastership  ;  prizes  for  Latin  prose ;  a 
prize  for  Greek  iambics,  in  memory  of  Dr.  T.  James, 
head  master  1778 — 1794;  prizes  for  divinity,  founded 
in  memory  of  Archbishop  Tait,  and  by  A.  F.  Buxton, 
Esq. (O.K.),  and  the  late  Dr.  Hastings  Robinson  (O.R.), 
and  others  ;  a  prize  for  ecclesiastical  history,  history 
of  the  Prayer  Book,  or  Christian  Evidences,  given  by 
the  Rev.  Canon  Evans  ;  prizes  for  general  modern 
history,  founded  by  Mrs.  Bowen  in  memory  of  her 

174 


CHAP.  Ill]  WORK   OF   THE   SCHOOL  Prizes 

son,  the  late  Lord  Bowen  (O.R.) ;  a  prize  for  set  sub- 
jects in  the  Army  Class,  founded  in  memory  of  the 
late  H.  C.  Wrigley,  who  died  while  still  a  member  of 
the  school  ;  Tom  Hughes  prizes,  founded  by  Dr. 
Percival,  Bishop  of  Hereford,  head  master  1887 — 1895, 
which  consist  of  a  copy  of  Judge  Hughes'  work,  "  The 
Manliness  of  Christ,"  given  to  every  boy  who  becomes 
head  of  the  School,  the  School  House,  the  Cricket 
Eleven,  and  the  Football  Fifteen. 

Other  prizes,  which  have  no  particular  interest  in 
their  origin,  are  given  for  certain  Classical  subjects, 
history,  mathematics,  modern  languages,  natural 
science,  and  reading. 


175 


CHAPTER    IV 

SOCIETIES,  GAMES,  AND  OTHER  INTERESTS 

DEBATING  AND  NATURAL  HISTORY  SOCIETIES. 

FROM  the  work  of  the  school  we  will  now  turn  to 
the  societies.  The  two  most  important  are  the  De- 
bating Society  and  the  Natural  History  Society,  which 
meet  -on  alternate  Saturday  evenings  during  the  au- 
tumn and  spring  terms.  Of  these  the  Debating  Society 
is  the  elder  and  can  trace  its  origin  back  to  1833  ;  the 
society  then  first  formed  was  not  long-lived,  but  since 
1845,  when  its  successor  was  established,  the  records 
have  been  kept  almost  continuously,  and  amongst  the 
speakers  have  been  many  Rugbeians  who  have  made 
a  name  for  themselves  in  after  life.  As  now  con- 
stituted all  members  of  the  Upper  School  are  eligible 
to  the  society,  but  they  must  be  proposed  and  seconded 
by  members,  and  are  elected  by  ballot.  The  president 
is  a  master,  the  vice-president,  secretary,  and  usher 
being  selected  from  members  of  the  school.  The 
subjects  of  debate  are  principally  such  as  arise  in  all 
debating  societies,  political  questions  of  the  day  natur- 
ally affording  the  best  field  for  argument,  though  it  is 
as  rare  in  the  society  as  in  more  august  assemblies 
that  the  eloquence  of  the  speakers  influences  the 

177  N 


Natural  History  Society  RUGBY  [CHAP.    IV 

voting  on  such  subjects.  Visitors,  whether  members 
of  the  school  or  not,  are  admitted  to  the  debates,  and 
the  gatherings  are  naturally  largest  when  some  topic 
of  general  school  interest  is  down  for  discussion  ;  that 
the  debates  do  not  often  hang  fire  may  be  seen  from 
the  pages  of  the  "  Meteor,"  the  school  journal,  where 
they  are  duly  reported. 

The  Natural  History  Society  dates  from  1867,  when 
it  was  formed  under  the  presidency  of  Mr.  F.  E. 
Kitchener,  an  assistant  master  at  the  time.  Its  re- 
cords have  been  regularly  kept  since  that  date,  and 
have  been  issued  annually  in  the  form  of  a  report. 
Any  member  of  the  school  may  join  the  society  in 
one  or  other  of  the  following  ways  :  (i)  by  presenting 
to  the  honorary  secretary  a  note,  signed  by  his  house 
master,  giving  leave  for  a  terminal  charge  of  three 
and  sixpence  to  be  made  in  the  house  bills  ;  (2)  by 
paying  direct  to  the  honorary  secretary  a  "  compound- 
ing fee  "  of  fifteen  shillings.  The  members  proper  are 
limited  to  fifteen,  and  are  elected  by  the  committee,  but 
there  are  a  number  of  honorary  members  and  corre- 
sponding members,  the  latter  chiefly  consisting  of  ex- 
members  of  the  society.  Amongst  these  may  be 
noticed  the  name  of  Mr.  F.  C.  Selous,  O.R.,  who  was 
one  of  the  early  members  of  the  society.  The  mass  of 
those  who  join  the  society  are  called  associates.  Its 
popularity  may  be  judged  by  the  fact  that  in  1898  the 
number  of  members  and  associates  reached  365,  and 
the  wide  scope  of  its  activities  may  be  seen  by  a  glance 
at  any  of  the  annual  reports.  These  reports  publish 
the  essay  which  wins  the  society's  annual  prize,  and 

178 


CHAP,    IV]  SOCIETIES,   GAMES,    ETC.       N.  H.  S.  Museum 

some  of  the  most  interesting  of  the  various  papers 
read  at  the  fortnightly  meetings.  They  also  contain 
the  reports  of  the  various  sections,  of  which  there 
are  no  less  than  seven,  a  meteorological  section  which 
takes  regular  observations  of  barometer,  thermometer, 
and  rainfall,  also  entomological,  botanical,  zoological, 
architectural,  geological  and  photographic  sections. 
Most  of  these  combine  business  with  pleasure  in  the 
summer  term  by  expeditions  to  places  of  interest  in 
the  neighbourhood. 

The  most  precious  possession  of  the  Natural  History 
Society  is  its  museum.  The  prime  origin  of  this 
appears  to  have  been  a  heap  of  stones  and  fossils 
which  the  boys  of  the  time  brought  back  with  them 
after  the  holidays,  in  response  to  a  request  from  Dr. 
Arnold  that  they  should  bring  specimens  of  the  com- 
mon stones  and  fossils  of  their  respective  neighbour- 
hoods. These  lay  in  an  unsorted  and  diminishing 
heap  until  Mr.  J.  M.  (now  Archdeacon)  Wilson  set  to 
work  on  them  in  1859,  when  he  joined  the  staff  of 
masters.  The  specimens  worth  keeping  were  selected, 
and  to  them  were  added  a  collection  of  fossils  of  the 
local  Lias  which  he  made  with  the  aid  of  pupils,  and 
a  small  collection  of  British  and  foreign  fossils  pre- 
sented by  other  masters.  They  were  all  placed  in  the 
Arnold  Library  ;  at  first  a  single  case  sufficed,  but  the 
collection  soon  overflowed  on  to  the  adjoining  book- 
shelves. When  the  Natural  History  Society  was  started 
in  1867  botanical  and  entomological  collections  were 
begun  by  the  president  and  Mr.  A.  Sidgwick,  and  various 
boys  formed  collections  of  birds  eggs  and  fresh-water 

179 


N.  H.  S.  Museum  RUGJ3V  [CHAP.   IV 

shells.  When  the  new  buildings  were  erected  these 
were  housed  in  a  small  room  in  them  ;  but  the  geo- 
logical specimens  remained  in  their  old  quarters  in 
the  Arnold  Library,  and  were  presently  joined  by  the 
others,  when  the  opening  of  the  Temple  reading-room 
set  free  a  large  space  in  the  Arnold  Library.  Here  the 
collections,  constantly  increasing  by  gifts  from  all 
quarters,  remained  till  1894,  when  the  temporary 
buildings  at  the  corner  of  the  Hillmorton  Road  were 
erected  and  the  greater  part  of  the  Arnold  Library 
became  a  school  room  for  the  lower  bench  of  the  Sixth. 
Want  of  light  and  proper  cases  had  very  seriously 
hampered  the  usefulness  of  the  collections,  but  a 
special  room  in  the  new  quarters  has  provided  admir- 
ably for  their  accommodation  and  made  it  possible  to 
arrange  and  display  them  as  they  deserve.  The  room 
is  lighted  from  above  and  heated  by  water-pipes  below, 
and  the  whole  wall  and  floor  space  (forty-five  feet  by 
forty-five)  is  thus  available  for  cases  and  shelves.  The 
work  of  arrangement  was  no  light  one  ;  some  of  it  has 
been  done  by  Mr.  Collinge,  of  Mason  College,  Bir- 
mingham, some  by  the  efforts  of  masters  and  boys, 
and  the  value  of  the  collections  has  been  much  in- 
creased thereby  in  every  way.  To  the  scientist  they 
present  much  that  is  of  interest,  while  the  casual 
observer  will  notice  especially  the  cases  of  stuffed 
birds  and  animals,  the  collection  of  butterflies,  the 
fossil  remains  of  one  of  the  large  extinct  New  Zealand 
birds,  and  the  mummy,  whose  history  is  unknown,  but 
whose  genuineness  has  been  lately  demonstrated  by 
a  photograph  taken  by  means  of  the  X  rays,  which 

1 80 


CHAP.    IV]         SOCIETIES,   GAMES,    ETC.  Vivarium 

showed  the  bones.  The  museum  also  contains  a 
plaster  model  of  the  neighbourhood  of  Rugby  extend- 
ing four  miles  in  all  directions,  a  good  library  of 
natural  history  books,  and  a  portrait  of  the  late  Mr. 
M.  H.  Bloxam,  O.R.,  a  devoted  friend  of  the  Natural 
History  Society,  which  benefited  much  by  his  learning 
and  his  generosity. 

The  museum  and  library  are  open  to  members  and 
associates  from  2  p.m.  to  locking-up  on  week-days, 
and  from  2  to  4  on  Sundays. 

Besides  the  museum  the  Natural  History  Society 
also  boasts  of  a  vivarium,  which  was  established  in  the 
glass-houses  which  belonged  to  the  market  gardener 
who  held  the  greater  portion  of  what  is  now  Calclecott's 
field.  The  collection  is  almost  entirely  confined  to 
British  and  foreign  birds,  chief  amongst  which  in  a 
well-deserved  popularity  is  a  fine  white  cockatoo. 
Occasionally  "  strange  serpents  "  find  their  way  to 
the  vivarium,  for  not  long  ago  a  tiny  crocodile  was 
presented  by  an  Old  Rugbeian ;  but  though  kept  in 
the  warmest  of  the  glass-houses  he  only  survived  a 
month.  The  vivarium  helps  to  support  itself  by  the 
sale  of  flowers,  for  which  the  glass-houses  provide 
ample  room. 

A  third  and  far  smaller  society  is  called  Eranos. 
It  consists  of  twelve  members  only,  who  fill  up  their 
number  by  co-option  from  among  the  Sixth,  who 
alone  are  eligible.  It  was  instituted  by  the  Rev. 
F.  B.  Westcott  (now  head  master  of  Sherborne)  some 
ten  years  ago,  and  meets  regularly  for  reading  and  dis- 
cussing papers,  chiefly  on  literary  subjects. 

181 


Volunteer  Corps  RUGBY  [CHAP.   IV 

THE  VOLUNTEER  CORPS. 

Here,  between  the  societies  and  the  games,  is  per- 
haps the  right  place  to  notice  the  Volunteer  Corps, 
the  enrolled  members  of  which  form  the  F  Company 
in  the  2nd  V.  B.  Royal  Warwickshire  Regiment.  It 
was  founded  in  1860,  at  the  time  when  the  Volunteer 
movement  was  spreading  over  England  through  fear 
of  French  aggression,  but  it  was  not  the  first  institu- 
tion of  the  kind  :  the  school  had  shared  in  the  move- 
ment of  the  same  nature  in  .  1803,  and  had  raised 
a  contingent  equipped  in  blue  coats  with  scarlet 
cuffs  and  collars,  and  armed  with  heavy  wooden 
broadswords.  When  the  second  volunteer  corps  was 
organized  in  1860,  officers  as  well  as  privates  were 
all  members  of  the  school.  Since  1868,  however,  the 
superior  officers  have  been  masters  ;  at  present  there 
are  a  captain  and  two  lieutenants  from  the  masters, 
and  three  cadet  officers  from  the  school.  Patriotism 
combined  with  the  attractions  of  "  marches  out,"  "  field 
days,"  and  perhaps  the  smart  red  uniform,  renders  the 
rifle  corps  a  very  popular  institution,  so  much  so  that 
there  is  at  present  a  total  strength  of  260.  A  special 
feature  of  the  arrangements  is  that  the  members  from 
each  house  form  a  section  or  sub-section,  which  are 
thus  complete  permanent  units.  This  arrangement 
puts  a  good  deal  of  responsibility  on  the  non-com- 
missioned officers,  which  is  increased  by  the  fact  that 
promotions  from  the  ranks  to  lance-corporal  are  made 
on  the  recommendation  of  the  house  sergeant.  The 
natural  rivalry  between  these  house-sections  is  stimu- 

182 


CHAP.   IV]  SOCIETIES,  GAMES,   ETC.        Volunteer  Corps 

lated  by  three  competitions,  the  successful  squad  gain- 
ing temporary  possession  of  the  challenge  shields, 
which  are  placed  in  the  house  hall.  These  competi- 
tions are  (a)  in  manual  and  firing  exercise,  motions  of 
rifle  on  the  march,  and  bayonet  exercise  ;  (I?)  in  smart- 
ness of  dressing ;  (c)  in  general  efficiency,  including 


Photo. 


E.  H.  Sjeight. 


SCHOOL   RIFLE  CORPS. 


attendance  at  drill  and  a  tactical  exercise  carried  out 
by  squads  of  twelve  with  a  non-commissioned  officer 
in  command.  The  corps  attends  one  or  two  large 
public  school  field-days  during  the  year :  these  are 
held  at  Aldershot  and  mean  a  whole  holiday  for  those 
who  go ;  besides  these  a  number  of  small  field-days 
or  "  marches  out "  are  organized  during  the  year  :  the 
fighting  is  frequently  followed  by  tactical  instruction 

183 


Volunteer  Corps  RUGBY  [CHAP.    IV 

to  the  cadet  officers  and  non-commissioned  officers, 
mistakes  in  the  field  being  pointed  out,  while  victors 
and  vanquished  alike  find  comfort  in  tea. 

The  rifle  corps  possesses  a  range  of  its  own  in  the 
Avon  valley,  permanent  use  having  been  granted  by 
the  owner,  Mr.  Boughton  Leigh.  It  is  about  one  and 
a  half  miles  from  the  school,  with  canvas  targets 
working  on  the  newest  principles  and  telephonic 
communication  between  markers  and  firing  points. 
From  among  the  marksmen  eight  are  selected  to 
represent  the  school  in  the  various  shooting  matches, 
and  the  competition  for  the  Ashburton  Shield  at  Bisley. 
This  trophy  has  been  won  twice — in  1861,  the  first 
year  it  was  competed  for,  at  Wimbledon,  and  in  1 894. 
The  Spencer  Cup  has  also  twice  fallen  to  Rugby  (in 
1889  and  1890),  and  the  Cadet's  Trophy  and  Veteran's 
Trophy  once  each.  The  Queen's  Prize  has  twice  been 
won  by  Old  Rugbeians,  viz.,  J.  B.  Carslake  in  1868, 
and  A.  P.  Humphry  in  1871,  while  P.  Richardson  was 
equal  in  1886.  In  1892  the  Allcomers  Aggregate 
fell  to  G.  A.  Wilson.  The  interest  in  shooting  is 
further  stimulated  by  various  challenge  cups,  which 
are  in  some  cases  supplemented  by  a  money  prize 
given  by  the  Company.  For  one  of  these  a  competi- 
tion is  held  every  month  at  500  yards  range  only. 
The  others  are  all  competed  for  at  200  and  500  yards, 
under  Bisley  regulations  :  they  consist  of  the  Denman 
and  Humphry  Cups,  the  Wimbledon  Cup  for  the 
highest  score  at  Bisley,  a  House  Cup  for  teams  of 
three  from  each  house,  the  Town  and  School  Cup, 
which  is  competed  for  between  teams  of  ten  from  the 

184 


CHAP.    IV]  SOCIETIES,   GAMES,    ETC.  Fire  Brigade 

town  and  school  corps,  and  the  Wratislaw  Cup  for 
individual  marksmen  from  school  and  town  companies. 


FIRE  BRIGADE. 

The  school  also  possesses  a  Fire  Brigade,  consist- 
ing of  two  officers  from  among  the  masters  and  two 
boys  from  each  house.  It  was  formed  in  1892,  its 
main  object  being  to  interest  boys  in  fire  brigade 
work,  though  no  doubt  their  knowledge  would  prove 
exceedingly  useful  in  case  of  a  fire  in  any  of  the 
boarding-houses  :  hitherto  they  have  fortunately  had 
no  opportunity  of  displaying  their  skill  under  any  but 
imaginary  circumstances,  for  they  do  not,  of  course, 
go  out  with  the  town  fire  brigade.  They  possess  a 
hose-cart  and  fire-escape,  but  a  modern  fire-engine 
belonging  to  the  town  has  superseded  the  old  school 
engine  of  1822,  itself  a  successor  of  ah  engine  bought 
in  1780,  in  accordance  with  statute,  "  for  the  use  of  the 
school,  alms-houses,  and  town  of  Rugby."  The  1822 
engine  still  survives,  with  the  directions  how  to  spread 
the  water  by  the  application  of  the  thumb  when  used 
for  gardening  purposes ! 


FOOTBALL. 

Of  the  games  played  at  Rugby,  the  one  chiefly 
associated  with  the  name  is  football.  Unlike  cricket, 
which  was  developed  under  the  guiding  hand  of  a 
central  club,  so  that  the  rules  were  everywhere  the 
same,  the  game  of  football  progressed  along  very 


Football  RUGBY  [CHAP.   IV 

different  lines  at  different  schools.  Of  these  school 
games  many,  owing  to  their  special  characteristics, 
were  not  suitable  for  general  adoption  ;  the  game 
played  at  Rugby,  however,  attained  through  the  Uni- 
versities and  clubs,  whither  its  cult  was  transferred  by 
Old  Rugbeians  and  members  of  other  schools,  notably 
Marlborough, which  had  adopted  the  game,a  popularity 
which  increased  so  rapidly  that  it  has  spread  over  the 
British  Isles.  Its  rules  have  for  many  years  been  laid 
down  by  a  Union  to  which  the  various  clubs  send 
members,  and  the  school  has  since  1888  laid  aside  the 
special  features  which,  to  some  extent,  lingered  there, 
and  adopted  in  all  games  the  rules  of  the  Rugby 
Union. 

As  to  the  origin  of  the  game,  much  has  been 
written  ;  the  similarity  has  been  established  between 
the  modern  Rugby  game  and  a  very  ancient  English 
popular  game,  which  may  perhaps  claim  its  fount 
and  origin  in  the  "  Harpastum  "  of  the  Roman  settlers 
in  Britain.'  But  the  modern  game  undoubtedly  sprang 
from  and  was  modelled  on  the  game  played  at  Rugby 
School.  It  was  necessary  then,  if  the  chain  was  to 
be  complete,  to  establish  the  connection  between  the 
primitive  game  and  the  game  played  at  Rugby.  Mr. 
Montague  Shearman,  author  of  the  well-known 
"  Badminton  "  volume,  has  endeavoured  to  do  this,  but, 
in  our  opinion,  an  interesting  pamphlet  on  "  The  Origin 
of  Rugby  Football,"  published  in  1897  by  the  Old 
Rugbeian  Society  (see  p.  219),  has  disproved  his  con- 
clusions. His  thesis  is  that  the  primitive  game,  the 
main  feature  of  which  was  the  carrying  of  the  ball,  sur- 

186 


CHAP.   IV]  SOCIETIES,   GAMES,   ETC.  Football 

vived  at  Rugby  alone  of  all  the  great  schools,  because 
it  "  alone  seems  to  have  owned,  almost  from  its  founda- 
tion, a  wide  open  grass  playground  of  ample  dimen- 
sions." But,  as  the  pamphlet  has  pointed  out,  this 
theory  will  not  hold  for  two  very  good  reasons  :  (i.) 
that  for  the  first  two  centuries,  nearly,  of  its  existence,. 
z>.,  till  1750,  when  the  school  moved  to  its  present 
position  (see  p.  31),  there  was  no  proper  playground 
at  all,  and,  even  then,  the  ground  obtained  remained 
divided  up  into  fields  of  no  great  size  till  1816;  (ii.) 
that  the  carrying  of  the  ball,  the  distinctive  feature  of 
the  primitive  and  modern  games,  was  not  an  original 
feature  of  the  game  played  in  the  Rugby  Close,  but  an 
innovation. 

That  this  is  so  is  amply  proved  by  the  statements 
of  the  late  Mr.  M.  H.  Bloxam,  who  entered  the  school 
in  1813,  and  the  late  Rev.  T.  Harris,  who  entered  in 
1819.  It  will  readily  be  understood  that  in  the  early 
part  of  this  century,  when  games  had  not  attained, 
either  at  schools  or  elsewhere,  the  prominent  position 
which  they  occupy  at  present  in  the  national  life, 
there  was  none  of  the  elaborate  codifying  of  rules 
which  obtains  nowadays  ;  the  laws  which  governed 
the  football  in  the  Close  were  laws  of  custom  and 
tradition,  strict  enough  on  some  points,  such  as  offside 
play,  but  not  attempting  to  provide  a  hard  and  fast 
system.  It  was  not  till  1846  that  a  code  of  written 
rules  appears,  "  sanctioned  by  a  Levee  of  Bigside  on 
the  /th  of  September."  These  do  not  profess  to  con- 
tain the  whole  theory  of  the  game,  but  assert  that 
"  they  are  to  be  regarded  rather  as  a  set  of  decisions 


Football  RUGBY  [CHAP.   IV 

on  certain  disputed  points  in  football,  than  as  contain- 
ing all  the  laws  of  the  game,  which  are  too  well  known 
to  render  any  explanation  necessary  to  Rugbeians." 
But  the  number  of  rules  shows  that,  however  well  known 
the  main  laws  might  be,  there  were,  as  might  be  ex- 
pected, a  very  large  number  of  disputed  points. 

When  the  game,  then,  was  in  the  plastic  state  which 
preceded  the  codification  of  its  rules,  it  was  quite  na- 
tural that  by  degrees  a  change  in  its  methods  should 
have  sprung  up,  which  led  inevitably,  when  once  it  had 
obtained  a  footing,  to  the  complete  alteration  of  its 
nature ;  this  change  was  the  practice  of  carrying  and 
running  with  the  ball.  The  evidence  collected  in  the 
pamphlet  of  the  Old  Rugbeian  Society  goes  to  show 
that  this  change  began  between  1820  and  1830.  The 
two  oldest  authorities  are,  as  we  mentioned  before, 
agreed  that  running  with  the  ball  was  not  allowed 
in  their  time.  The  ball  might  be  taken  on  the  bound 
and  drop-kicked,  and  there  were  much  the  same  regula- 
tions as  still  exist  for  a  fair  catch,  but  the  player  might 
not  run  on  with  it.  The  introduction  of  this  innovation 
is  put  down  by  Mr.  Bloxam  to  a  boy  named  Ellis,  who 
in  the  second  half-year  of  1823,  as  he  says,  "for  the 
first  time  disregarded  this  rule,  and  on  catching  the 
ball,  instead  of  retiring  backwards  "  (to  take  his  kick), 
"  rushed  forwards  with  the  ball  in  his  hands  towards  the 
opposite  goal,  with  what  result  as  to  the  game,"  he 
continues,  "  I  know  not,  neither  do  I  know  how  this 
infringement  of  a  well-known  rule  was  followed  up,  or 
when  it  became,  as  it  is,  the  standing  rule." 

There  is  no  other  evidence  than  Mr.  Bloxam's  for 
1 88 


CHAP.    IV]  SOCIETIES,   GAMES,   ETC.  Football 

attributing  the  first  carrying  of  the  ball  to  Ellis,1  and 
his  evidence  is  not  first  hand,  for  he  was  not  an  eye- 
witness ;  but  whether  it  was  so  or  not  is  not  a  question 
of  great  importance,  for  no  one  has  suggested  that  his 
action  was  generally  approved  at  the  time,  or  that 
it  led  speedily  to  the  alteration  in  the  game ;  the 
evidence  is  all  the  other  way :  but  it  is  obvious  that 
when  once  the  idea  had  been  suggested,  the  tempta- 
tion must  have  been  very  great  to  the  fast  runner 
who  found  himself  in  possession  of  the  ball  with  an 
opening  ahead  ;  and  so  it  gradually  came  about  that 
running  with  the  ball  obtained,  as  the  pamphlet  says, 
between  1830  and  1840,  "  a  customary  status,"  which 
was  "legalized  first  by  Bigside  Levee  in  1841-42,  and 
finally  by  the  rules  of  1846."  Picking  up,  however, 
was  for  many  years  only  legal  when  a  ball  was  on  the 
bounce  ;  a  rolling  ball  had  to  be  played  with  the  foot. 
It  would  seem,  then,  that  although  the  similarity  is 
great  between  Rugby  Football  and  the  ancestral  game 
which  attracted  the  unfavourable  notice  of  kings  as  far 
back  as' 1314,  the  former  can  lay  no  claim  to  direct 
descent  from  the  latter :  whether,  if  it  had  not  been 
for  this  primitive  game,  it  would  have  occurred  to  any 
boy  to  play  football  at  all  in  the  new  Close  or  else- 
where, whether  the  players  were  influenced  at  all  by 
having  heard  of  or  seen  this  primitive  game,  are  dif- 
ferent questions,  but  it  is  evident  that  Rugby  Football 
proper  is  a  product  of  the  nineteenth  century,  and  that 
its  main  features  were  developed  in  the  Close. 

1  A  tablet  has  been  placed  by  the  O.  R.  Society  in  the  wall 
of  the  head  master's  garden  to  commemorate  Ellis's  exploit. 

189 


Football  RUGBY  [CHAP.   IV 

It  would  be  beyond  the  scope  of  this  little  book  to 
attempt  to  trace  the  manifold  changes  which  have 
made  the  Rugby  Football  of  to-day  such  a  different 
game  from  that  played  by  a  previous  generation,  es- 
pecially as,  for  nearly  twenty  years,  the  parent  game  at 
Rugby  has  relinquished  its  special  features  and  fallen  in 
with  the  legislation  passed  by  the  Union  of  the  various 
clubs  which  are  its  offspring.  It  may,  however,  be  in- 
teresting to  note  a  few  of  the  steps  in  the  history  of 
the  game  at  Rugby. 

Of  the  game  as  it  was  played  fifty  and  sixty  years 
ago  there  remain  three  descriptions  in  particular,  to 
which,  if  he  does  not  already  know  them,  the  reader 
may  be  referred.  Best  known  of  these  is  the  de- 
scription in  "  Tom  Brown  "  of  the  great  annual  match 
of  School-house  v.  School  ;  then  there  is  a  capital 
description  of  a  Sixth  match  (i.e.,  Sixth  v.  School) 
by  W.  D.  Arnold,  which  may  be  found  incorporated 
in  a  chapter  on  football  in  "  The  Book  of  Rugby 
School"  (1856),  and  quoted  in  Mr.  Rouse's  History 
(p.  266)  ;  finally,  there  is  the  QuToQaXtopaxfaj  which 
first  appeared  in  a  school  magazine, "  The  Rugbeian," 
in  1840,  and  has  been  reprinted  for  the  benefit  of  a 
younger  generation  in  the  pamphlet  on  the  "  Origin 
of  Rugby  Football."  It  is  a  skit  in  Homeric  Greek 
on  the  Sixth  match  of  1839  by  Sir  Franklin  Lush- 
ington,  the  greater  part  of  which  is  taken  up  with  a 
list  of  the  heroes  who  fought  on  that  day,  amongst 
whom  we  find  Tom  Hughes  and  Theodore  Walrond, 
Bradley  and  Hodson  and  Matthew  Arnold. 

Imagination  may  easily  make  up  from  these  de- 
190 


CHAR   IV]  SOCIETIES,   GAMES,    ETC.  Football 

scriptions  a  picture  of  the  old  game :  but  the  eye  too 
may  still  get  some  idea  of  what  it  looked  like,  in  the 
games  played  annually  in  the  autumn  term  which 
have  survived  from  former  years.  These  have  hitherto 
been  three  in  number,  the  Sixth  match  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  season,  the  Old  Rugbeian  match  on  No- 
vember ist,  and  "Cock  Houses"  (the  two  best  House 
fifteens  v.  the  School)  at  the  end  of  the  term.  Not 
that  these  games  are  played  under  the  old  rules ;  the 
modern  rules  are  adhered  to  as  far  as  circumstances 
permit ;  the  peculiarity  of  these  games  is  that  you 
may  still  see  here,  especially  in  the  last-named,  instead 
of  the  fifteen  a  side,  sides  of  fifty  and  upwards  con- 
fronting each  other  :  for  the  number  of  players  is  not 
limited,  and  besides  the  players  in  the  school  Old 
Rugbeians  join  in  the  fray.  In  all  other  respects  the 
game  is  different,  but  the  crowded  field,  the  enormous 
scrummage,  the  tramp  of  many  feet  all  recall  the  foot- 
ball of  past  generations  of  Rugbeians,  and  in  the  Old 
Rugbeian  match  non-combatants  of  the  school  may 
still  be  seen  guarding  the  goal  line.  The  Sixth  match 
has  for  many  years  been  losing  its  interest,  from  the 
disparity  in  number  of  the  sides  (not  as  in  old  days 
in  favour  of  the  School,  but  of  the  Sixth),  and  its 
failing  to  attract  Old  Rugbeians  ;  there  has,  there- 
fore, seemed  no  objection  to  the  scheme  for  making 
more  of  Founder's  Day  (Oct.  20),  which  comes  early 
in  the  football  season,  by  playing  the  O.  R.  match  on 
that  date,  and  in  future  this  change  will  be  made,  the 
Sixth  match  surviving  as  an  ordinary  Bigside  game. 
The  difference  between  these  "  survival "  games 
191 


Football  RUGBY  [CHAP.    IV 

and  the  ordinary  matches  shows  how  great  an  effect 
the  limitation  of  numbers  has  had.  The  earliest  trace 
of  this  appears  to  be  in  1839  or  1840,  when,  according 
to  the  late  Mr.  G.  C.  Benn,  "a  match  was  made  of  fifteen 
or  twenty  on  each  side  chosen  from  those  who  were 
thought  to  be  some  of  the  best  players."  The  custom 
grew,  though  the  big  games  still  continued,  and  in 
1867  we  find  the  first  "  foreign  "  match,  twenty  a  side, 
between  the  school  and  a  side  got  together  by  Mr. 
A.  H.  Harrison,  of  which  all  but  two  were  Old  Rugbeians. 
The  school  was  defeated. 

As  Rugby  football  spread  foreign  matches  became 
natural  features  of  the  school  games,  and  we  find  that 
in  1870,  three  years  after  the  first  match  of  the  kind, 
a  regular  School  Twenty  was  chosen,  with  colours. 
It  was  an  inevitable  result  of  the  introduction  of 
foreign  matches  that  the  school  game  should  conform 
to  the  changes  of  rule  introduced  from  time  to  time 
by  the  Rugby  Union  founded  in  1871  ;  otherwise 
such  matches  would  have  been  impossible,  for  Old 
Rugbeians  who  kept  up  the  game  naturally  joined 
some  Rugby  football  club  where  the  Union  rules 
were  in  force.  We  consequently  find  that  in  1874 
a  Bigside  Levee  legalized  the  picking  up  of  the 
ball  when  rolling  in  accordance  with  the  Union  rule 
(hitherto,  in  spite  of  many  attempts  to  bring  about 
the  change,  the  old  rule  had  stood  that  the  ball 
might  only  be  picked  up  when  bouncing),  and  in  1876 
the  school  matches  were  played  fifteen  a  side.  In  the 
same  year  was  abolished  "  hacking  over,"  a  feature  of 
the  game  which  had  excited  much  unfavourable  com- 

192 


CHAP.    IV]  SOCIETIES,  GAMES,   ETC. 


Football 


ment,  but  which  was  really,  according  to  all  accounts, 
not  nearly  so  bad  as  it  sounded,  being  a  dexterous  trip 
rather  than  a  deliberate  kick.  "  Hacking  on  the  ball " 
in  the  scrummage,  which  had  been  an  inevitable  feature 
in  the  game  when  the  ball  had  to  be  driven  through 
the  dense  mass  of  players  on  Bigside,  survived  as  long 


E    //. 


A    SCRUMMAGE   ON    OLD    BIGSIDE. 


as  the  twenty  game  with  its  long  tight  scrummages 
flourished,  but  disappeared  when  the  looser  modern 
game  came  in  with  the  change  to  fifteen  a  side. 
Finally,  in  1881,  the  Union  rules  en  masse  were  sub- 
stituted for  school  rules  in  the  fifteen  game.  But 
though  these  changes  were  necessary  when  the  school 
met  outside  players,  and  were  thus  destined  gradually 
to  make  their  way  into  all  games,  some  of  the  old 

193  O 


Football  RUC.r-Y  [CHAP.   IV 

traditions  did  not  die  without  a  struggle  in  the  con- 
tests which,  after  the  middle  of  the  century,  began  to 
engross  the  interest  of  the  school,  and  still  cause  per- 
haps even  more  excitement  than  any  other  games  ;  we 
mean  the  house  matches. 

We  have  seen  that  the  School  House  contains  eighty 
boys,  while  the  other  houses  have  only  fifty.  In  the 
days  when  there  were  no  picked  sides,  but  the  weaker 
were  put  to  guard  the  goal  line,  and  when,  moreover,  the 
other  houses  were  not  so  large  or  so  numerous  as  they 
are  now,  the  School  House  was  a  match  for  the  rest  of 
the  school  put  together,  and  the  match  "  School  House 
v.  School  "  was,  as  readers  of  "  Tom  Brown"  know,  one 
of  the  great  events  of  the  football  season.  But  the 
supremacy  was  not  to  last;  in  1850  a  single  house, 
Cotton's  (now  Payne-Smith's)  was,  as  its  "Fasti"  record, 
"  cock  house  in  football,  beating  school  house,  which, 
for  the  first  time  in  its  great  history,  played  a 
single  house  in  playing  us."  The  Old  Rugbeian 
Society's  pamphlet,  so  often  referred  to,  has  printed 
in  an  appendix  gleanings  from  the  "  Fasti  "  or  annals 
of  different  houses,  which  show  that  from  this  date 
onwards  (except  in  1851,  for  which  there  is  no  record) 
there  was  some  competition  among  the  houses.  For 
many  years,  however,  there  was  no  regular  method  of 
conducting  it,  superiority  being  decided  by  the  best 
houses  challenging  each  other:  in  1853,  for  instance, 
the  School  House  match  book  records  that  "  notwith- 
standing that  the  Shairpites  (Shairp's  house,  since 
extinct,  had  come  to  the  front  in  1851)  were  generally 
considered  to  be  far  the  strongest  house,  it  was  thought 

194 


CHAP.    IV]  SOCIETIES,   GAMES,    ETC.  Football 

better  by  the  School  House  not  to  drop  the  annual 
custom  of  playing  them."  The  numbers  engaged 
varied,  and  on  this  occasion  the  School  House  played 
with  twenty-five  against  twenty-one  of  their  opponents, 
while  in  the  following  year  we  find  them  "  venturing  to 
bring  twenty-seven"  against  the  same  house,  "though 
they  were  not  thought  to  have  degenerated  since  the 
previous  year."  Sometimes  opinions  differed  as  to 
the  result  of  the  games;  in  1855  the  School  House 
claims  to  have  had  much  the  better  of  a  drawn 
game  with  Shairp's,  while  Compton's  (Payne-Smith's) 
"Fasti"  attribute  the  victory  to  Shairp's,  although  they 
had  but  eighteen  boys,  all  told,  in  the  house,  and 
claim  the  second  place  for  themselves !  It  appears, 
too,  that  Old  Rugbeians  might  join  in  the  fray,  for 
we  hear  of  Tom  Hughes  "doing  much  service"  for 
the  School  House  in  1857.  As  time  went  on  the  con- 
ditions under  which  the  competitions  were  held  be- 
came definitely  fixed,  and  in  1867  a  regular  system  of 
playing  off  ties  was  instituted,  but,  as  we  have  said,  the 
old  traditions  of  the  game  lingered  in  these  matches  : 
the  fifteen  game  was  not  substituted  in  them  for  the 
twenty  till  1888,  and  the  methods  of  the  twenty  game 
survived  in  spite  of  the  change  till  within  quite  recent 
years.  Hence  it  comes  that  Rugby  has  been  rather 
behind  other  schools  which  have  adopted  the  game, 
in  seizing  the  principles  of  the  "  modern  scientific  foot- 
ball," the  dawn  of  which  is  said  by  a  great  authority 
in  Mr.  Marshall's  book  to  have  been  marked  by  the 
reduction  of  the  number  of  players  from  twenty  to 
fifteen  aside.  One  result  of  this  was  that  of  the  annual 

195 


Football  RUGBY  [CHAP.    IV 

matches  which  the  school  has  played  with  Cheltenham 
College  for  the  last  five  years  it  lost  the  first  four. 
It  was  not  till  1899  that  the  tables  were  turned.  An 
annual  match  with  Uppingham  also  has  now  been 
arranged  :  the  first  match  was  won  by  Rugby. 

House  matches  have  a  very  important  influence  on 
the  game  at  Rugby,  not  only  because  of  the  interest 
they  arouse,  but  because  the  school  games  are  organ- 
ized on  the  house  system.  Not  only  are  there  house 
matches  played  in  the  autumn  term  between  house 
fifteens,  but  second  house  fifteens  have  a  competition 
in  the  spring  term  for  a  cup  presented  by  Mr.  A.  S. 
Francis,  O.R.  Moreover,  on  days  when  the  thirty 
best  players  in  the  school  are  playing  on  "  Bigside  " 
(sometimes  there  are  two  "Bigside"  games),  the  houses 
play  each  other  in  "  Belows  "  (i.e.,  those  "  below  "  Big- 
side)  and  "  Two-Belows  "  :  only  the  few  for  whom  no 
place  can  be  found  in  these  games  are  sent  off  to  take 
part  in  a  mixed  game,  rejoicing  in  the  emphatic  name 
of  "  Remnants."  On  days  when  there  are  no  inter-house 
games  the  various  houses  play  "  Littlesides,"  i.e.  pick-up 
games  amongst  members  of  the  house.  The  increase 
of  ground  of  late  years  has  enabled  this  system  to  be 
very  thoroughly  worked,  and,  now  that  "  Remnants  " 
has  been  established  on  a  firm  basis,  every  boy  in  the 
school  who  may  play  gets  a  game  of  football  on  a 
half-holiday.  The  same  remark  applies  to  cricket, 
which  is  organized  on  the  same  lines. 

Football  is  compulsory  for  all  below  the  Sixth  who 
have  not  got  a  medical  certificate  of  unfitness.  The 
season  lasts  from  the  beginning  of  the  autumn  till 


CHAP.   IV]  SOCIETIES,  GAMES,   ETC.  Football 

three  quarters  of  the  way  through  the  spring  term  : 
in  the  latter  term  it  has  of  late  years  largely  taken  the 
place  of"  running,"  but  it  is  not  pursued  with  the  same 
zest  as  in  autumn,  as  the  only  competition  is  between 
the  second  house  fifteens  ;  foreign  matches  continue 
till  the  end  of  the  season,  but  the  various  "  distinc- 
tions "  which  mark  individual  prowess  are  only  given 
.in  the  autumn  term.  These  are :  (i.)  the  Fifteen  colours ; 
viz.,  a  red,  white  and  blue  ribbon  on  the  straw  hat, 
dark  blue  knickerbockers,  and  school  crest  on  a  white 
jersey,  (ii.)  "  Caps "  (about  thirty-five  of  these  are 
given  nowadays,  including  the  Fifteen).  These  are  the 
oldest  of  the  football  distinctions,  dating  from  about 
1843,  though  the  exact  date  seems  uncertain  ;  they 
are  gorgeous  affairs  of  velvet  with  gold  or  silver 
braid,  which  set  the  fashion  of  football  caps  for  the 
Universities  and  other  Rugby  football  clubs.  They  are 
awarded  by  the  head  of  the  Fifteen,  but  they  vary  in 
colour,  each  house  having  its  own.  In  the  old  days 
players  wore  them  on  the  field,  and  they  must  have 
added  a  pleasant  touch  of  colour  to  the  scene.  In 
the  modern  game,  where  heads  in  the  scrummage  are 
unseen,  the  cap  would  have  a  hard  time  of  it,  and  have 
become — as  indeed  they  always  must  have  been — 
quite  useless  bits  of  splendour.  With  the  cap  go 
certain  privileges  of  crest  and  knickerbocker.  (Hi.) 
Flannels.  The  name  has  survived  its  appropriateness. 
It  was  jrjven  in  times  when  the  regulation  garments 
were  "  ducks,"  and  flannel  trousers  were  reserved  as  a 
mark  of  distinction.  "Flannels"  are  now  distinguished 
by  black  stockings  and  a  crest  on  the  straw  hat. 

197 


Football  UUCI15V  [CHAP.   IV 

It  has  only  been  within  the  last  fifteen  years  that 
common  sense  has  prevailed  in  allowing  all  boys  to 
wear  garments  most  suitable  for  games,  distinction 
being  only  preserved  in  the  colour  of  the  material. 
About  the  same  time  a  wise  legislation  reduced  to  a 
reasonable  degree  the  endless  multiplicity  of  braid 
and  ribbon  which  formerly  marked  distinction  in 
games  or  degree  of  seniority.  It  should  be  mentioned 
that  in  games  old  members  of  the  school  teams  resign 
their  colours  at  the  beginning  of  the  season,  except 
the  senior  member  left,  who  becomes  captain. 

No  account  of  the  school  games  could  omit  all 
mention  of  Rugbeians  who  have  distinguished  them- 
selves therein.  This  is  no  place  for  a  full  list,  which 
would  be  a  very  long  one,  but  a  few  names  may  be 
selected.  "  First  and  foremost  of  all  half-backs, 
whether  of  this  or  any  other  period,"  writes  Mr.  A.  G. 
Guillemard,  himself  a  noted  Old  Rugbeian  Inter- 
national player,  "was  C.  S.  Dakyns,  who  from  1861  to 
1868  accomplished  such  marvellous  achievements  on 
Old  Bigside  at  Rugby,  and  in  the  ranks  of  the  Rich- 
mond Club,  as  could  hardly  be  credited  by  those  who 
never  saw  him  at  his  prime."  Full  of  resource  and 
excellent  in  all  departments  of  the  game,  his  unerring- 
drops  with  either  foot  from  among  a  crowd  of  ad- 
versaries seem  to  have  been  the  feature  of  his  play 
which  most  impressed  his  contemporaries.  Among 
other  noted  players  in  the  early  days  of  club  football 
were  A.  Rutter,  first  President  of  the  Union,  and  K. 
Rutter,  "  whose  long  left-foot  drops "  (to  quote  the 
same  authority),  u  were  as  useful  to  his  club  (Rich- 

198 


Football  RU<;I;Y  [CHAP,  iv 

mond)  for  many  seasons  as  was  his  left-hand  bowling 
to  the  Middlesex  County  Eleven  ; "  E.  C.  Holmes, 
"  one  of  the  most  hard-working  of  men,  and  equally 
good  in  or  behind  the  scrummage,"  who,  with  A.  Rutter 
and  L.  J.  Maton,  drafted  the  first  code  of  rules,  and 
with  M.  Davies  and  G.  Hamilton  formed  a  trio  whose 
combination  was  very  effective  on  the  field  ;  C.  S. 
Fryer,  a  very  fast  and  tricky  half-back  ;  C.  W.  Sher- 
rard  of  the  R.M.A.,  and  F.  Stokes  of  Blackheath, 
"  one  of  the  very  best  examples  of  a  heavy  forward," 
who  was  captain  of  the  English  International  team  for 
the  first  three  years  of  its  existence.  Of  the  first 
International  Twenty  in  1871,  no  less  than  ten  were 
old  Rugbeians,  prominent  amongst  them  being  J.  F. 
Green,  "  for  several  years  one  of  the  most  brilliant  of 
half-backs,"  F.  Tobin,  and  D.  P,  Turner,  a  magnificent 
forward  who  played  in  five  successive  matches  against 
Scotland.  Seven  of  the  next  year's  team  came 
from  Rugby,  including  F.  W.  Isherwood,  "  perhaps 
the  best  forward  playing  on  this  occasion ; "  and  for 
some  years  the  school  continued  to  be  well  repre- 
sented, amongst  those  selected  being  C.  W.  Crosse  in 
1874,  "  one  of  the  very  best  of  forwards  that  ever  came 
from  Rugby;"  E.  H.  Nash,  who  was  conspicuous  in 
the  match  against  Scotland  in  1875  ;  A.  T.  Michell, 
"  an  admirable  half-back,"  captain  of  the  Oxford  team 
in  1874,  and  brother  of  W.  G.  Michell,  who  has  shown 
for  many  years  in  the  Close  how  well  the  game  may 
be  learned  at  Wellington  and  Cambridge  ;  also  G.  F- 
Vernon,  the  well-known  cricketer,  in  1878,  who  plavcd 
five  times  for  England  and  was  "  certainly  one  of  the 

200 


CHAP.   IV]  SOCIETIES,  GAMES,   ETC.  Cricket 

very  best  forwards  of  his  time."  Of  late  years  Rugby 
has  supplied  but  few  International  players:  three 
members  of  the  1880  fifteen  obtained  that  honour,  but 
since  then  there  have  been  only  two,  A.  Mackinnon, 
who  represented  Scotland  in  1898  and  1899,  and  A.  O. 
Dowson,  who  played  for  England  in  1 899.  We  have 
only  mentioned  a  few  among  International  players, 
but  doubtless  there  were  many  as  good  in  earlier  days 
whose  fame  never  spread  beyond  the  Close :  such 
were  "Jem  Mackie  "  and  the  other  heroes  of  1839, 
celebrated  in  the  $aTO@a*toftax,ia,  and  after  them  players 
like  A.  G.  Butler,  M.  T.  Martin,  J.  S.  E.  Hood  and 
C.  Marshall,  while  all  authorities  unite  in  placing 
F.  E.  Speed,  captain  of  the  fifteen  in  1877,  amongst 
the  best  three-quarter  backs  ever  seen  at  Rugby. 


CRICKET. 

Cricket  at  Rugby,  at  the  present  time,  is  organized 
on  the  same  system  as  football :  as  in  football  there  are 
"  Foreign  matches,"  Bigsides  and  Littlesides,  House 
matches,  Belows,  Two  and  Three  Belows,  and  Rem- 
nants. The  competition,  however,  among  the  House 
Belows  of  various  grades  differs  in  that  for  the  last  five 
years  it  has  been  conducted  under  the  League  system- 
each  house  playing  two  matches  against  every  other 
house.  The  object  of  this  was  to  keep  up  the  interest 
which  "counting"  games  give,  fora  house  defeated  in 
Belows  early  in  the  term  used  to  find  itself  condemned 
to  a  monotonous  series  of  "  bosh  "  Belows.  The  result 
of  the  new  system  has  been  successful,  though  the 

201 


Cricket  RUGBY  [CHAP.    IV 

strength  of  a  House  Belows  varies  much  from  time  to 
time,  according  as  its  prominent  players  are  engaged 
in  Bigside  or  not,  Belows  being  only  played  when 
there  is  a  Bigside. 

A  special  feature  of  cricket  organization  which  has 
been  introduced  latterly  is  the  "  Young  Guard.".  This 
consists  of  boys  under  sixteen  who  show  promise  : 
they  have  special  "  ends  "  (i.e.,  practice  nets)  at  the 
further  end  of  Caldecott's,  where  they  get  coached  by 
the  master  who  manages  this  Young  Guard,  and  a 
professional,  whose  appointment  and  payment  have 
been  due  to  the  suggestion  and  generosity  of  the  Old 
Rugbeian  Society.  Besides  the  "  ends  "  the  Young 
Guard  have  pick-up  games  on  days  when  such  games 
do  not  interfere  with  the  "counting"  games,  and  in 
these  the  umpire  endeavours  to  impart  some  of  the 
science  of  the  game  which  can  only  be  learned  in  a 
match.  When  a  boy  is  over  sixteen  and  has  to  leave 
the  Young  Guard,  he  is,  if  still  promising,  allowed  to 
go  on  the  "  ends  "  reserved  for  those  who  have  gained 
the  "  tie "  (the  first  school  distinction),  where  he 
practises  with  the  better  cricketers  of  his  age  and  gets 
occasional  coaching  from  masters,  until  he  gets  his 
Twenty-Two  colours,  when  he  has  the  freedom  of 
the  Twenty-Two  ends  :  here  there  are  two  if  not 
three  professionals  ready  to  bowl  at  him,  as  well  as 
masters.  The  attempt  to  provide  stepping-stones  for 
the  young  cricketer  has  combined  with  other  things 
to  raise  the  standard  of  cricket  in  the  school  at  large. 
Chief  among  other  factors  in  this  we  should  place  the 
general  improvement  of  the  grounds,  and  the  practice 

202 


CHAP.    IV]  SOCIETIES,  GAMES,   ETC.  Cricket 

of  playing  all  house  matches  on  the  best  ground,  New 
Bigside,  where  the  young  cricketer  who  plays  correctly 
has  much  more  chance  of  making  runs  than  on  a  bad 
wicket,  and  the  bowler  can  get  his  field  into  the 
positions  which  he  wants.  All  cricket  distinctions,  the 
Tie,  Twenty-Two,  and  Eleven,  are  given  by  the  head 
of  the  Eleven.  The  Eleven  colours  are  light  blue  cap 
and  shirt  and  white  flannels.  All  others  nowadays 
wear  gray  flannels. 

Cricket  has  certainly  flourished  at  Rugby  for  more 
than  a  century  ;  of  its  early  days  little  is  known,  but, 
as  Mr.  Rouse  has  pointed  out,  "  Nimrod  "  (C.  Apper- 
ley,  entered  1789)  speaks  of  it  as  being  in  high  repute 
in  his  time.  "  All  along  the  ground  "  was  not  yet  the 
cricketer's  ideal  in  those  days,  for  Nimrod  boasts  that 
he  had  never  seen  balls  "sent  further  or  higher  from  the 
bat "  than  when  hit  by  the  heroes  of  his  time.  Since 
1831  scores  have  been  preserved,  and  these,  from  1831  . 
to  1893,  have  been  published  by  the  Old  Rugbeian 
Society,  beginning  with  a  defeat  at  the  hands  of  the 
Arden  Club  in  May,  1831,  a  defeat  which  was  avenged 
in  July  of  the  same  year.  "  Foreign  matches  "  then  had 
already  begun  at  that  time,  and  are  to  be  found  in  the 
scores  along  with  the  principal  school  games,  Sixth 
v.  School  and  School  House  v.  School,  as  in  football, 
North  v.  South  (of  chapel),  and  so  on.  Lists  of  the 
Eleven,  painted  in  the  cricket  pavilions,  date  from 
1834;  in  1840  we  find  the  school  playing  the  M.C.C. 
at  Lord's,  and  in  the  next  year,  after  the  Wellesbourne 
match,  took  place  the  M.C.C.  match  which  forms  the 
basis  of  the  well-known  description  in  "Tom  Brown." 

203 


Cricket  RUGBY  [CHAP.   IV 

Of  the  famous  cricketers  whose  names  appear  in 
this  book  we  may  mention  a  few.  In  1843  we  find 
the  first  recorded  "  century "  opposite  the  name  of 
C.  O.  Pell  ("Pell"  in  the  scores,  for  initials  were 
omitted  except  in  cases  where  two  of  the  same  name 
might  be  mistaken) :  he  made  1 13  out  of  185  against 
the  Wellesbourne  Club  at  Wellesbourne,  and  followed 
it  up  with  92  against  the  Town  Club.  He  gained 
fame  afterwards,  not  only  as  a  cricketer,  but  as  a 
marksman  at  Wimbledon.  Five  years  later  we  find 
the  first  mention  of  the  well-known  name  of  C.  G. 
Wynch,  one  of  the  best  leg  hitters  ever  seen  in 
the  cricket  field  ;  we  may  mention  here  that  the  first 
100  on  "  Bigside "  was  scored  in  1849  by  H.  A. 
Pickard,  who  in  later  life  served  with  great  distinction 
in  India.  Contemporary  with  these,  though  strangely 
enough  his  name  does  not  appear  in  the  scores,  was 
David  Buchanan,  a  thorn  in  the  side  of  batsmen  on 
the  most  famous  cricket  fields  as  well  as  on  the  Close 
and  the  Rugby  Town  Club  ground,  for  many  more 
years  than  fall  to  the  lot  of  most  famous  bowlers.  In 
1854  first  appears  the  name  of  E.  G.  Sandford,  three 
years  captain  of  the  School  Eleven,  and  a  well-known 
figure  in  Oxford  and  Gentlemen  of  England  elevens  ; 
and  overlapping  him  at  school  was  E.  M.  Kenney,  a 
famous  fast  right-hand  bowler.  At  this  time,  too,  we 
notice  the  name  of  B.  B.  Cooper,  captain  of  the  Eleven 
in  1 862,  who  used  to  go  in  first  with  W.  G.  Grace  for  the 
Gentlemen,  and  made  a  stand  of  283  with  him  for  the 
first  wicket  on  one  occasion,  which  was  unsurpassed 
for  many  years  ;  also  C.  Booth,  and  1C.  Rutter,  the 

204 


CHAP.   IV]  SOCIETIES,   GAMES,    ETC.  Cricket 

Middlesex  slow  bowler.  Contemporary  with  these 
was  T.  Case,  who  in  his  brilliant  career  at  Oxford 
showed  as  much  excellence  in  cricket  as  in  other 
things.  Coming  to  1866  and  1867  we  find  the  Eleven 
captained  by  B.  Pauncefote,  perhaps  the  best  all- 
round  cricketer  who  ever  learnt  the  game  on  the 
Close  ;  included  in  its  ranks  were  W.  Yardley,  the 
brilliant  bat  who  scored  for  Cambridge  the  first  hun- 
dred ever  made  in  the  'Varsity  match,  and  still  holds  the 
record  as  the  only  player  who  has  performed  that  feat 
twice,  and  C.  K.  Francis,  a  fast  right-hand  bowler, 
probably  the  best  ever  produced  by  the  school,  who  at 
Lord's  in  1869  took  seven  Marlborough  wickets  in  the 
first  innings  and  all  ten  in  the  second.  Passing  over 
in  the  Seventies  such  sterling  cricketers  as  H.  W. 
Gardner,  W.  O.  Moberley,  and  G.  F.  Vernon,  we  come 
to  C.  F.  H.  Leslie,  captain  in  1879  and  1880,  the  last 
Rugbeian  to  gain  a  place  in  an  All  England  Eleven. 
Since  his  time  there  have  been  no  such  notable  players, 
though  the  Close  has  seldom  seen  a  more  successful 
schoolboy  bat  than  E.  H.  F.  Brad  by,  captain  in  1885, 
who  in  that  season  scored  four  centuries  in  eleven 
innings,  and  had  an  average  of  69.  There  are  few 
Rugbeians  at  present  playing  in  first-class  cricket, 
but  P.  F.  Warner,  captain  in  1892,  is  becoming  one 
of  the  mainstays  of  the  Middlesex  eleven,  while 
R.  W.  Nicholls  helped  last  year  when  playing  for  that 
side  to  make  the  record  stand  for  the  last  wicket. 

Such  are  some  of  the  names  best  known  in  the 
Close  during  the  last  half  century.  It  would  be  in- 
teresting to  trace  the  changes  in  the  game  from  the 

205 


Cricket  RUCiBV  [CHAP.    IV 

old  days  of  underhand  bowling  and  top  hats,  through 
what  was  in  1855  "the  still  developing  era  of  swift 
round  bowling,  with  all  its  manifold  paraphernalia  of 
newspaper  reports,  pads,  pavilions,  and  professionals  " 
(John  Lillywhitein  1850  was  the  first  professional);  but 
space  forbids,  and  we  can  only  call  attention  to  one  or 
two  points  of  interest.  Peculiar  to  Rugby,  we  believe, 
is  the  term,  perhaps  the  institution,  "  Pie  Match."  A 
Pie  Match  is  a  match  after  which  the  winning  side 
celebrate  their  victory  by  a  "  stodge,"  to  use  the  modern 
slang  word,  and  as  far  back  as  1850  we  find  a  school 
Pie  Match  being  contested  on  Bigside.  The  losing 
side  used  to  contribute  double  the  amount  of  the 
winning  to  the  feast,  in  which  only  two  of  the  losers 
shared,  the  two  who  had  made  most  runs  and  taken 
most  wickets.  School  Pie  Matches  have  long  since 
dropped  out,  but  house  Pie  Matches  still  flourish, 
though  the  feast  nowadays  is  generally  provided  by 
the  house  master. 

The  great  match  of  the  year  is  the  Marlborough 
match,  which  is  played  at  Lord's  on  the  first  two  days 
of  the  summer  holidays.  It  was  first  played  in  1855 
at  Lord's,  and  has  been  an  annual  match  ever  since, 
excepting  in  the  years  1858,  1859,  and  1861,  while  in 
the  years  1888  and  1891  rain  prevented  any  play. 
Since  1871  the  match  has  always  been  at  Lord's  ;  in 
the  preceding  years  it  had  been  occasionally  played 
at  the  Oval,  and  once  each  on  the  respective  school 
grounds.  Rugby  got  a  long  start  in  victories  to  begin 
with,  and  of  the  forty  matches  that  have  been  played 
(up  to  1899)  she  has  won  twenty-two;  thirteen  have 

206 


Cricket  RUdlJY  [CHAP.    IV 

been  won  by  Marlborough,  and  five  only  have  been 
drawn.  It  is  curious  to  note  in  how  few  cases  there 
has  not  been  a  large  margin  of  wickets  or  runs  for  the 
winning  side. 

It  may  be  interesting  to  note  that,  besides  by  Marl- 
borough  in  1868,  the  Close  has  three  times  been 
visited  by  elevens  from  other  schools.  In  1858  a 
Harrow  eleven,  not  the  proper  school  eleven,  for  it 
contained  two  Old  Harrovians,  played  a  two  days' 
match  and  was  badly  beaten,  while  in  1887  and  1897 
the  school  celebrated  the  Jubilees  by  defeating  in 
single  day  matches  elevens  from  Clifton  and  Upping- 
ham  respectively,  the  result  in  each  case  being  some- 
what contrary  to  expectation.  It  is  not  likely,  how- 
ever, that  a  second  school  cricket  match  will  be 
adopted,  the  present  arrangement  having  very  great 
advantages. 


RUNNING. 

Another  time-honoured  pastime  of  Rugby  boys  is 
cross-country  running.  It  seems  to  have  dated  from 
the  end  of  last  century  at  any  rate,  and  at  the  begin- 
ning of  this  it  was  the  custom  to  have  a  run  after  the 
prizes  had  been  awarded,  when  the  winners  of  the 
prizes  supplied  ale  at  the  end  of  the  run  at  some  public 
house  in  the  neighbourhood  ;  as  readers  of  "  Tom 
Brown"  will  remember  it  was  in  full  swing  in  the 
Thirties,  and  since  1837  records  of  the  runs  have  been 
kept  by  the  head  of  the  running,  who  is  called  Holder 
of  "  Bigside  Bags,"  it  being  his  duty  to  keep  the  bags 

208 


CHAP.   IV]  SOCIETIES,   GAMES,   ETC.  Running 

in  which  the  "  hares  "  carry  the  "scent."  At  that  time 
the  runs  were  paper-chases  in  the  true  sense  of  the 
word  ;  although  the  general  direction  Was  known  and 
the  "  come-in  "  or  end  of  the  run  was  at  a  fixed  place, 
the  course  varied  according  to  the  pleasure  of  the  hares, 
and  the  tracking  of  their  course  formed  a  great  feature 
of  the  sport.  The  "  come  in  "  in  those  days  was  gener- 
ally at  some  public  house,  where  ale  was  provided  for 
those  who  succeeded  in  reaching  the  goal  within  a 
certain  time.  It  would  seem  that  gradually  the  course 
of  the  runs  became  more  and  more  fixed  (the  first 
"times"  recorded  are  in  1844),  and  in  1858  L.  N. 
Prance,  who  then  held  the  Bigside  bags,  wrote  a  de- 
scription of  the  fixed  course  of  Bigside  runs.  These 
descriptions  were  revised  and  printed  by  R.  S.  Benson 
in  1877,  and  since  then  there  have  been  two  more 
editions,  in  1883  and  1893,  which  contain  not  only 
descriptions  of  the  runs  but  records  of  runners.  Notice- 
able among  the  earliest  recorded  winners  of  runs  are 
A.  H.  Clough  and  W,  S.  Ho.dson,  while  in  1849  and 
1850  occurs  repeatedly  the  name  of  T.  W.  Jex-Blake 
who  held  Bigside  bags  in  those  years. 

There  are  thirteen  runs  described  in  this  book,  all 
of  which,  except  one,  the  Hillmorton,  introduced  in 
1882,  are  old  ones  dating  from  the  Thirties  :  they  vary 
in  distance  from  the  Hilton,  which  is  just  under  five 
miles,  to  the  Crick,  the  most  famous  of  them  all, 
which  is  about  twelve  and  a  quarter  miles.  For  many 
years  the  Crick  used  always  to  be  run  on  the  first 
Thursday  in  December,  but  of  late  years  it  takes 
place,  like  most  other  Bigside  runs,  in  the  spring 

209  p 


Running  RUGBY  [CHAP.   IV 

term.  The  "  record  "  for  it  is  held  by  K.  B.  Kellett, 
who  in  1889  ran  it  in  the  splendid  time  of  i  hour, 
1 5  minutes,  1 5  seconds.  The  first  half  of  the  course 
lies  mostly  over  fields,  the  last  six  miles  are  along 
the  road  from  Crick  to  Rugby,  where  the  very  few 
who  under  present  regulations  may  compete  are 
cheered  on  their  way  by  swarms  of  bicyclists.  In 
1 88 1  a  cup  was  given  by  former  winners  of  the  Crick, 
to  be  called  the  Running  Cup  :  for  some  years  this 
was  competed  for  by  house  running  eights,  the  cup 
going  to  the  house  whose  representatives  scored  most 
points  in  Bigside  runs.  The  competition  for  the  cup 
was  keen,  but  it  began  to  be  recognized  that,  except 
for  individual  boys,  long  distance  running  is  apt  to 
prove  too  much  of  a  strain,  and  in  1892  the  system  of 
inter-house  competitions  was  abolished.  At  the  same 
time  very  strict  regulations  were  laid  down  with  re- 
gard to  running  in  general.  The  Running  Cup  for  a 
few  years  went  to  the  winner  of  the  Crick  ;  it  now 
goes  to  an  individual  runner,  but  one  or  two  other 
runs  besides  the  Crick  may  count  in.  The  interest  in 
running  is  still  kept  up  by  a  School  Running  Eight, 
who  have  two  or  three  matches  in  the  spring  term 
against  outside  running  clubs.  The  members  of  the 
Running  Eight  wear  a  distinctive  dark  and  light  blue 
ribbon  on  the  straw  hat. 

By  the  rules  which  have  been  in  force  since  1893,  no 
boy  under  sixteen  is  allowed  to  run  any  Bigside  runs, 
and  leave  from  home  is  also  necessary ;  for  the  Crick 
the  limit  of  age  has  been  put  at  seventeen,  and  leave 
has  to  be  obtained  from  home  and  from  house  master. 

210 


CHAP.   IV]  SOCIETIES,  GAMES,   ETC.  Running 

The  organization  of  house  runs  was  also  altered  at  the 
same  time.  The  various  houses,  as  well  as  Bigside, 
have  their  traditional  runs,  but  the  method  under 
which  they  were  conducted  was  different  :  starting 
from  some  point  close  to  the  school  all  those  who 
ran  (and  running  was  compulsory  for  all  fags  and 
junior  boys)  kept  together  till  a  point  was  reached 
where  the  u come-in,"  generally  some  half-mile  or  more 
long,  began  ;  then  those  who  liked  raced  on,  the  rest 
going  as  they  pleased.  At  the  end  of  the  "  come-in  " 
stood  the  "coat  fags,"  who  had  carried  the  coats  of  the 
runners  from  the  starting  point  to  the  "  come-in." 
This  system,  as  being  apt  both  to  come  hard  on  the 
bad  runners,  and  to  encourage  the  good  runners  to  race, 
as  well  as  providing  a  very  poor  afternoon's  employ- 
ment for  the  coat  fags,  was  altered  in  1893.  Since 
then  all  house  runs  have  started  from  and  finished  at 
the  house ;  no  times  may  be  taken,  and  instead  of  all 
going  together  they  are  run  in  two  divisions,  senior 
and  junior,  each  under  charge  of  two  responsible  per- 
sons. For  those  who  cannot  manage  even  the  junior 
house  runs  there  are  special  very  short  runs  in  which 
the  "  remnants  "  from  the  different  houses  combine. 

House  runs  form  the  regular  exercise  throughout 
the  winter  on  days  when  it  is  too  wet  for  football. 
Formerly  they  were  the  mainstay  of  the  spring  term, 
but  of  late  years  increase  of  ground  has  enabled  foot- 
ball to  be  played  in  the  spring  term  by  all  the  school. 
The  football  season  generally  stops  soon  after  the  first 
week  in  March  ;  after  this  boys  begin  practising  for  the 
Athletics,  which  take  place  at  the  end  of  March.  The 


Athletics  RUGBY  [CHAP.    IV 

earliest  recorded  athletics  were  held  in  1853,  but  the 
institution  apparently  dates  from  before  that  time. 
The  School  House  seems  to  have  started  the  idea, 
which  is  the  reason  why  the  head  of  the  School 
House  is  an  ex  officio  steward.  The  Athetics  were 
very  comprehensive  at  first,  including  not  only  running 
and  jumping  but  hand-fives,  place-kicking  and  drop- 
ping, swimming  and  diving.  The  competitions  in 
these  still  take  place,  but  are  not  associated  with  the 
athletics.  The  events  now  included  in  these  comprise 
flat  races  of  a  mile,  half-mile,  quarter-mile,  150  and 
100  yards  ;  100  yards  hurdle  races,  high  jump,  broad 
jump,  throwing  the  cricket  ball,  putting  the  weight, 
and  an  inter-house  tug  of  war.  For  most  of  these 
events  there  are  junior  as  well  as  open  competitions. 
The  prizes  are  almost  all  provided  by  school  subscrip- 
tions, three  weekly  allowances  being  stopped  for  the 
purpose,  but  the  head  master  gives  the  prize  for  the 
mile.  The  rule  that  no  other  prizes  should  be  given 
was  only  broken  in  favour  of  the  late  Mr.  M.  H. 
Bloxam,  who  for  many  years  gave  prizes  for  two  flat 
races  of  300  yards  for  junior  boys  ;  these  races  are 
still  called  after  his  name.  Some  of  the  events,  how- 
ever, have  challenge  cups  attached  to  them  which 
go  to  the  winner  for  the  year,  and  there  are  two 
Athletic  Cups  for  the  two  who  win  most  points  in  the 
events.  Finally,  there  is  the  Wrigley  Cup,  instituted 
in  1891  in  memory  of  H.  C.  Wrigley,  a  member  of  the 
Sixth  Form  and  Army  Class,  who  died  in  the  Easter 
holidays  of  1890.  It  goes  to  the  house  which  gains 
most  points  in  the  sports,  and  greatly  increases  the  in- 

212 


CHAP.   IV]  SOCIETIES,  GAMES,   ETC. 


Athletics 


terest  in  the  competitions,  for  points  can  be  scored  in 
all  events,  and  in  the  open  events  go  down  to  the  fourth 
in  the  order  of  winners.  Not  unfrequently  the  issue  de- 
pends on  the  tug  of  war,  and  the  interest  is  sustained 
right  to  the  end.  The  Athletics,  which  take  place  on 


E.  H.  Speight. 


A    STEEPLECHASE. 


two  days,  are  managed  by  five  stewards.  The  heads  of 
the  School,  School  House,  the  Eleven  and  the  Fifteen, 
are  stewards  ex  officio.  Bigside  levee  elects  the  one  or 
more  stewards  necessary  to  complete  the  number.  Of 
p<jrformances  recorded  at  the  Athletics  the  most 
notable  are  C.  W.  L.  Bulpett's  mile  in  4  minutes, 
391  seconds  (1871),  K.  L.  Curry's  105  feet,  2  inches,  for 

213 


Athletics  RUOIIY  [CHAP.    IV 

throwing  the  cricket  ball  in  the  same  year,  F.  W. 
Capron's  high  jump  of  5  feet,  5  inches,  in  1879,  ar|d 
C.  A.  S.  Leggatt's  broad  jump  of  20  feet,  2  inches, 
also  in  1879.  M.  J.  Brooks,  the  famous  Oxford  high 
jumper,  did  not  do  anything  phenomenal  at  school. 
There  are  plenty  of  ten  seconds  "  dead  "  recorded  for 
the  100  yards,  but  times  in  such  races  cannot,  at  any 
rate  before  the  perfection  of  stop-watches,  be  relied 
upon. 

Other  athletic  events  of  the  spring  term  are  the 
School  and  House  Steeplechases.  The  courses  for 
these,  of  varying  length  and  difficulty,  according  to 
the  age  of  the  competitors,  but  never  exceeding  about 
a  mile,  are  set  with  flags  through  the  fields  by  the 
Clifton  brook  ;  they  cross  and  recross  the  brook,  and 
finish  up  not  far  from  the  Clifton  road  and  Butler's 
Leap,  the  leap  from  the  road  over  the  low  railing  and 
the  brook  below,  just  before  it  passes  under  the  bridge, 
made  famous  by  A.  G.  Butler.  Organized  house 
brook-jumping,  "  paper  chasing  "  as  it  was  called,  has 
died  out,  but  brook-jumping  is  still  a  popular  pursuit 
on  fine  spring  days. 


FIVES  AND  RACQUETS. 

Two  other  games  largely  played  at  Rugby  de- 
serve mention,  Fives  and  Racquets.  The  former  is 
the  older  game  :  when  it  first  came  into  existence  we 
do  not  know,  but  given  a  wall,  a  paved  ground  and 
a  boy,  one  may  be  fairly  safe  in  conjecturing  that 
some  sort  of  fives  will  be  played.  The  buildings 

214 


CHAP.    IV]  SOCIETIES,   GAMES,    ETC.  Fives 

completed  in  1816  afforded,  unintentionally  no  doubt, 
special  facilities  for  the  game,  for  a  narrow  stone 
coping  runs  all  round  them  about  three  feet  from 
the  ground,  where  the  wall  becomes  slightly  thinner  ; 
it  thus  forms  a  natural  line  over  which  the  ball  must 
be  hit.  There  were  two  specially  suitable  places 
known  in  the  Thirties,  at  any  rate,  as  the  Great  and 
Little  Fives  Courts.  The  Little  Fives  Court  was  under 
the  old  Sixth  School,  the  library  as  it  was  then,  just 
inside  the  school  gates :  the  door  in  the  east  wall  is 
modern,  and  the  place  was  well  adapted  for  hand  fives, 
which  was  played  there  ;  it  was  used  by  the  School 
House  long  after  it  had  ceased  to  be  a  recognized  fives 
court,  but  the  door  has  spoilt  it.  On  the  Great  Fives 
Court  bat  fives  only  was  played  :  the  front  wall  was 
formed  by  the  windowless  west  wall  of  the  block  of 
schools  which  faces  the  Close  ;  the  floor  was  paved, 
and  when  a  form  room  was  built  against  the  vestry 
of  the  old  chapel,  there  was  a  back  wall  ;  when  the 
new  chapel  was  built  the  space  was  no  longer  free.  A 
third  fives  court  was  built  in  1848  in  what  is  now  the 
New  Quadrangle,  on  the  site  of  some  old  cottages 
which  were  bought  up  and  pulled  down  :  this  of  course 
disappeared  when  the  new  buildings  were  erected. 
All  the  fives  courts  nowadays  are  at  the  south  end  of 
the  Close,  and  were  built  for  the  purpose  (see  p.  139) : 
bat  fives  is  still  a  popular  game,  though  there  is  only 
one  court,  the  flooring  of  which  is  not  what  it  might 
be,  while,  besides  the  plain  wall  Rugby  hand  fives 
courts,  there  are  four  Eton  fives  courts,  which  are 
not  however  so  well  frequented.  These  courts  are  most 

215 


Racquets  RUGBY  [CHAP.    IV 

sought  after  in  the  spring  term,  when  school  competi- 
tions are  carried  on  as  well  as  house  competitions 
(generally  handicaps)  of  all  kinds.  There  are,  how- 
ever, no  matches  with  outside  players,  and  conse- 
quently there  is  no  regular  school  pair  at  fives. 
Racquets  was  introduced  with  the  building  of  the  old 
court  in  1859.  Since  1884  there  have  been  two 
courts.  A  professional  racquet  player  is  employed 
at  the  courts,  who,  besides  playing,  sells  the  requisite 
materials  for  fives  and  racquets  and  looks  after  the 
courts.  From  1868  to  1894  the  well-known  champion 
player,  J.  Gray,  was  professional,  and  since  then  his 
son  has  carried  on  the  work.  The  school  has  from  the 
first  competed  for  the  Public  Schools  Challenge  Cup, 
but  has  only  been  successful  twice,  in  1870,  when 
H.  W.  Gardner  and  T.  S.  Pearson  carried  it  off,  and 
again  in  1896,  when  it  was  won  after  a  most  exciting 
struggle  by  W.  E.  Wilson-Johnston  and  G.  T.  Hawes. 
There  have,  however,  been  many  good  players,  notable 
amongst  them,  besides  the  pair  of  1870,  being  J.  W. 
Weston,  R.  O.  Milne,  S.  K.  Gwyer,  and  C.  F.  H.  Leslie, 
while  successive  Bowden-Smiths  have  identified  their 
name  with  the  game. 

The  best  players  in  the  school  form  what  is  known 
as  the  Racquet  Club  :  these  have  the  privilege  of  book- 
ing courts  at  a  fixed  time  for  the  whole  term,  care 
being  taken  that  they  do  not  monopolize  the  courts, 
and  of  changing  in  the  dressing-room  at  the  courts. 
The  six  best  players  in  the  club  are  selected  by  com- 
petition in  the  autumn  term,  and  these  six  compete 
with  each  other  in  the  spring  term  after  reasonable 

216 


CHAP.    IV]  SOCIETIES,   C'.AMES,   ETC.  Racquets 

time  allowed  for  practice  ;  those  who  come  out  first 
and  second  are  chosen  as  the  pair  to  represent  the 
school.  By  this  method  the  pair  can  be  fixed  upon 
early  enough  in  the  spring  term  to  allow  of  their 
practising  together,  in  ordinary  games  and  in  matches 
with  outside  players,  for  nearly  a  couple  of  months 
before  the  competition,  even  if,  which  is  not  often  the 
case,  they  have  not  played  much  together  before.  The 
expenses  of  racquet  playing  being  heavy,  those  who 
represent  the  school  are  subsidized,  but  only  to  a 
reasonable  degree,  by  the  Old  Rugbeian  Society. 
The  racquet  pair  have  two  distinctions  in  dress,  a 
jersey  trimmed  with  light  blue  for  playing  in,  and  a 
special  badge  instead  of  the  school  crest  on  the 
ordinary  school  blazer.  Besides  the  regular  school 
racquet  competitions  in  the  spring  term  for  singles 
and  doubles,  there  is  a  challenge  cup  competed  for  by 
pairs  from  the  different  houses  in  the  summer  term. 
The  head  master,  too,  gives  a -racquet  to  be  played  for 
by  boys  under  sixteen. 


GVMNASIUM. 

To  the  few  who  may  not  play  active  games,  and  to 
many  others,  exercise  and  employment  is  afforded  by 
the  gymnasium  and  workshops.  They  are  open 
regularly  during  play  hours,  while  for  the  gymnasium 
the  various  boarding-houses  have  a  special  hour  in  the 
evening  once  a  week.  A  subscription  of  los.  a  term 
is  charged  for  the  gymnasium,  js.  a  term  for  the 
workshops.  Boxing  and  fencing  are  taught  without 

217 


O.  R.  Society  RUGBY  [CHAP.  IV 

extra  charge  at  the  gymnasium  at  certain  stated 
times,  and  private  lessons  may  also  be  had.  Dis- 
tinctions, worn  only  inside  the  gymnasium,  are  given 
to  the  best  gymnasts,  the  best  pair  of  whom  are  chosen 
to  represent  the  school  in  the  inter-school  competition 
at  Aldershot.  A  gymnastic  eight  is  also  now  selected 
to  compete  with  Harrow.  The  workshops  afford  facili- 
ties for  turning  and  all  kinds  of  carpentry. 


OLD  RUGBEIAN  SOCIETY. 

Frequent  mention  has  been  made  in  these  pages  of 
the  Old  Rugbeian  Society.  It  was  founded  on 
December  19,  1889,  its  object  and  purpose  being  "to 
assist  and  promote  the  games  of  Rugby  School,  and 
so  form  a  bond  of  union  between  past  and  present 
Rugbeians."  The  minimum  donation,  which  is  of  the 
nature  of  an  entrance  fee,  is  a  sovereign  ;  no  further 
subscriptions  are  required,  though  they  are  gladly  re- 
ceived. The  society  has  cricket  colours.  Its  founder 
and  first  hon.  sec.  was  S.  P.  B.  Bucknill ;  he  was 
succeeded  in  1893  by  Morris  Davies,  whose  presence 
in  Rugby  is  a  great  factor  in  the  successful  working 
of  the  society,  which  is  thus  constantly  kept  in  touch 
with  the  needs  which  from  time  to  time  are  most 
pressing  at  the  school.  The  membership  of  the 
society  has  risen  steadily  since  its  formation,  and  it 
now  numbers  853,  and  has  a  balance  in  the  last  state- 
ment of  accounts  of  £286  los.  lid.  The  society  lends 
a  helping  hand  to  all  sorts  of  things  connected  with 
games,  e.g.,  payment  of  cricket  professionals,  subsidiz- 

218 


CHAP.  IV]  SOCIETIES,   GAMES,   ETC.  O.  R.  Society 

ing  of  racquet  players,  levelling  of  ground,  cementing 
of  racquet  courts,  and  so  on  :  a  list  of  principal  votes 
for  the  last  ten  years  (nearly)  amounts  to  ;£8o8  :  its 
great  object  is  to  act  as  fairy  godmother  without 
taking  upon  itself  expenses  which  should  reasonably 
fall  on  the  school  subscriptions,  and  in  this  it  has 
succeeded  admirably.  The  society  sends  a  copy  of 
the  "  Meteor "  (the  school  paper)  and  the  "  School 
Calendar  "  to  all  subscribers  of  a  pound  and  upwards, 
and  has  published  two  works,  frequently  referred  to 
in  these  pages,  a  volume  of  Rugby  School  Cricket 
Scores,  from  1831  to  1893,  with  several  interesting 
appendices  (price  los.  6d.\  and  a  shilling  pamphlet  on 
"  The  Origin  of  Rugby  Football."  It  has  been  proposed 
that  the  society  should  extend  its  scope  so  as  to  in- 
clude other  things  than  games,  while  keeping  them 
as  its  primary  object,  but  hitherto  the  objection  has 
prevailed  that  such  a  step  might  lead  the  society  into 
a  sphere  of  action  for  which  its  present  constitution 
would  render  it  ill  adapted.  It  is,  however,  very  much 
to  be  hoped  that  the  society  will  some  day  see  its  way 
to  some  slight  alteration  of  its  rules  such  as  would 
enable  it  to  support  such  work  as  the  publication  of 
the  School  Register ;  this  most  interesting  work  has 
hitherto  been  dependent  on  the  energy  and  enterprise 
of  individuals. 

Before  leaving  the  subject  of  games  it  should  be 
mentioned  that  questions  as  to  the  management  and 
organization  of  games  are  discussed,  when  they  arise, 
before  the  Games  Committee,  which  consists  of 
masters  and  boys,  the  latter  predominating:  its  de- 

219 


Periodicals  RUCI5V  [CHAP.  IV 

cisions  are  of  course  always  subject  to  the  approval 
of  the  head  master,  while  any  radical  change  has  to  be 
submitted  to  a  Bigside  levee  before  being  submitted 
to  the  head  master. 

PERIODICALS. 

It  will  not  be  out  of  place  here  to  say  a  few  words 
about  the  periodicals  which  have  from  time  to  time 
been  published  by  members  of  the  school.  The 
earliest  of  these  seems  to  have  been  the  "  Rugby 
Magazine,"  which  flourished  during  the  years  1835- 
1836.  There  is  an  interesting  letter  (No.  92)  in 
Stanley's  "  Life  of  Dr.  Arnold,"  in  which,  writing  to  a 
pupil  (H.  Highton,  afterwards  a  master  at  Rugby, 
Principal  of  Cheltenham,  and  a  distinguished  scientist), 
he  welcomes  the  idea,  at  the  same  time  laying  down 
the  conditions  which  alone  could  ensure  its  being  of 
value  to  the  school — the  inexorable  rejection  of  trash, 
"or  worse  still,  anything  like  local  or  personal 
scandal  or  gossip,"  and  the  absence  of  politics  ;  "  I  do 
not  wish,"  he  says,  "to  encourage  the  false  notion  of  my 
making  or  trying  to  make  the  school  political."  In  a 
subsequent  letter  (No.  116)  he  speaks  of  the  second 
number  :  "  It  is  written  wholly  either  by  boys  actually 
at  the  school,  or  by  undergraduates  within  their  first 
year.  I  delight  in  the  spirit  of  it,  and  think  there  is  much 
ability  in  many  of  the  articles.  I  think  also  that  it  is 
likely  to  do  good  to  the  school."  The  Magazine  con- 
tained no  chronicle  of  school  events  ;  its  contents  are 
purely  literary,  but  some  of  the  lighter  contributions 
give  glimpses  of  the  school  life  of  the  time.  Amongst 

220 


CHAP.  IV]  SOCIETIES,  GAMES,   ETC.  Periodicals 

the  contributors  to  it  was  A.  H.  Clough.  Following 
the  Magazine,  in  1840,  came  a  single  number,  which 
must  be  exceedingly  rare  now,  of  the  "  Rugbeian." 
It  contained  the  <puTo@xMof*ax,{a,  (see  p.  190). 

The  same  traditions  were  kept  up  in  the  "  Rugby 
Miscellany "(1845),  "Rugbeian"  (1850-1852),  "New 
Rugbeian"  (1858-1861),  and  the  "  New  Rugby  Maga- 
zine "  (1864-1865). 

In  1867  was  started  the  "  Meteor,"  which  has 
flourished  ever  since.  Its  stability  is  due  to  the  fact 
that  it  has  no  other  aims  than  to  chronicle  school 
events :  "  small  beer "  they  may  be  to  the  outside 
public,  but  to  past  and  present  Rugbeians  they  are  of 
great  interest,  and  the  "  Meteor  "  has  become  a  school 
institution  ;  once  only  we  believe  did  it  launch  out 
into  literary  effort,  but  its  voyage  was  a  very  short 
one.  It  has  of  late  clothed  itself  in  a  pictorial 
cover,  designed  by  Mr.  T.  Lindsay.  The  head  of 
the  school  is  an  editor  ex  officio;  the  other  editors  are 
co-opted  :  formerly  the  editors  shared  the  profits,  but 
of  late  years,  since  the  "  Meteor  "  has  been  supplied  to 
every  boy,  being  chargeable  in  the  bills,  they  receive 
a  fixed  sum,  the  surplus  going  to  the  school  funds. 

Literary  propensities  have,  however,  produced  other 
papers  at  intervals.  There  was  the  "  T.  V.  W."  (Two 
Venturesome  Wilsonites)  in  1877-1878,  best  known 
from  delightful  descriptions  of  the  school  in  the  manner 
of  Herodotus,  from  the  pen  of  Mr.  A.  Sidgwick  ;  then 
came  the  "Leaflet"  (1883-1886),  where  illustrations 
first  make  an  appearance,  and  the  "  Sibyl,"  which  had 
a  comparatively  long  life  (1890-1895).  Finally,  in 

221 


Missions  RUGBY  [CHAP.    IV 

1898,  comes  the  "  Laurentian,"  destined,  we  hope,  to 
survive  for  many  seasons. 

MISSIONS. 

We  must  not  conclude  without  a  word  about  the 
two  missions  which  the  school  and  Old  Rugbeians 
support.  The  oldest  of  these  is  the  Fox  Mission.  It 
was  founded  in  memory  of  Henry  Watson  Fox 
(entered  1831),  who  went  out  as  a  missionary  in 
Southern  India,  and  died  young  in  1848.  The  funds 
go  to  maintain  a  mastership  in  the  Noble  College  at 
Masulipatam,  a  large  native  school.  A  sermon  on 
behalf  of  this  fund  is  preached  annually  in  the  school 
chapel  on  November  ist,  All  Saints'  Day.  The  other 
mission,  called  the  Home  Mission,  was  started  in 
1889  :  it  was  feared  at  the  time  that  the  Fox  Mission 
Fund  might  suffer  by  the  new  move,  and  a  minimum 
of  £300  was  consequently  guaranteed  to  it,  the  deficit 
to  be  a  first  charge  on  the  Home  Mission  :  hitherto 
no  call  has  been  necessary,  and  the  two  have  flourished 
side  by  side,  though  it  is  only  natural,  perhaps,  that 
more  interest  should  be  felt  in  the  Home  Mission, 
which  consists  in  the  maintenance  of  two  boys'  clubs, 
the  largest  at  223,  Walmer  Road,  Netting  Hill,W.,  the 
other  at  Mission  Room,  Theodore  Street,  Birmingham. 

The  Netting  Hill  "Rugby  Club"  has  developed 
from  a  small  organization  of  the  kind  started  by  Mr. 
A.  F.  Walrond,  O.R.  It  is  situated  in  one  of  the 
poorest  and  roughest  parts  of  London,  and  it  still  suc- 
ceeds, in  spite  of  the  gradual  introduction  and  steady 
maintenance  of  discipline,  in  attracting  the  poorest  and 

222 


CHAP.   IV]  SOCIETIES,  GAMES,   ETC.  Missions 

roughest  class  of  boys.  The  present  manager,  Rev.  F. 
Meyrick-Jones,  is  an  old  Malburian,  but  he  is  assisted 
in  the  work  by  several  old  Rugbeians,  who,  living  in 
London,  devote  some  of  their  evenings  to  regular 
work  at  the  club.  The  annual  report  will  give  the 
reader  a  good  idea  of  the  organization  of  the  club. 
Two  special  annual  events  may  be  mentioned  as  being 
the  chief  ways  in  which  Rugby  boys  may  come  into 
contact  with  the  club  :  (i.)  the  visit  to  the  school  in 
the  spring  on  the  day  of  the  annual  general  meeting, 
when  members  of  the  club  come  down,  headed  by  a 
capital  drum  and  fife  band  loudly  playing  the 
"  Floreat,"  the  school  song,  play  games  in  the  Close, 
and  are  feasted  in  the  boarding-houses  ;  (ii.)  the  camp 
in  August,  when  a  number  of  them  are  taken  down 
for  a  week's  outing,  generally  by  the  sea,  and  old  and 
present  Rugbeians  are  welcomed  by  the  regular  staff 
to  take  part  in  the  various  labours  and  amusements 
which  camp  life  affords.  In  such  ways  the  Home 
Mission  endeavours  to  win  the  interest  and  sympathy 
of  the  school  in  a  branch  of  social  work  which  must 
appeal  to  all  sorts  and  conditions  of  men. 

SCHOOL  SONG. 

Finally,  we  must  add  a  few  words  about  the  school 
song.  The  earliest  composition  of  the  kind  was  an 
English  imitation  of  the  Winchester  "  Domum,"  the 
Latin  chorus  of  which  was  retained.  It  flourished  at  the 
beginning  of  the  century  and  is  quoted  by  Bloxam 
in  one  of  his  contributions  to  the  "  Meteor,"  reprinted 
in  "  Rugby  "  (p.  89) ;  it  is  evidently  a  youthful  com- 

223 


The  "Floreat"  RUGBY  [CHAP.  IV 

position,  and  is  chiefly  remarkable  for  a  curious  emen- 
dation in  the  first  stanza.  It  ran  originally : 

"  Let  us  now,  my  jovial  fellows, 
Shout  aloud  with  youthful  glee, 
Sing,  old  Rose,  and  burn  the  bellows, 
Sing  sweet  home  and  liberty." 

According  to  Bloxam  the  third  line  referred  to  one 
"  George  Rose,  Esq.,  sometime  M.P.  for  Christchurch, 
who  was  equally  celebrated  for  his  vocal  abilities  and 
his  wanton  Destruction  of  furniture  when  in  a  state  of 
excitement.  Such  appears  in  a  note  to  an  edition  of  the 
'  Ingoldsby  Legends/  published  in  1863."  The  refer- 
ence being  forgotten,  the  line  became  unintelligible, 
and  was  altered  to  "Sing  sweet  home  and  burn 
libellos."  The  music,  not  apparently  the  well-known 
tune  of  the  Winchester  "Domum,"  used  to  be  played  as 
a  voluntary  on  the  organ  in  the  parish  church,  and  later 
on  in  the  chapel,  on  the  last  Sunday  of  the  half  year. 
The  Rugby  "  Domum  "  fell  into  disuse  in  Dr.  Arnold's 
time,  and  its  place  was  not  filled  till  in  1870  the  Rev. 
C.  E.  Moberly,  a  master  at  the  school,  wrote  the  words 
and  music  of  the  "  Floreat,"  which  has  endeared  itself 
to  all  Rugbeians  since.  It  runs  as  follows  : 

"  Evce  laeta  requies 

Advenit  laborum, 

Fessa  vult  induties 

Dura  gens  librorum, 

Nunc  comparatur  sarcina, 

Nunc  praesto  sunt  viatica, 

Nos  laeta  schola  miserit 

Nos  laeta  domus  ceperit 
yEquales,  sodales,  citate,  clamate 
Floreat,  floreat,  floreat  Rugbeia. 
224 


CHAP.    IV]  SOCIETIES,   GAMES,   ETC.          "  The  Floreat 

Chorus.     Floreat,  floreat,  floreat  Rugbeia, 
Floreat,  floreat,  floreat  Rugbeia  ! 

"  Campi  nostri  gramina 

Trita  jam  quiescent, 

Dein  bimestri  spatio 

Laeta  revirescent, 

Sic  se  tandem  refectura 

Nostrac  mentis  est  tritura, 

Et  rigor  omnis  difHuet 

Et  vigor  ortus  affluet 
Ut  choro  sonoro,  citemus  clamemus 
Floreat,  floreat,  floreat  Rugbeia. 
Chorus. 

"  Ilia  vivat  operum 
Strenua  navatrix, 
Et  virtutum  omnium 
Unica  creatrix. 
Ilia  regno  cives  bonos 
Et  bonorum  det  patronos, 
Det  claros  senatores 
Laureates  bellatores, 
Et  donis  coronis,  laudata  beata, 
Floreat,  floreat,  floreat  Rugbeia. 
Chorus. 

"  At  si  fatum  omnes  nos 

Tanta  vult  conari, 

Haecce  saltern  tempora 

Fas  sit  otiari  ; 

Nondum  cancellarii 

Sumus  aut  episcopi, 

Sic  fratres  gaudeamus 

In  loco  desipiamus, 
Et  choro  sonoro  citemus  clamemus 
Floreat,  floreat,  floreat  Rugbeia." 
Chorus. 

225  Q 


INDEX 


Act  of  1748,  32  ;  of  1777,  34  ; 

of  1868,  66. 
Allen,  John,  24. 
Almshouses,  9. 
Armoury,  106. 
Arms  School,  8. 
Army  Class,  158. 
Arnold,  Thomas,   52-62,  104  ; 

Grave,     124;      Monument, 

133  ;  Bust,  150. 
Arnold  Library,  105,  144. 
Art  Museum,  144. 
Ashbridge,  Robert,  24. 
Athletics,  212. 

Banner,  151. 

Barn  Close,  92. 

Bath,  137. 

"  Benns,"  99. 

Benson,  E.  W.,  129. 

Bigside,  Old,  90  ;    New,  97  ; 

Levees,  162  ;  Runs,  209. 
Bloxam,  M.  H.,  71,  104,  145, 

181. 

Boarding-Houses,  151,  156. 
Bowden-Smith,  117,  136. 
"  Buffetting,"  49. 
Burrough,  Stanley,  34. 
Butler,  Samuel,  46,  72. 
Brownsover  Parsonage,  4,  14. 


"  Caldecotts,"  99. 

"  Case's  Gallows,"  89. 

Chapel,  117-136;  Piece,  90. 

Choir,  1 68. 

Christmas  Presents,  39. 

Classical  Side,  156. 

Clerke,  Henry,  20. 

Clerke,  Edward,  21. 

"  Clodding,"  50. 

Close,  86-98. 

Commissions,    1st,    19  ;    2nd, 

20  ;  3rd,  23. 

Conduit  Close,  14,  22,  32. 
Constitution  of  School,  34,  66. 
Crick,  209. 
Cricket,  201-208.    ' 

Dakyn,  Barnard,  18,  19. 
"  Dames'  Houses,"  40,  58. 
Debating  Society,  177. 
Drawing,  167. 

"Eranos,"  181. 
Exhibitions,  35,  172. 

Fagging,  40,  160. 
Field,  Barnard,  14. 
Fire  Brigade,  185. 
Fives   Courts,    103,   113,   138, 
215. 


229 


RUGBY 


"  Floreat,"  224. 
Football,  185-201. 
Foundation,  13,  35. 
Foundationerships,  172. 
Founder's    Day,    10 ;    Prayer, 
12. 

Garden  Glose,  92. 
Goulburn,  E.  M.,  64,  98,  130. 
Grange  of  Pipewell  Monks,  96. 
Greene,  Wilgent,  20. 
Greenhill,  Nicholas,  18. 
Gymnasium,  138,  217. 

Hakewill,  H.,  102. 
Harrison,  George,  13,  16. 
Harrison,  Knightley,  24. 
Hayman,  H.,  102. 
Hodgkinson,  Joseph,  30. 
Holidays,  167. 
Holyoake,  Henry,  25-30. 
Hawkins,  John,  14  ;  Anthony, 

21  ;  William,  23. 
Hughes,  T.,  54;  Statue,  141. 
Hymn  Book,  136. 

Imposition  Paper,  39. 
Ingles,  Henry,  44. 
Island,  92-96. 

James,  H.  A.,  67. 
James,  Thomas,  35-43  ;  Monu- 
ment, 121. 

Jeacocks,  Leonard,  24. 
Jex-Blake,  T.  W.,  67,  116,  137. 

Knail,  William,  31,  33. 
Lally,  E,  89. 


Landor,  W.  S.,  42,  70,  97. 
Library,  Old,  104. 
"  Littleside,"  90. 
Lower    School    of    Lawrence 
S  her  i  fife,  66,  172. 

Macready,  W.  C.,  48,  81. 
Manor  House,  32,  98,  100. 
Mansion  House,  13. 
Merit  money,  39. 
Meteor,  221. 
Missions,  222. 
Modern  Side,  158. 
Music,  167. 

Natural  History  Society,  178. 
New  Big  School,  149. 
Notes,  for  tradesmen,  38  ;  for 
fives  courts,  112. 

Observatory,  140. 

Old  Big  School,  106,  no. 

Old  Rugbeians,  Statesmen  and 
Civil  Servants,  68-70  ;  Men 
of  Letters,  70-72  ;  Scholars, 
72  ;  Head  Masters,  72,  73  ; 
Clergy,  73  ;  Military  and 
Naval,  74-80;  Miscellaneous, 
80-82. 

Old  Rugbeian  Society,  218. 

Organ,  120. 

Oxford  Gallery,  no. 

"  Paradise,"  100. 
Pearce,  Raphael,  21. 
Percival,  J.,  67. 
Periodicals,  220. 
Plomer,  John,  5. 
Pond  Close,  92. 


230 


INDEX 


"  Pontines,"  90. 
Pool,  The,  97. 
Prizes,  174. 
Pump,  The,  112. 

Quadrangle,  Old,   102  ;    New, 
114. 

Racquets,  138,  216. 
Reading  Room,  143. 
Rebellion,  Great,  44. 
"  Reynolds's  Field,"  99. 
Richmond,  Joseph,  33. 
Rifle  Corps,  182. 
Rolfe,  Augustine,  20. 
Rolston,  Edward,  16. 
Rugby  Town,  85. 
Running,  208. 

Samson's  Quarters,  98. 
Scholars'  Walk,  97. 
Scholarships,  169. 
School    House,    original,    16  ; 

2nd,  32,    100 ;    present,  52, 

106  ;  Head  master's  house, 

1 08. 
School    Improvement    Fund, 

115. 

Seele,  Richard,  17. 
Shell,  162. 
Sheriffe,  Lawrence,  1-13. 


Shooting,  184. 
Singing  Competitions,  168. 
Sixth  Form,  160. 
Specialists,  159. 
Speech  Day,  27,  93. 
Stanley,  A.  P.,  54,  71  ;  Monu- 
ment, 133. 
Steeplechases,  214. 
Studies,  108,  156. 
"Swifts,"  137. 

Tait,  A.    C.,  63 ;    Monument, 

135- 

Temple,  F.,  64. 
Tercentenary  Fund,  115. 
Three  Trees,  87. 
Time  Table,  166,  227. 
Treen's  Tree,  87. 
Trustees,  15,  19,20,  32,43,66. 
Turret  School,  113. 
Twenty,  The,  113,  161. 

Vincent,  John,  20. 
Vivarium,.  1 8 1. 

Walker,  J,  135. 

Whitehead,  Peter,  2  3. 

Wooll,  John,  46  ;    Monument* 

129. 
Workshop,  138,  218. 


231 


CH1SWICK    PRESS  :    CHARLES    WH1TTINGHAM    AND    CO. 
TOOKS   COURT,    CHANCERY    LANE,    LONDON. 


HANDBOOKS   TO    THE    GREAT 

PUBLIC   SCHOOLS. 

Crown  8v0,  profusely  illustrated, 
price  35.  6d.  fief  each. 

CHARTERHOUSE.  By  A.  H.  TOD,  M.A., 
Assistant  Master  at  Charterhouse.  With  58 
Illustrations. 

RUGBY.  By  H.  C.  BRADBY,  M.A.,  Assistant 
Master  at  Rugby. 

ETON.  By  A.  GLUTTON-BROCK,  New  College, 
Oxford.  [In  t tie  press. 

HARROW.     By    J.    FISCHER    WILLIAMS,    M.A., 

Fellow  of  New  College,  Oxford. 
SHREWSBURY.    By  PERCY  ADDLESHAW,  Christ- 
church,  Oxford. 

WINCHESTER.  By  R.  T.  WARNER,  New 
College,  Oxford. 

ST.  PAUL'S,  WESTMINSTER,  MERCHANT 
TAYLORS',  and  others  to  follow. 


LONDON:  GEORGE  BELL  AND  SONS. 


to 


o 

o    • 
^  o 


o 


UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO 
LIBRARY 


Acme    Library    Card    Pocket 

Under  Pat.  "  Ref.  Index  File." 
Made  by  LIBRARY  BUREAU